| blob | bc5233c6662eecbe746ff58ad415fd5b4e7ee368 |
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (0 0 0 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
68 ;;;***
69 \f
70 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
71 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
74 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
75 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
76 extensions.
77 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
78 the file name.
83 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
89 ;;;***
90 \f
91 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-prj" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" (0 0 0 0))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-prj.el
94 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-prj" '("ada-prj-" "ada-old-cross-prefix" "ada-customize")))
96 ;;;***
97 \f
98 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
99 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
106 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-stmt" '("ada-")))
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
119 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-xref" '("ada-")))
121 ;;;***
122 \f
123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
124 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
129 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
130 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
131 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
137 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
143 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
144 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
145 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
146 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
152 Prompt for a change log name.
159 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
160 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
164 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
165 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
166 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. Stop at the first
167 such file that exists (or has a buffer visiting it), or the first directory
168 that contains any of `change-log-directory-files'. If no match is found,
169 use the current directory. To override the choice of this function,
170 simply create an empty ChangeLog file first by hand in the desired place.
172 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
173 current buffer to the complete file name.
174 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
179 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
180 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
181 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
183 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
184 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
186 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
188 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
189 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
190 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
192 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
193 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
194 after a comma on an existing line.
196 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
197 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
198 the same person.
200 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
201 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
202 notices.
204 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
205 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
210 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
211 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
212 the change log file in another window.
217 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
218 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
219 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
220 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
221 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
228 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
231 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
233 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
234 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
235 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
236 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
237 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
239 Has a preference of looking backwards.
244 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
245 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
246 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
247 or a buffer.
249 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
250 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
254 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "add-log" '("change-log-" "add-log-")))
256 ;;;***
257 \f
258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (0 0 0 0))
259 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
262 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
263 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
264 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
265 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
266 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
267 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
268 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
269 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
275 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
276 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
277 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
278 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
279 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
280 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
286 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
291 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
296 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
298 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
299 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
300 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
301 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
302 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
304 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
305 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
306 the new one.
308 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
309 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
310 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
311 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
312 mapped to the closest extremal position).
314 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
315 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
316 the cache-id will clear the cache.
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
345 BODY...)
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
381 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
382 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
383 BODY...)
391 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "advice" '("ad-" "ad--make-advised-docstring" "ad--defalias-fset")))
393 ;;;***
394 \f
395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (0 0 0 0))
396 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
399 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
400 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
401 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
402 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
403 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
404 rule's `separate' attribute).
406 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
407 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
408 `separate' attribute set.
410 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
411 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
412 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
413 on the format of these lists.
418 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
419 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
420 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
422 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
423 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
425 Fred (123) 456-7890
426 Alice (123) 456-7890
427 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
428 Joe (123) 456-7890
430 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
432 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
434 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
436 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
437 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
438 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
440 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
441 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
442 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
443 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
444 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
445 throughout the line.
447 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
449 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
452 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
453 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
458 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
459 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
460 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
461 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
462 align that section.
467 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
468 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
469 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
470 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
471 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
472 been used to align that section.
477 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
478 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
479 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
480 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
481 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
482 to be colored.
487 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
492 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
493 The alignment is done by calling `align' on the region that was
494 indented.
498 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "align" '("align-" "align--set-marker")))
500 ;;;***
501 \f
502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (0 0 0 0))
503 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
507 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
509 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
514 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
516 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
517 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
519 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
520 `allout-auto-activation'.
525 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
527 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
528 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
529 file variable `allout-layout'.
532 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
533 specified layout is applied.
536 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
539 Auto-layout is not.
545 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
549 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
559 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
561 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
563 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
565 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
567 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
571 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
578 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
583 Toggle Allout outline mode.
584 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
585 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
586 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
589 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
590 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
591 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
592 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
593 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
594 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
595 outline.)
597 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
599 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
600 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
601 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
602 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
603 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
605 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
606 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
608 and many other features.
610 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
611 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
612 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
613 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
614 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
616 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
617 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
619 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
621 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
623 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
624 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
625 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
627 Exposure Control:
628 ----------------
635 Navigation:
636 ----------
643 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
645 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
646 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
649 Topic Header Production:
650 -----------------------
653 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
655 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
656 ---------------------------------
659 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
660 current topic
662 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
663 are alternated according to nesting depth.
665 the offspring are not affected.
666 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
668 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
669 ----------------------------------
671 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
675 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
676 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
679 Topic-oriented Encryption:
680 -------------------------
682 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
684 Misc commands:
685 -------------
686 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
687 and establish a default file-var setting
688 for `allout-layout'.
691 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
692 buffer with name derived from derived from that
695 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
696 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
697 format.
699 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
700 auto-activation.
702 Topic Encryption
704 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
705 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
706 pending encryption on save.
708 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
709 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
710 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
711 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
712 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
714 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
715 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
716 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
717 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
718 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
719 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
720 signal.
722 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
723 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
724 for details.
726 HOT-SPOT Operation
728 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
729 navigation and exposure control.
731 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
732 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
737 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
738 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
740 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
741 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
744 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
745 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
746 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
747 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
748 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
749 at the beginning of the current entry.
751 Extending Allout
753 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
754 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
755 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
757 `allout-mode-hook'
758 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
759 `allout-mode-off-hook'
760 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
761 `allout-structure-added-functions'
762 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
763 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
764 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
765 `allout-post-undo-hook'
767 Terminology
769 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
771 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
772 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
773 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
774 CURRENT ITEM:
775 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
776 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
777 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
778 called the:
779 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
781 ANCESTORS:
782 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
783 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
784 of the ITEM.
785 OFFSPRING:
786 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
787 SUBTOPIC:
788 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
789 CHILD:
790 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
791 SIBLINGS:
792 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
794 Topic text constituents:
796 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
797 text.
798 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
799 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
800 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
801 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
802 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
803 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
804 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
805 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
806 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
807 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
808 the PREFIX.
810 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
811 of the ITEM.
812 PREFIX-LEAD:
813 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
814 It can be customized by changing the setting of
815 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
817 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
818 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
819 program code without interfering with processing of the text
820 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
821 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
822 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
823 docstring for more detail.
824 PREFIX-PADDING:
825 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
826 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
827 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
828 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
829 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
830 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
831 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
833 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
834 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
835 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
836 more details.
837 EXPOSURE:
838 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
839 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
840 CONCEALED:
841 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
844 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
845 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
846 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
853 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
855 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
856 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout" '("allout-" "count-trailing-whitespace-region" "regexp-sans-escapes" "solicit-char-in-string" "nullify-allout-prefix-data" "produce-allout-mode-menubar-entries" "set-allout-regexp")))
862 ;;;***
863 \f
864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (0 0 0
865 ;;;;;; 0))
866 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
870 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
872 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
877 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
879 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
880 visiting an outline.
882 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
883 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
885 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
886 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
887 you want allout widgets operation.
893 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
896 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
897 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
898 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
899 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
901 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
902 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
903 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
905 The graphics include:
907 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
909 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
910 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
912 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
913 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
915 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
916 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
917 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout-widgets" '("allout-")))
923 ;;;***
924 \f
925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
926 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
931 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
932 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
933 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
934 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
935 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
944 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ange-ftp" '("ange-ftp-" "ftp-error" "internal-ange-ftp-mode")))
946 ;;;***
947 \f
948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (0 0 0 0))
949 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
952 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
953 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
954 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
955 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
956 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
957 in the current window.
962 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
963 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
964 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
965 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
966 buffer if one does not exist.
971 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
972 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
973 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
974 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
978 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "animate" '("animate-n-steps" "animate-place-char" "animate-step" "animate-initialize" "animation-buffer-name")))
980 ;;;***
981 \f
982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
987 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
992 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
994 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
995 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
996 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
997 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
999 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
1000 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
1002 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
1006 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ansi-color" '("ansi-color-" "ansi-color--find-face")))
1008 ;;;***
1009 \f
1010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (0 0
1011 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1012 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
1016 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
1017 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1018 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1019 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1022 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1024 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1025 the rules.
1027 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1028 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1029 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1030 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1035 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1040 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1041 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "antlr-mode" '("antlr-")))
1047 ;;;***
1048 \f
1049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (0 0 0 0))
1050 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1053 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1054 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1055 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1056 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1057 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1062 Toggle checking of appointments.
1063 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1064 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1070 ;;;***
1071 \f
1072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (0 0 0 0))
1073 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1076 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1077 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1078 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1080 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1081 kind of objects to search.
1086 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1087 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1088 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1089 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1090 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1093 variables, not just user options.
1098 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1099 With the optional argument DO-NOT-ALL non-nil (or when called
1101 options only, i.e. behave like `apropos-user-option'.
1108 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1109 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1110 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1111 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1112 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1115 noninteractive functions.
1117 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1118 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1120 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1121 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1126 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1131 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1132 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1133 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1135 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1136 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1137 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1138 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1141 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1143 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1148 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1149 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1150 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1151 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1156 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1157 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1158 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1159 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1160 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1163 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1164 names and values of properties.
1166 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1171 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1172 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1173 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1174 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1175 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1177 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1179 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1180 documentation strings.
1182 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1186 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "apropos" '("apropos-")))
1188 ;;;***
1189 \f
1190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1191 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1194 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1195 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1196 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1197 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1198 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1200 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1201 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1202 archive.
1208 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "arc-mode" '("archive-")))
1210 ;;;***
1211 \f
1212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (0 0 0 0))
1213 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1216 Major mode for editing arrays.
1218 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1219 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1220 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1222 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1224 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1225 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1226 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1228 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1229 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1230 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1231 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1232 The variables are:
1234 Variables you assign:
1235 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1236 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1237 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1238 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1239 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1240 row numbers in the buffer.
1242 Variables which are calculated:
1243 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1244 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1246 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1247 take a numeric prefix argument):
1265 between that of point and mark.
1273 newlines inside rows)
1277 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1281 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "array" '("array-" "limit-index" "xor" "current-line" "move-to-column-untabify" "untabify-backward")))
1283 ;;;***
1284 \f
1285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (0 0 0 0))
1286 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1290 Toggle Artist mode.
1291 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1292 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1293 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1295 How to quit Artist mode
1300 How to submit a bug report
1305 Drawing with the mouse:
1307 mouse-2
1308 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1309 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1310 below).
1312 mouse-1
1313 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1314 or pastes:
1316 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1317 --------------------------------------------------------------
1318 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1319 to new point
1320 --------------------------------------------------------------
1321 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1322 --------------------------------------------------------------
1323 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1324 --------------------------------------------------------------
1325 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1326 --------------------------------------------------------------
1327 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1328 --------------------------------------------------------------
1329 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1330 --------------------------------------------------------------
1331 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1332 --------------------------------------------------------------
1333 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1334 --------------------------------------------------------------
1335 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1336 lines
1337 --------------------------------------------------------------
1338 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1339 --------------------------------------------------------------
1340 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1341 --------------------------------------------------------------
1342 Paste Paste Paste
1343 --------------------------------------------------------------
1344 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1345 --------------------------------------------------------------
1347 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1348 or diagonally.
1350 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1351 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1352 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1353 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1354 poly-lines.
1356 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1357 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1358 overwrite means the opposite.
1360 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1361 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1362 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1364 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1366 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1369 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1370 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1371 are currently drawing something.
1373 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1374 some time to fill.
1377 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1378 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1381 Settings
1383 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1385 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1387 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1389 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1391 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1392 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1394 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1397 Drawing with keys
1400 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1402 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1403 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1404 When pasting: Pastes
1408 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1418 Arrows
1421 of the line/poly-line
1424 of the line/poly-line
1427 Selecting operation
1429 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1453 Variables
1455 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1458 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1459 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1460 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1461 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1462 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1463 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1464 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1465 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1466 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1467 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1468 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1469 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1470 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1471 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1472 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1473 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1474 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1478 Hooks
1480 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1483 Keymap summary
1489 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "artist" '("artist-")))
1491 ;;;***
1492 \f
1493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1494 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1497 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1498 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1505 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1508 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1509 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1511 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1513 Special commands:
1518 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "asm-mode" '("asm-")))
1520 ;;;***
1521 \f
1522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "auth-source.el" (0 0 0 0))
1523 ;;; Generated autoloads from auth-source.el
1526 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1527 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1532 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "auth-source" '("auth-source-" "auth-source--" "auto-source--symbol-keyword" "auth-sources")))
1534 ;;;***
1535 \f
1536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (0 0 0 0))
1537 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1540 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1541 See the `autoarg-mode' command
1547 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1549 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1550 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1553 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1554 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1555 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1557 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1559 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1561 For example:
1563 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1573 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1574 See the `autoarg-kp-mode' command
1575 for a description of this minor mode.
1576 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1577 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1583 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1584 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1585 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1586 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1589 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1590 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1596 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoarg" '("autoarg-kp-digits" "autoarg-kp-digit-argument" "autoarg-kp-mode-map" "autoarg-mode-map" "autoarg-terminate")))
1598 ;;;***
1599 \f
1600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
1601 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1604 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1608 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoconf" '("autoconf-mode-" "autoconf-definition-regexp" "autoconf-font-lock-keywords" "autoconf-imenu-generic-expression" "autoconf-current-defun-function")))
1610 ;;;***
1611 \f
1612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1613 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1616 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1617 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1622 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1623 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1624 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1629 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1630 See the `auto-insert-mode' command
1631 for a description of this minor mode.
1632 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1633 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1639 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1640 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1641 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1642 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1644 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1645 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1649 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoinsert" '("auto-insert" "auto-insert-directory" "auto-insert-alist" "auto-insert-prompt" "auto-insert-query")))
1651 ;;;***
1652 \f
1653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (0 0 0
1654 ;;;;;; 0))
1655 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1664 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1665 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1667 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1668 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1669 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1670 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1671 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1673 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1678 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1679 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1680 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1681 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1683 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1684 directory or directories specified.
1686 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1687 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1688 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1689 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1690 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1691 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1696 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1697 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1698 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1699 should be non-nil).
1703 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoload" '("make-autoload" "no-update-autoloads" "generate" "autoload-")))
1705 ;;;***
1706 \f
1707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1708 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1711 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto-Revert Mode).
1712 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Mode if ARG is
1713 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1714 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1716 Auto-Revert Mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1717 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1718 disk changes.
1720 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1721 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1722 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1727 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1729 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1735 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1736 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail Mode if ARG
1737 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1738 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1740 When Auto-Revert Tail Mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1741 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1742 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1743 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1744 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1746 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1747 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1748 writing before you save the file!
1750 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1755 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1757 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1763 Non-nil if Global Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1764 See the `global-auto-revert-mode' command
1765 for a description of this minor mode.
1766 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1767 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1773 Toggle Global Auto-Revert Mode.
1774 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto-Revert Mode if ARG
1775 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1776 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1778 Global Auto-Revert Mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1779 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1780 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1782 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1783 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1784 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1785 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1786 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1788 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1789 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1790 specifies in the mode line.
1794 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autorevert" '("auto-revert-" "global-auto-revert-mode-" "global-auto-revert-ignore-modes" "global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer" "global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers")))
1796 ;;;***
1797 \f
1798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avl-tree" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" (0 0 0
1799 ;;;;;; 0))
1800 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el
1802 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avl-tree" '("avl-tree-" "avl-tree--")))
1804 ;;;***
1805 \f
1806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (0 0 0 0))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1810 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1811 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1812 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1818 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1819 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1820 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1822 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1823 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1824 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1826 Effects of the different modes:
1827 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1828 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1829 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1830 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1831 a random distance & direction.
1832 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1833 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1834 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1837 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1842 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avoid" '("mouse-avoidance-")))
1844 ;;;***
1845 \f
1846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1847 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1852 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1854 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1855 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1856 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1862 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bat-mode" '("bat-" "bat--syntax-propertize")))
1864 ;;;***
1865 \f
1866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (0 0 0 0))
1867 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1871 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1872 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1873 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1878 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1879 See the `display-battery-mode' command
1880 for a description of this minor mode.
1881 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1882 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1888 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1889 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1890 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1891 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1893 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1894 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1895 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1896 seconds.
1900 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "battery" '("battery-")))
1902 ;;;***
1903 \f
1904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (0 0
1905 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1906 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1909 Time execution of FORMS.
1910 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1911 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1912 FORMS once.
1913 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1914 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1915 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1922 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1923 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1924 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1925 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1932 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1933 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1934 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1935 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "benchmark" '("benchmark-elapse")))
1941 ;;;***
1942 \f
1943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bib-mode" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1944 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bib-mode.el
1946 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bib-mode" '("bib-" "unread-" "mark-bib" "return-key-bib" "addbib")))
1948 ;;;***
1949 \f
1950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
1951 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1954 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1955 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1956 of corresponding buffers.
1957 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1958 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1959 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1960 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1961 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1963 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1964 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1965 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1970 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1972 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1974 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1976 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1979 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1980 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1981 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1982 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1986 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1989 Special information:
1993 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1994 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1995 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
2000 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
2006 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
2007 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
2008 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
2009 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
2010 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
2011 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
2012 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
2014 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
2016 ----------------------------------------------------------
2017 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
2018 if that value is non-nil.
2025 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
2026 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
2027 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
2028 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
2029 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
2030 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
2031 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
2032 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
2033 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
2034 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
2035 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
2039 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex" '("bibtex-")))
2041 ;;;***
2042 \f
2043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
2044 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2045 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
2048 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
2052 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex-style" '("bibtex-style-")))
2054 ;;;***
2055 \f
2056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bindat" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" (0 0 0 0))
2057 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bindat.el
2059 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bindat" '("bindat--unpack-" "bindat--pack-" "bindat-" "bindat--fixed-length-alist" "bindat--length-group")))
2061 ;;;***
2062 \f
2063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (0 0 0 0))
2064 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
2066 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
2070 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
2071 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
2076 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
2081 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2085 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "binhex" '("binhex-")))
2087 ;;;***
2088 \f
2089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
2090 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2093 Play blackbox.
2094 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2096 What is blackbox?
2098 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2099 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2100 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2101 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2102 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2103 your score.
2105 Overview of play:
2108 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2109 four.
2111 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2112 movement keys.
2114 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2115 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2117 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2120 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2122 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2123 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2124 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2125 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2127 Details:
2129 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2131 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2132 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2133 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2134 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2136 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2137 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2138 denoted by the letter `R'.
2140 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2141 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2142 denoted by the letter `H'.
2144 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2145 example.
2147 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2148 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2149 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2150 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2152 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2153 ray.
2155 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2156 degree deflection it causes.
2158 1
2159 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2160 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2161 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2162 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2163 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2164 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2165 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2166 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2167 2 3
2169 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2170 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2173 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2174 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2175 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2176 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2177 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2178 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2179 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2180 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2182 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2183 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2184 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2185 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2186 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2187 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2188 emerging from the box.
2190 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2192 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2193 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2194 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2195 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2196 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2197 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2198 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2199 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2201 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2202 a reflection.
2206 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "blackbox" '("bb-" "blackbox-mode" "blackbox-mode-map" "blackbox-redefine-key")))
2208 ;;;***
2209 \f
2210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (0 0 0 0))
2211 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2217 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2218 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2219 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2220 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2221 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2226 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2227 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2229 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2230 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2231 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2232 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2233 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2234 recent one.
2236 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2237 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2238 yank successive words.
2240 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2241 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2242 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2243 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2244 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2247 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2248 the list of bookmarks.)
2253 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2254 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2256 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2257 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2258 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2259 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2260 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2261 ever deletes the most recent one.
2263 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2264 is nil, raise an error.
2266 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2267 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2268 yank successive words.
2270 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2271 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2272 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2273 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2274 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2277 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2278 the list of bookmarks.)
2283 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2284 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2285 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2286 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2287 this.
2289 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2290 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2291 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2292 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2294 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2295 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2297 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2298 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2299 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2304 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2309 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2311 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2312 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2313 after a bookmark was set in it.
2318 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2320 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2321 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2328 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2329 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2330 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2332 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2333 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2334 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2336 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2337 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2338 name.
2343 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2344 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2346 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2347 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2348 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2349 this.
2354 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2356 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2357 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2359 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2360 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2361 probably because we were called from there.
2366 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2373 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2374 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2375 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2376 \(second argument).
2378 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2379 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2380 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2381 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2382 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2384 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2386 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2387 `bookmark-default-file'.
2392 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2393 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2394 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2395 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2396 while loading.
2398 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2399 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2400 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2401 place. Your own personal bookmark file, specified by the variable
2402 `bookmark-default-file', is maintained automatically by Emacs; you
2403 shouldn't need to load it explicitly.
2405 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2406 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2412 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2413 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2414 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2415 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2424 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2428 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2430 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2432 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bookmark" '("bookmark-" "bookmarks-already-loaded" "with-buffer-modified-unmodified" "bookmark--jump-via")))
2434 ;;;***
2435 \f
2436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
2437 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2439 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2440 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2441 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2442 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2444 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2445 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2446 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2447 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2450 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2452 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2453 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2454 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2455 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2456 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2457 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2459 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2461 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2462 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2463 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2464 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2465 narrowed.
2467 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2469 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2470 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2472 \(fn)" t nil)
2474 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2475 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2477 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2479 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2480 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2481 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2482 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2483 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2484 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2485 first, if that exists.
2487 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2488 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2489 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2490 ignore it).
2491 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2492 as ARGS.
2494 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2496 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2497 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2498 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2499 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2500 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2502 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2504 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2505 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2506 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2507 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2508 says which browser to use.
2510 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2512 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2514 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2515 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2517 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2519 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2520 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2521 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2522 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2524 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2525 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2526 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2527 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2529 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2530 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2531 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2533 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2534 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2536 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2538 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2540 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2541 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2542 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2543 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2545 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2546 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2547 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2548 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2550 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2551 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2552 new tab in an existing window instead.
2554 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2555 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2557 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2559 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2560 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2561 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2562 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2564 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2565 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2566 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2568 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2569 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2570 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2572 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2573 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2575 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2577 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2578 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2579 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2580 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2581 Chromium.
2582 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2584 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2586 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2587 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2588 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2589 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2591 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2592 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2593 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2594 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2596 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2597 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2598 new tab in an existing window instead.
2600 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2601 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2603 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2605 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2610 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2612 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2613 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2614 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2615 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2617 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2618 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2619 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2620 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2622 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2623 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2625 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2627 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2629 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2630 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2632 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2633 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2634 program is invoked according to the variable
2635 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2637 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2638 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2639 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2640 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2642 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2643 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2645 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2647 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2649 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2650 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2651 Default to the URL around or before point.
2653 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2654 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2655 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2657 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2658 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2659 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2660 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2662 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2663 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2665 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2667 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2669 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2670 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2671 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2672 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2674 When called interactively, if variable
2675 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2676 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2677 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2678 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2680 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2681 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2682 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2684 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2685 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2687 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2689 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2690 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2691 Default to the URL around or before point.
2693 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2694 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2695 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2697 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2698 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2700 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2702 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2703 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2704 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2705 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2707 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2709 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2711 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2712 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2713 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2714 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2715 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2716 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2717 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2719 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2721 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2722 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2723 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2724 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2725 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2727 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2728 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2729 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2730 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2732 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2733 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2735 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2737 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2738 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2739 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2740 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2741 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2742 current one.
2744 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2745 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2746 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2747 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2749 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2750 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2752 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2754 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2755 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2756 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2757 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2758 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2759 don't offer a form of remote control.
2761 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2763 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2764 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2765 Default to the URL around or before point.
2766 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2768 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2770 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2771 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2772 Default to the URL around the point.
2774 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2775 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2777 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2778 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2780 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2782 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "browse-url" '("browse-url-")))
2784 ;;;***
2785 \f
2786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (0 0 0 0))
2787 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2788 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2790 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2791 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2792 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2793 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2795 \(fn)" t nil)
2797 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2798 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2799 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2800 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2802 \(fn)" t nil)
2804 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2805 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2807 \(fn)" t nil)
2809 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2810 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2812 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2813 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2814 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2819 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2820 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2821 name of buffer configuration.
2823 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2825 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bs" '("bs-" "bs--")))
2827 ;;;***
2828 \f
2829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (0 0 0 0))
2830 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2832 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2833 Play Bubbles game.
2835 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2837 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2838 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2839 columns on its right towards the left.
2846 \(fn)" t nil)
2848 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bubbles" '("bubbles--" "bubbles-")))
2850 ;;;***
2851 \f
2852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2853 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2854 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2856 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2858 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2859 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2860 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2861 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2862 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2866 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2867 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2871 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bug-reference" '("bug-reference-")))
2873 ;;;***
2874 \f
2875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "byte-opt" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" (0 0 0
2876 ;;;;;; 0))
2877 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el
2879 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "byte-opt" '("byte-" "disassemble-offset")))
2881 ;;;***
2882 \f
2883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (0 0 0
2884 ;;;;;; 0))
2885 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2886 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2887 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2888 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2890 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2892 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2893 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2894 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2895 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2896 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2897 else the global value will be modified.
2899 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2901 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2902 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2903 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2904 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2905 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2906 else the global value will be modified.
2908 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2910 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2911 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2912 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2914 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2916 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2917 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2918 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2919 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2921 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2922 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2923 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2924 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2925 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2926 before scanning it.
2928 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2929 that already has a `.elc' file.
2931 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2932 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2934 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2935 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2936 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2937 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2938 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2939 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2941 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2943 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2944 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2945 Print the result in the echo area.
2946 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2950 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2951 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2952 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2954 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2956 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2957 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2958 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2959 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2960 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2961 all functions called by those functions.
2963 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2964 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
2965 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
2967 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2968 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2969 invoked interactively.
2971 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2973 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2974 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2975 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2976 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2978 \(fn)" nil nil)
2980 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2981 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2982 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2983 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2984 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2986 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2987 already up-to-date.
2989 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2991 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2992 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2993 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2994 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2996 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2997 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2998 and corresponding effects.
3000 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
3002 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bytecomp" '("byte-" "emacs-lisp-file-regexp" "displaying-byte-compile-warnings" "no-byte-compile" "batch-byte-compile-file")))
3004 ;;;***
3005 \f
3006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-bahai" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" (0 0 0
3007 ;;;;;; 0))
3008 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-bahai.el
3010 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-bahai" '("calendar-bahai-" "diary-bahai-" "holiday-bahai-new-year" "holiday-bahai-ridvan" "holiday-bahai")))
3012 ;;;***
3013 \f
3014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (0 0 0
3015 ;;;;;; 0))
3016 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
3018 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
3020 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-china" '("calendar-chinese-" "diary-chinese-" "holiday-chinese-" "holiday-chinese")))
3022 ;;;***
3023 \f
3024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-coptic" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" (0 0
3025 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3026 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-coptic.el
3028 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-coptic" '("calendar-coptic-" "calendar-ethiopic-" "diary-ethiopic-date" "diary-coptic-date")))
3030 ;;;***
3031 \f
3032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (0 0 0 0))
3033 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
3035 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
3037 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
3039 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
3041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-dst" '("calendar-" "dst-adjust-time" "dst-in-effect")))
3043 ;;;***
3044 \f
3045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-french" "calendar/cal-french.el" (0 0
3046 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3047 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-french.el
3049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-french" '("calendar-french-" "diary-french-date")))
3051 ;;;***
3052 \f
3053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (0 0
3054 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3055 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
3057 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
3058 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
3059 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
3060 from the cursor position.
3062 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
3064 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-hebrew" '("calendar-hebrew-" "diary-hebrew-" "holiday-hebrew-" "holiday-hebrew")))
3066 ;;;***
3067 \f
3068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-html" "calendar/cal-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
3069 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-html.el
3071 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-html" '("cal-html-")))
3073 ;;;***
3074 \f
3075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-islam" "calendar/cal-islam.el" (0 0 0
3076 ;;;;;; 0))
3077 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-islam.el
3079 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-islam" '("calendar-islamic-" "diary-islamic-" "holiday-islamic" "holiday-islamic-new-year")))
3081 ;;;***
3082 \f
3083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-iso" "calendar/cal-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
3084 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-iso.el
3086 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-iso" '("calendar-iso-" "diary-iso-date")))
3088 ;;;***
3089 \f
3090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-julian" "calendar/cal-julian.el" (0 0
3091 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3092 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-julian.el
3094 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-julian" '("calendar-julian-" "calendar-astro-" "holiday-julian" "diary-julian-date" "diary-astro-day-number")))
3096 ;;;***
3097 \f
3098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-mayan" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" (0 0 0
3099 ;;;;;; 0))
3100 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-mayan.el
3102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-mayan" '("calendar-mayan-" "diary-mayan-date")))
3104 ;;;***
3105 \f
3106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-menu" "calendar/cal-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3107 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-menu.el
3109 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-menu" '("cal-menu-" "calendar-mouse-view-diary-entries" "calendar-mouse-view-other-diary-entries")))
3111 ;;;***
3112 \f
3113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-move" "calendar/cal-move.el" (0 0 0 0))
3114 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-move.el
3116 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-move" '("calendar-")))
3118 ;;;***
3119 \f
3120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-persia" "calendar/cal-persia.el" (0 0
3121 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3122 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-persia.el
3124 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-persia" '("calendar-persian-" "diary-persian-date")))
3126 ;;;***
3127 \f
3128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-tex" "calendar/cal-tex.el" (0 0 0 0))
3129 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-tex.el
3131 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-tex" '("cal-tex-")))
3133 ;;;***
3134 \f
3135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-x" "calendar/cal-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
3136 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-x.el
3138 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-x" '("calendar-" "diary-frame" "diary-frame-parameters")))
3140 ;;;***
3141 \f
3142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
3143 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
3144 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
3146 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
3149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3151 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
3154 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3156 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
3157 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
3159 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3161 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
3162 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
3163 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
3164 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
3166 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
3168 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
3169 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
3170 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
3171 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
3173 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3175 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
3177 This is most useful in the X window system.
3179 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
3181 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3183 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
3185 See calc-keypad for details.
3187 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3189 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
3190 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3192 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3194 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
3195 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3197 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3199 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
3200 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
3202 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3204 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3205 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3208 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3210 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3211 Define Calc function.
3213 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3214 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3215 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3217 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3218 actual Lisp function name.
3220 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3222 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3224 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3226 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc" '("calc-" "math-" "var-" "calcDigit-" "defcalcmodevar" "inexact-result")))
3228 ;;;***
3229 \f
3230 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-aent" "calc/calc-aent.el"
3231 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 783192 607000))
3232 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-aent.el
3234 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-aent" '("calcAlg-" "math-" "calc-")))
3236 ;;;***
3237 \f
3238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-alg" "calc/calc-alg.el" (0 0 0 0))
3239 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-alg.el
3241 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-alg" '("math-" "calc-" "calcFunc-")))
3243 ;;;***
3244 \f
3245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-arith" "calc/calc-arith.el" (0 0 0 0))
3246 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-arith.el
3248 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-arith" '("calcFunc-" "math-" "calc-")))
3250 ;;;***
3251 \f
3252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-bin" "calc/calc-bin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3253 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-bin.el
3255 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-bin" '("math-" "calc-" "calcFunc-")))
3257 ;;;***
3258 \f
3259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-comb" "calc/calc-comb.el" (0 0 0 0))
3260 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-comb.el
3262 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-comb" '("calc-" "calcFunc-" "math-")))
3264 ;;;***
3265 \f
3266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-cplx" "calc/calc-cplx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3267 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-cplx.el
3269 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-cplx" '("calc-" "math-" "calcFunc-")))
3271 ;;;***
3272 \f
3273 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-embed" "calc/calc-embed.el"
3274 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 791192 607000))
3275 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-embed.el
3277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-embed" '("calc-")))
3279 ;;;***
3280 \f
3281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
3282 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
3284 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-ext" '("math-" "calc-" "var-" "calcFunc-")))
3286 ;;;***
3287 \f
3288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-fin" "calc/calc-fin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3289 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-fin.el
3291 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-fin" '("calcFunc-" "calc-" "math-compute-" "math-check-financial")))
3293 ;;;***
3294 \f
3295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-forms" "calc/calc-forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
3296 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-forms.el
3298 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-forms" '("math-" "calcFunc-" "calc-" "var-TimeZone")))
3300 ;;;***
3301 \f
3302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-frac" "calc/calc-frac.el" (0 0 0 0))
3303 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-frac.el
3305 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-frac" '("calc-" "math-" "calcFunc-frac" "calcFunc-fdiv")))
3307 ;;;***
3308 \f
3309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-funcs" "calc/calc-funcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3310 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-funcs.el
3312 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-funcs" '("calcFunc-" "calc-" "math-")))
3314 ;;;***
3315 \f
3316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-graph" "calc/calc-graph.el" (0 0 0 0))
3317 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-graph.el
3319 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-graph" '("calc-graph-" "calc-gnuplot-" "calc-temp-file-name" "calc-dumb-map")))
3321 ;;;***
3322 \f
3323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-help" "calc/calc-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
3324 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-help.el
3326 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-help" '("calc-")))
3328 ;;;***
3329 \f
3330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-incom" "calc/calc-incom.el" (0 0 0 0))
3331 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-incom.el
3333 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-incom" '("calc-")))
3335 ;;;***
3336 \f
3337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-keypd" "calc/calc-keypd.el" (0 0 0 0))
3338 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-keypd.el
3340 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-keypd" '("calc-keypad-" "calc-pack-interval" "calc-do-keypad")))
3342 ;;;***
3343 \f
3344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-lang" "calc/calc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
3345 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-lang.el
3347 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-lang" '("calc-" "math-")))
3349 ;;;***
3350 \f
3351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-macs" "calc/calc-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3352 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-macs.el
3354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-macs" '("Math-" "calc-" "math-showing-full-precision" "math-with-extra-prec" "math-working")))
3356 ;;;***
3357 \f
3358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-map" "calc/calc-map.el" (0 0 0 0))
3359 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-map.el
3361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-map" '("calcFunc-" "calc-" "math-")))
3363 ;;;***
3364 \f
3365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-math" "calc/calc-math.el" (0 0 0 0))
3366 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-math.el
3368 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-math" '("calcFunc-" "calc-" "math-")))
3370 ;;;***
3371 \f
3372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-menu" "calc/calc-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3373 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-menu.el
3375 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-menu" '("calc-")))
3377 ;;;***
3378 \f
3379 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-misc" "calc/calc-misc.el"
3380 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 803192 607000))
3381 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-misc.el
3383 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-misc" '("math-iipow-show" "math-iipow")))
3385 ;;;***
3386 \f
3387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mode" "calc/calc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3388 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mode.el
3390 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mode" '("calc-" "math-get-modes-vec")))
3392 ;;;***
3393 \f
3394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mtx" "calc/calc-mtx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3395 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mtx.el
3397 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mtx" '("math-" "calcFunc-" "calc-mdet" "calc-mtrace" "calc-mlud")))
3399 ;;;***
3400 \f
3401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-nlfit" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" (0 0 0 0))
3402 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-nlfit.el
3404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-nlfit" '("math-nlfit-" "calc-fit-s-shaped-logistic-curve" "calc-fit-bell-shaped-logistic-curve" "calc-fit-hubbert-linear-curve")))
3406 ;;;***
3407 \f
3408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-poly" "calc/calc-poly.el" (0 0 0 0))
3409 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-poly.el
3411 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-poly" '("math-" "calcFunc-")))
3413 ;;;***
3414 \f
3415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-prog" "calc/calc-prog.el" (0 0 0 0))
3416 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-prog.el
3418 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-prog" '("calc-" "calcFunc-" "math-" "var-")))
3420 ;;;***
3421 \f
3422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rewr" "calc/calc-rewr.el" (0 0 0 0))
3423 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rewr.el
3425 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rewr" '("math-" "calcFunc-" "calc-")))
3427 ;;;***
3428 \f
3429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rules" "calc/calc-rules.el" (0 0 0 0))
3430 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rules.el
3432 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rules" '("calc-")))
3434 ;;;***
3435 \f
3436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-sel" "calc/calc-sel.el" (0 0 0 0))
3437 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-sel.el
3439 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-sel" '("calc-")))
3441 ;;;***
3442 \f
3443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stat" "calc/calc-stat.el" (0 0 0 0))
3444 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stat.el
3446 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stat" '("calcFunc-" "calc-vector-" "math-")))
3448 ;;;***
3449 \f
3450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-store" "calc/calc-store.el" (0 0 0 0))
3451 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-store.el
3453 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-store" '("calc-" "calcVar-digit" "calcVar-oper")))
3455 ;;;***
3456 \f
3457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stuff" "calc/calc-stuff.el" (0 0 0 0))
3458 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stuff.el
3460 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stuff" '("calc-" "calcFunc-" "math-map-over-constants-rec" "math-map-over-constants" "math-chopping-small")))
3462 ;;;***
3463 \f
3464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-trail" "calc/calc-trail.el" (0 0 0 0))
3465 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-trail.el
3467 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-trail" '("calc-trail-")))
3469 ;;;***
3470 \f
3471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
3472 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3474 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3477 \(fn N)" t nil)
3479 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-undo" '("calc-handle-" "calc-redo" "calc-last-args" "calc-find-last-x" "calc-undo-does-pushes")))
3481 ;;;***
3482 \f
3483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-units" "calc/calc-units.el" (0 0 0 0))
3484 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-units.el
3486 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-units" '("math-" "calc-" "calcFunc-")))
3488 ;;;***
3489 \f
3490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-vec" "calc/calc-vec.el" (0 0 0 0))
3491 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-vec.el
3493 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-vec" '("calcFunc-" "calc-" "math-")))
3495 ;;;***
3496 \f
3497 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-yank" "calc/calc-yank.el"
3498 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 811192 607000))
3499 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-yank.el
3501 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-yank" '("calc-" "math-number-regexp")))
3503 ;;;***
3504 \f
3505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg2" "calc/calcalg2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3506 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg2.el
3508 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg2" '("math-" "calcFunc-" "calc-" "var-IntegLimit")))
3510 ;;;***
3511 \f
3512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg3" "calc/calcalg3.el" (0 0 0 0))
3513 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg3.el
3515 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg3" '("math-" "calcFunc-" "calc-")))
3517 ;;;***
3518 \f
3519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calccomp" "calc/calccomp.el" (0 0 0 0))
3520 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calccomp.el
3522 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calccomp" '("math-" "calcFunc-cwidth" "calcFunc-cheight" "calcFunc-cascent" "calcFunc-cdescent")))
3524 ;;;***
3525 \f
3526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcsel2" "calc/calcsel2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3527 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcsel2.el
3529 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcsel2" '("calc-sel-" "calc-commute-left" "calc-commute-right" "calc-build-assoc-term")))
3531 ;;;***
3532 \f
3533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (0 0 0 0))
3534 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3536 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3537 Run the Emacs calculator.
3538 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3540 \(fn)" t nil)
3542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calculator" '("calculator-")))
3544 ;;;***
3545 \f
3546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (0 0 0 0))
3547 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3549 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3550 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3551 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3552 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3553 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3554 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3556 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3557 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3558 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3559 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3560 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3561 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3562 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3564 window.
3566 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3567 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3569 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3570 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3571 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3572 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3573 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3574 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3576 Runs the following hooks:
3578 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3579 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3580 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3581 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3583 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3585 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3587 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calendar" '("calendar-" "diary-" "solar-sunrises-buffer" "lunar-phases-buffer" "holiday-buffer")))
3589 ;;;***
3590 \f
3591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
3592 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3594 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3595 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3597 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3599 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3600 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3601 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3602 it fails.
3604 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3606 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "canlock" '("canlock-")))
3608 ;;;***
3609 \f
3610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-align" "progmodes/cc-align.el" (0 0 0 0))
3611 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-align.el
3613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-align" '("c-")))
3615 ;;;***
3616 \f
3617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-awk" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" (0 0 0 0))
3618 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-awk.el
3620 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-awk" '("c-awk-" "awk-mode-syntax-table" "awk-font-lock-keywords" "c-awk-_-harmless-nonws-char-re")))
3622 ;;;***
3623 \f
3624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-bytecomp" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" (0
3625 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
3626 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el
3628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-bytecomp" '("cc-")))
3630 ;;;***
3631 \f
3632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-cmds" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" (0 0 0 0))
3633 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-cmds.el
3635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-cmds" '("c-")))
3637 ;;;***
3638 \f
3639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-defs" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3640 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-defs.el
3642 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-defs" '("c-" "c--" "cc-bytecomp-compiling-or-loading" "cc-eval-when-compile")))
3644 ;;;***
3645 \f
3646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (0 0 0
3647 ;;;;;; 0))
3648 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3650 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3651 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3653 \(fn)" nil nil)
3655 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-engine" '("c-")))
3657 ;;;***
3658 \f
3659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-fonts" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" (0 0 0 0))
3660 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-fonts.el
3662 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-fonts" '("c-" "javadoc-font-lock-" "gtkdoc-font-lock-" "pike-font-lock-" "idl-font-lock-" "java-font-lock-" "objc-font-lock-" "c++-font-lock-" "autodoc-")))
3664 ;;;***
3665 \f
3666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (0 0 0 0))
3667 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3669 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3670 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3672 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3673 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3675 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3676 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3678 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3680 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3681 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3682 made from scratch.
3684 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3686 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3687 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3689 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3690 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3691 made from scratch.
3693 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3695 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3696 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3698 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3700 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3701 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3702 made from scratch.
3704 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3706 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3707 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3709 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3710 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3711 made from scratch.
3713 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3715 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3716 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3718 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3720 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3721 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3722 made from scratch.
3724 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3726 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3727 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3729 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3730 variables are guessed:
3732 * `c-basic-offset', and
3733 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3734 `c-offsets-alist'.
3736 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3737 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3739 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3740 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3742 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3743 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3744 guess is made from scratch.
3746 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3747 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3749 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3751 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3752 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3753 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3754 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3756 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3757 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3758 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3760 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3762 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-guess" '("c-guess-")))
3764 ;;;***
3765 \f
3766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3767 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
3769 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-langs" '("c-")))
3771 ;;;***
3772 \f
3773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-menus" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" (0 0 0 0))
3774 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-menus.el
3776 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-menus" '("cc-imenu-java-" "cc-imenu-objc-" "cc-imenu-c-" "cc-imenu-init" "cc-imenu-c++-generic-expression")))
3778 ;;;***
3779 \f
3780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3781 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3783 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3784 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3785 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3786 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3787 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3788 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3791 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3801 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3802 Major mode for editing C code.
3805 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3806 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3807 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3811 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3812 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3814 Key bindings:
3817 \(fn)" t nil)
3819 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3820 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3822 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3823 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3824 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3825 message.
3829 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3830 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3832 Key bindings:
3835 \(fn)" t nil)
3838 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3839 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3841 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3842 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3843 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3844 message.
3848 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3849 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3851 Key bindings:
3854 \(fn)" t nil)
3857 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3858 Major mode for editing Java code.
3860 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3861 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3862 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3863 message.
3867 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3868 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3870 Key bindings:
3873 \(fn)" t nil)
3876 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3877 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3879 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3880 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3881 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3882 message.
3886 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3887 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3889 Key bindings:
3892 \(fn)" t nil)
3894 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3896 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3897 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3899 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3900 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3901 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3902 message.
3906 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3907 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3909 Key bindings:
3912 \(fn)" t nil)
3914 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3915 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3916 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3917 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3919 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3920 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3922 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3923 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3924 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3928 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3929 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3931 Key bindings:
3934 \(fn)" t nil)
3936 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-mode" '("c-" "pike-mode-" "idl-mode-" "java-mode-" "objc-mode-" "c++-mode-" "awk-mode-map")))
3938 ;;;***
3939 \f
3940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (0 0 0
3941 ;;;;;; 0))
3942 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3944 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3945 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3946 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3947 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3949 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3952 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3953 might get set too.
3955 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3956 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3957 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3958 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3959 in this way.
3961 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3962 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3963 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3964 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3965 a null operation.
3967 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3969 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3970 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3971 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3972 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3974 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3976 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3977 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3978 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3980 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3982 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3983 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3984 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3985 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3986 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3988 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3990 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-styles" '("c-" "cc-choose-style-for-mode")))
3992 ;;;***
3993 \f
3994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
3995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3996 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3997 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3998 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
4000 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-vars" '("c-" "pike-" "idl-" "java-" "objc-" "c++-" "awk-mode-hook" "defcustom-c-stylevar")))
4002 ;;;***
4003 \f
4004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4005 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
4007 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
4008 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
4010 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
4012 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
4013 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
4015 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
4017 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4018 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
4020 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
4021 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
4022 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
4023 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
4024 execution.
4026 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
4028 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
4030 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4031 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
4033 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
4034 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
4035 CCL_MAIN_CODE
4036 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
4038 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
4039 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
4040 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
4041 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
4042 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
4043 `write' commands.
4045 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
4046 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
4047 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
4048 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
4050 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
4051 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
4052 semantics.
4054 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4056 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4058 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4060 STATEMENT :=
4061 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
4062 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
4064 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
4065 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
4066 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
4067 | integer
4069 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
4071 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
4072 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
4073 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4075 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
4076 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
4077 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4079 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
4081 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
4082 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
4083 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
4084 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
4085 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
4086 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
4087 ;; last STATEMENT.
4088 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4090 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
4091 BREAK := (break)
4093 REPEAT :=
4094 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
4095 (repeat)
4096 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
4097 ;; (repeat))
4098 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
4099 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
4100 ;; (read REG)
4101 ;; (repeat))
4102 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
4103 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
4104 ;; (read REG)
4105 ;; (repeat))
4106 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
4108 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
4109 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
4110 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4111 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4112 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
4113 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4114 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4115 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
4116 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4117 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
4118 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
4119 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
4120 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
4121 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
4122 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
4123 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4125 WRITE :=
4126 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
4127 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4128 ;; representation.
4129 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4130 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
4131 ;; (write r7))
4132 | (write EXPRESSION)
4133 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
4134 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4135 ;; representation.
4136 | (write integer)
4137 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
4138 ;; buffer.
4139 | (write string)
4140 ;; Same as: (write string)
4141 | string
4142 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
4143 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
4144 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
4145 ;; representation.
4146 | (write REG ARRAY)
4147 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
4148 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
4149 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
4150 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
4151 ;; is the second code point of the character.
4152 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4154 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
4155 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
4157 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
4158 END := (end)
4160 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
4161 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
4162 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
4164 ARG := REG | integer
4166 OPERATOR :=
4167 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
4168 + | - | * | / | %
4170 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
4171 | & | `|' | ^
4173 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
4174 | << | >>
4176 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
4177 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
4178 | <8
4180 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
4181 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
4182 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
4183 | >8
4185 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
4186 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
4187 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
4188 | //
4190 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
4191 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
4193 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
4194 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
4195 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
4196 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
4197 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
4198 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
4199 ;; second code point of CHAR.
4200 | de-sjis
4202 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
4203 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
4204 ;; Shift-JIS code,
4205 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
4206 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
4207 ;; (r7 = LOW))
4208 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
4209 ;; byte of SJIS.
4210 | en-sjis
4212 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
4213 ;; Same meaning as C code
4214 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
4216 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
4217 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
4218 ;; (REG |= ARG))
4219 | <8=
4221 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
4222 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
4223 ;; (REG >>= 8))
4225 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
4226 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
4227 ;; (REG /= ARG))
4228 | //=
4230 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
4233 TRANSLATE :=
4234 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
4235 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
4236 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
4237 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4238 ;; respectively.
4239 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
4240 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
4241 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
4242 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
4244 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
4245 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
4246 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4248 LOOKUP :=
4249 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4250 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
4251 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4252 ;; respectively.
4253 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
4254 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4255 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4257 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4258 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
4259 ;; REG.
4260 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
4261 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4262 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
4264 MAP :=
4265 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
4266 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
4267 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
4268 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
4270 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
4271 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
4272 MAP-ID := integer
4274 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
4276 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
4278 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4279 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4280 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4281 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4282 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4283 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4285 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
4287 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
4288 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4289 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4291 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4293 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4295 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ccl" '("ccl-")))
4297 ;;;***
4298 \f
4299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (0 0 0 0))
4300 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
4302 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
4303 Main entry point for closure conversion.
4304 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
4305 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
4307 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
4309 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4311 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
4312 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
4314 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4316 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cconv" '("cconv--" "cconv-analyze-form" "cconv-convert" "cconv-liftwhen")))
4318 ;;;***
4319 \f
4320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cdl" "cdl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4321 ;;; Generated autoloads from cdl.el
4323 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cdl" '("cdl-put-region" "cdl-get-file")))
4325 ;;;***
4326 \f
4327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (0 0 0 0))
4328 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
4329 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4331 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet" '("cedet-menu-map" "cedet-packages" "cedet-version")))
4333 ;;;***
4334 \f
4335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-cscope" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" (0 0
4336 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4337 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-cscope.el
4339 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-cscope" '("cedet-cscope-")))
4341 ;;;***
4342 \f
4343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-files" "cedet/cedet-files.el" (0 0 0
4344 ;;;;;; 0))
4345 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-files.el
4347 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-files" '("cedet-directory-name-to-file-name" "cedet-file-name-to-directory-name" "cedet-files-list-recursively")))
4349 ;;;***
4350 \f
4351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-global" "cedet/cedet-global.el" (0 0
4352 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4353 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-global.el
4355 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-global" '("cedet-gnu-global-" "cedet-global-min-version" "cedet-global-command" "cedet-global-gtags-command")))
4357 ;;;***
4358 \f
4359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-idutils" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" (0
4360 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
4361 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-idutils.el
4363 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-idutils" '("cedet-idutils-")))
4365 ;;;***
4366 \f
4367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (0 0 0 0))
4368 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4369 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
4371 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
4372 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
4373 There are no special keybindings by default.
4376 to the action header.
4378 \(fn)" t nil)
4380 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
4381 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
4382 There are no special keybindings by default.
4385 to the action header.
4387 \(fn)" t nil)
4389 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
4390 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
4392 \(fn)" t nil)
4394 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cfengine" '("cfengine3-" "cfengine-" "cfengine2-" "cfengine3--current-function" "cfengine3--prettify-symbols-alist")))
4396 ;;;***
4397 \f
4398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "char-fold" "char-fold.el" (0 0 0 0))
4399 ;;; Generated autoloads from char-fold.el
4401 (autoload 'char-fold-to-regexp "char-fold" "\
4402 Return a regexp matching anything that char-folds into STRING.
4403 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
4404 `char-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
4405 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
4407 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
4408 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
4410 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
4411 from which to start.
4413 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
4415 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "char-fold" '("char-fold-search-backward" "char-fold-search-forward" "char-fold--make-space-string" "char-fold-table")))
4417 ;;;***
4418 \f
4419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (0 0 0 0))
4420 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
4421 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4423 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chart" '("chart-" "chart")))
4425 ;;;***
4426 \f
4427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
4428 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4429 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
4431 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
4432 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
4433 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
4435 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
4437 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
4438 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
4439 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
4441 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
4443 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "check-declare" '("check-declare-")))
4445 ;;;***
4446 \f
4447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (0 0 0
4448 ;;;;;; 0))
4449 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4450 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4451 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4452 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4453 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4454 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4455 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4456 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4457 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4458 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4460 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
4461 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
4463 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
4464 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4465 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4467 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
4468 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4469 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4470 the users will view as each check is completed.
4472 \(fn)" t nil)
4474 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4475 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4476 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4477 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4478 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4479 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4480 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4481 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4483 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4485 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4486 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4487 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4488 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4489 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4490 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4491 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4492 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4494 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4496 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4497 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4498 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4499 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4500 spacing are all verified.
4502 \(fn)" t nil)
4504 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4505 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4506 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4507 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4508 otherwise stop after the first error.
4510 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4512 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
4513 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4515 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
4517 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
4518 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4519 Only documentation strings are checked.
4520 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4521 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4522 a separate buffer.
4524 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4526 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
4527 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4528 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4529 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4530 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4532 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4534 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
4535 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4536 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4537 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4538 if there is one.
4540 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4542 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
4543 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4544 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4545 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4546 if there is one.
4547 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4549 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4551 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4552 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4553 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4555 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4557 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
4558 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4559 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4560 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4561 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4563 \(fn)" t nil)
4565 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
4566 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4567 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4568 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4569 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4570 space at the end of each line.
4572 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4574 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
4575 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4576 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4577 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
4579 \(fn)" t nil)
4581 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4582 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4583 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4584 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4586 \(fn)" t nil)
4588 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4589 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4590 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4591 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4593 \(fn)" t nil)
4595 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4596 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4597 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4598 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4600 \(fn)" t nil)
4602 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4603 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4604 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4605 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4607 \(fn)" t nil)
4609 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4610 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4611 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4612 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4614 \(fn)" t nil)
4616 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4617 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4618 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4619 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4621 \(fn)" t nil)
4623 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4624 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4625 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4626 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4628 \(fn)" t nil)
4630 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4631 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4632 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4633 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4635 \(fn)" t nil)
4637 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4638 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4639 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4640 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4641 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4643 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4644 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4645 checking of documentation strings.
4649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4651 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4652 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4654 \(fn)" t nil)
4656 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "checkdoc" '("checkdoc-")))
4658 ;;;***
4659 \f
4660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (0 0
4661 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4662 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4664 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4665 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4666 Return the length of resulting text.
4668 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4670 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4671 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4673 \(fn)" t nil)
4675 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4676 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4677 Return the length of resulting text.
4679 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4681 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4682 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4684 \(fn)" t nil)
4686 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4689 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4691 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4694 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4696 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "china-util" '("hz-" "iso2022-" "zw-start-gb" "hz/zw-start-gb" "decode-hz-line-continuation")))
4698 ;;;***
4699 \f
4700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
4701 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4703 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4704 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4705 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4706 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4707 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4708 editing and the result is evaluated.
4710 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4712 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4713 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4714 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4715 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4716 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4718 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4720 \(fn)" t nil)
4722 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4723 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4724 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4725 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4726 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4728 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4729 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4732 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4733 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4735 \(fn)" t nil)
4737 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chistory" '("command-history-" "list-command-history-max" "list-command-history-filter" "default-command-history-filter" "default-command-history-filter-garbage")))
4739 ;;;***
4740 \f
4741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4742 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4744 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl" '("cl-" "cl--" "define-" "lexical-" "defsetf" "labels" "flet")))
4746 ;;;***
4747 \f
4748 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-extra" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
4749 ;;;;;; (22323 1714 133363 124000))
4750 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el
4752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-extra" '("cl--" "cl-type-definition" "cl-help-type" "cl-prettyprint")))
4754 ;;;***
4755 \f
4756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (0 0
4757 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4758 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4760 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4761 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4762 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4763 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4764 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4765 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4766 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4767 of this function.
4769 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4770 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4771 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4772 property are:
4774 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4775 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4777 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4778 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4779 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4780 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4781 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4782 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4783 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4784 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4785 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4786 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4787 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4788 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4790 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4791 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4792 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4794 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4795 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4796 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4797 list elements are:
4799 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4801 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4803 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4805 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4806 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4808 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4809 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4811 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4812 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4813 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4814 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4815 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4816 value specified by their associated list element.
4818 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4820 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4821 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4822 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4824 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4825 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4826 * indent the first argument by 4.
4827 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4828 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4829 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4831 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4832 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4833 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4834 instead.
4836 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4838 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-indent" '("lisp-" "common-lisp-indent-call-method" "common-lisp-indent-function-1" "common-lisp-loop-part-indentation")))
4840 ;;;***
4841 \f
4842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (0 0 0 0))
4843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4844 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4846 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4848 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4849 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4850 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4851 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4852 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4853 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4855 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4856 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4858 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-lib" '("cl-" "cl--")))
4860 ;;;***
4861 \f
4862 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-macs" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
4863 ;;;;;; (22344 54959 786653 803000))
4864 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el
4866 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-macs" '("cl--" "cl-" "function-form")))
4868 ;;;***
4869 \f
4870 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-seq" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
4871 ;;;;;; (22233 28356 901820 212000))
4872 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el
4874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-seq" '("cl--")))
4876 ;;;***
4877 \f
4878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
4879 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4881 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4882 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4883 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4884 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4886 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4887 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4888 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4889 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4891 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4892 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4894 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4896 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmacexp" '("c-macro-")))
4898 ;;;***
4899 \f
4900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
4901 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4903 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4904 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4905 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4906 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4907 of `scheme-program-name').
4908 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4909 it is given as initial input.
4910 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4911 discards input when it starts up.
4912 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4913 is run).
4916 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4918 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmuscheme" '("scheme-" "inferior-scheme-" "cmuscheme-load-hook" "switch-to-scheme")))
4920 ;;;***
4921 \f
4922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (0 0 0 0))
4923 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4925 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4926 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4930 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4931 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4933 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4934 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4935 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4937 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "color" '("color-")))
4941 ;;;***
4942 \f
4943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
4944 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4946 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4947 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4948 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4949 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4950 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4951 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4952 functions have already modified the buffer.
4954 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4956 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4957 either globally or locally.")
4959 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4960 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4961 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4962 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4964 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4965 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4966 `start-file-process'
4967 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4968 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4969 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4971 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4972 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4974 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4976 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4978 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4980 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4981 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4982 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4983 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4984 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4985 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4986 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4987 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4988 process as its initial input.
4990 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4992 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4994 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4996 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4997 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4998 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4999 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
5000 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
5001 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
5003 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
5005 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
5007 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
5008 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
5009 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
5010 directory tracking functions.")
5012 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
5013 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5014 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
5016 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5018 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5020 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
5021 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5022 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
5024 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5026 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5028 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
5029 Send COMMAND to current process.
5030 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5031 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5033 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5035 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
5036 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
5037 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5038 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5040 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5042 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "comint" '("comint-" "comint--" "shell-strip-ctrl-m" "send-invisible")))
5044 ;;;***
5045 \f
5046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (0 0 0 0))
5047 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
5049 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
5050 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
5051 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
5052 to get another window.
5054 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
5055 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
5057 This command pushes the mark in each window
5058 at the prior location of point in that window.
5059 If both windows display the same buffer,
5060 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
5061 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
5063 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
5064 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
5065 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
5066 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
5067 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
5068 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
5069 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
5070 ignored.
5072 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
5073 this command work in interlaced mode:
5074 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
5075 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
5076 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
5078 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
5080 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compare-w" '("compare-windows-" "compare-windows" "compare-ignore-case" "compare-ignore-whitespace")))
5082 ;;;***
5083 \f
5084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compface" "image/compface.el" (0 0 0 0))
5085 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/compface.el
5087 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compface" '("uncompface")))
5089 ;;;***
5090 \f
5091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (0 0 0 0))
5092 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
5094 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
5095 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
5097 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
5099 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
5100 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
5101 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
5103 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
5105 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
5106 Number of lines in a compilation window.
5107 If nil, use Emacs default.")
5109 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
5111 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
5112 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
5113 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
5114 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
5115 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
5117 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
5118 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
5119 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
5120 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
5123 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
5124 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
5125 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
5126 describing how the process finished.")
5128 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
5129 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
5130 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
5131 and a string describing how the process finished.")
5132 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5134 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
5136 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
5138 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
5140 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
5141 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
5142 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
5143 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
5145 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
5147 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
5148 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
5150 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
5151 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
5154 (lambda ()
5159 (if buffer-file-name
5160 (shell-quote-argument
5161 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
5163 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
5164 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
5166 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
5167 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
5168 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
5169 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
5171 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
5173 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
5174 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
5175 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
5176 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
5179 and move to the source code that caused it.
5181 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
5182 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
5184 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
5185 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
5186 With prefix arg, always prompts.
5187 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
5188 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
5190 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
5191 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
5193 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
5195 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
5196 kills its subprocesses.
5198 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
5199 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
5200 to a function that generates a unique name.
5202 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
5204 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
5205 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
5206 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
5207 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
5209 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
5210 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
5212 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
5213 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
5214 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
5215 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
5217 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
5218 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
5219 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
5221 Returns the compilation buffer created.
5223 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
5225 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
5226 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
5231 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
5235 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
5237 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
5239 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
5240 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
5241 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
5242 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
5243 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5245 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
5246 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
5247 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
5248 See `compilation-mode'.
5250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5252 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
5253 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
5254 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
5255 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5256 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5258 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
5259 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
5260 `compilation-mode'.
5262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5264 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
5265 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
5266 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
5268 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
5270 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compile" '("compilation-" "compilation--" "compile-" "kill-compilation" "define-compilation-mode" "recompile")))
5272 ;;;***
5273 \f
5274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (0 0 0 0))
5275 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
5277 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
5278 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
5279 See the `dynamic-completion-mode' command
5280 for a description of this minor mode.
5281 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5282 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5283 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
5285 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
5287 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
5288 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
5289 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5290 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5291 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5295 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "completion" '("completion-" "cmpl-" "use-completion-" "cdabbrev-" "save-completions-" "add-" "locate-completion-" "set-" "list-all-" "completions-" "symbol-" "reset-" "make-" "find-" "kill-" "enable-completion" "num-cmpl-sources" "current-completion-source" "next-cdabbrev" "clear-all-completions" "inside-locate-completion-entry" "delete-completion" "interactive-completion-string-reader" "check-completion-length" "accept-completion" "complete" "*lisp-def-regexp*" "*c-def-regexp*" "saved-cmpl-file-header" "load-completions-from-file" "completion--post-self-insert" "initialize-completions")))
5297 ;;;***
5298 \f
5299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (0 0 0
5300 ;;;;;; 0))
5301 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5303 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
5304 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5305 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5306 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5307 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5308 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5309 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5311 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5312 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5313 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5315 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5316 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5317 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5319 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5320 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5321 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5322 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5324 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5325 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5326 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5327 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5328 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5329 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5330 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5334 \(fn)" t nil)
5336 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
5337 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5338 Comments start with `#'.
5339 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5343 \[Desktop Entry]
5344 Encoding=UTF-8
5345 Name=The GIMP
5346 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5347 Name[cs]=GIMP
5349 \(fn)" t nil)
5351 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
5352 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5353 Comments start with `;'.
5354 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5358 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5359 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5360 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5362 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5363 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5365 \(fn)" t nil)
5367 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
5368 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5369 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5370 between `/*' and `*/'.
5371 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5374 // another kind of comment
5375 /* yet another */
5377 name:value
5378 name=value
5379 name value
5380 x.1 =
5381 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5382 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5384 \(fn)" t nil)
5386 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
5387 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5389 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5390 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5391 `conf-space-keywords'.
5392 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5393 in an interactive fashion instead.
5395 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5399 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5400 image/png png
5401 image/tiff tiff tif
5403 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5404 class desktop
5405 # Standard multimedia devices
5406 add /dev/audio desktop
5407 add /dev/mixer desktop
5409 \(fn)" t nil)
5411 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
5412 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5413 See `conf-space-mode'.
5415 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5417 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
5418 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5420 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5427 \(fn)" t nil)
5429 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
5430 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5432 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5436 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5439 \(fn)" t nil)
5441 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
5442 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5444 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5448 *background: gray99
5449 *foreground: black
5451 \(fn)" t nil)
5453 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "conf-mode" '("conf-")))
5455 ;;;***
5456 \f
5457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (0 0 0 0))
5458 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5460 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
5461 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5462 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5463 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5464 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
5465 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
5467 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
5469 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
5470 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5471 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5472 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5474 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5476 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
5477 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5478 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5479 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5481 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5483 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cookie1" '("cookie-" "cookie1")))
5485 ;;;***
5486 \f
5487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (0 0
5488 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5489 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5490 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5491 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5492 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5494 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
5495 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
5496 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5497 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5498 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5499 following the copyright are updated as well.
5500 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5501 interactively.
5503 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5505 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
5506 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5507 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5508 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
5509 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
5511 \(fn)" t nil)
5513 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
5514 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5516 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5518 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
5519 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
5520 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
5522 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
5524 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "copyright" '("copyright-")))
5526 ;;;***
5527 \f
5528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (0 0
5529 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5530 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5531 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5532 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5533 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5534 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5535 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5536 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5537 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5539 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
5540 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5541 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5542 Tab indents for Perl code.
5543 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5544 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5546 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5547 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5548 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5552 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5553 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5554 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
5555 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5556 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5559 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5561 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5562 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5564 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5566 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5567 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5568 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
5570 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5571 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5574 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5578 bite if angry;
5580 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5581 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5582 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5583 to nil.)
5586 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5587 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5589 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5591 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5592 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5593 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5595 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5599 if (A) { B }
5601 into
5603 B if A;
5607 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5608 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5609 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5610 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5611 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5612 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5613 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5614 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5615 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5616 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5617 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5618 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5621 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5623 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5624 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5625 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5626 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5628 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5630 man via menu.
5632 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5633 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5634 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5635 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5639 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5640 span the needed amount of lines.
5642 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5643 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5644 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5645 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5647 Variables controlling indentation style:
5648 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5649 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5650 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5651 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5652 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5653 `cperl-auto-newline'
5654 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5655 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5657 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5658 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5659 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5660 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5661 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5662 `cperl-indent-level'
5663 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5664 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5665 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5666 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5667 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5668 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5669 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5670 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5671 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5672 `cperl-brace-offset'
5673 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5674 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5675 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5676 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5677 `cperl-label-offset'
5678 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5679 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5680 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5682 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5683 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5684 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5685 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5686 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5687 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5689 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5692 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5694 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5695 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5696 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5697 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5699 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5700 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5702 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5703 column 0 is indented on
5704 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5706 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5707 with no args.
5709 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5710 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5711 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5713 \(fn)" t nil)
5715 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5716 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5718 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5720 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5721 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5723 \(fn)" t nil)
5725 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cperl-mode" '("cperl-" "pod2man-program")))
5727 ;;;***
5728 \f
5729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (0 0 0 0))
5730 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5732 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5733 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5734 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5735 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5736 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5738 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5740 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5741 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5743 \(fn)" t nil)
5745 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cpp" '("cpp-")))
5747 ;;;***
5748 \f
5749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (0 0 0 0))
5750 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5752 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5753 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5754 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5756 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5757 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5761 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5764 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5768 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5769 with empty strings removed.
5771 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5773 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "crm" '("crm-" "crm--collection-fn" "crm--current-element" "crm--completion-command" "crm--choose-completion-string")))
5775 ;;;***
5776 \f
5777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
5778 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5780 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5781 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5783 \(fn)" t nil)
5786 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5789 \(fn)" t nil)
5791 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "css-mode" '("css-" "css--" "scss-" "scss--hash-re")))
5793 ;;;***
5794 \f
5795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (0 0 0 0))
5796 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5798 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5799 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5800 See the `cua-mode' command
5801 for a description of this minor mode.
5802 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5803 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5804 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5806 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5808 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5809 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5810 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5811 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5812 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5814 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5815 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5816 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5817 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5818 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5819 normal function of these prefix keys.
5821 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5822 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5823 options:
5824 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5825 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5826 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5828 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5829 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5830 the prefix fallback behavior.
5832 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5834 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5835 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5837 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5839 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-base" '("cua-" "cua--")))
5841 ;;;***
5842 \f
5843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-gmrk" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" (0 0 0 0))
5844 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-gmrk.el
5846 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-gmrk" '("cua--" "cua-")))
5848 ;;;***
5849 \f
5850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
5851 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5853 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5854 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5855 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5859 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-rect" '("cua-" "cua--")))
5861 ;;;***
5862 \f
5863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5864 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
5865 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5867 (defvar cursor-sensor-inhibit nil)
5869 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5870 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5874 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5875 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5876 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5877 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5878 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5879 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
5880 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5884 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cursor-sensor" '("cursor-sensor-move-to-tangible" "cursor-sensor-tangible-pos" "cursor-sensor--detect" "cursor-sensor--move-to-tangible" "cursor-sensor--intangible-p")))
5886 ;;;***
5887 \f
5888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-dep" "cus-dep.el" (0 0 0 0))
5889 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-dep.el
5891 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-dep" '("custom-make-dependencies" "custom-dependencies-no-scan-regexp" "generated-custom-dependencies-file")))
5893 ;;;***
5894 \f
5895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
5896 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5898 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5899 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5901 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5903 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5904 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5906 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5908 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5909 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5911 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5913 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5914 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5916 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5917 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5919 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5920 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5922 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5924 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5926 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5927 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5928 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5930 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5931 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5933 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5934 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5936 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5937 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5939 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5941 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5943 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5944 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5945 Return VALUE.
5947 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5948 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5950 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5951 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5953 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5954 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5956 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5958 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5960 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5961 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5962 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5963 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5965 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5966 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5967 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5969 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5971 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5972 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5974 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5975 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5977 \(fn)" t nil)
5979 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5980 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5981 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5982 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5984 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5986 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5987 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5988 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5990 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5992 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5993 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5995 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5997 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5999 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
6000 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6002 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6004 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
6006 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6007 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6008 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
6010 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6012 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
6013 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
6014 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
6015 as part of Emacs itself.
6017 Each elements looks like this:
6019 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
6021 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
6022 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
6023 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
6024 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
6025 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
6026 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
6027 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
6028 and `defface'.
6030 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
6038 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
6039 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
6040 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
6041 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
6043 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
6045 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
6046 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
6047 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
6048 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
6049 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
6050 release.
6052 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
6053 that were added or redefined since that version.
6055 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
6057 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
6058 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
6059 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
6060 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6062 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6064 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6065 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6067 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6069 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6070 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
6071 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6073 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6074 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6076 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
6078 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
6079 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
6081 \(fn)" t nil)
6083 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
6084 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
6086 \(fn)" t nil)
6088 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
6089 Customize all saved options and faces.
6091 \(fn)" t nil)
6093 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
6094 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
6095 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
6096 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
6097 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
6098 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
6100 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
6101 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
6102 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
6104 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
6106 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
6107 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
6109 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
6111 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
6112 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
6114 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6116 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
6117 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
6119 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6121 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
6122 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
6123 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
6124 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
6126 \(fn)" nil nil)
6128 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
6129 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
6130 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6131 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6132 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6133 that option.
6134 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6136 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6138 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6139 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
6140 The result includes selecting that window.
6141 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6142 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6143 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6144 that option.
6145 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6147 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6149 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
6150 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
6152 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6154 (defvar custom-file nil "\
6155 File used for storing customization information.
6156 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
6157 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
6158 it should be an absolute file name.
6160 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
6161 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
6162 something like the following in your init file:
6165 \(load custom-file)
6167 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
6168 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
6170 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
6171 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
6172 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
6173 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
6174 This will preserve your existing customizations.
6176 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
6177 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
6178 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
6179 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
6180 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
6181 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
6183 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
6184 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
6185 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
6187 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
6189 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
6190 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
6192 \(fn)" nil nil)
6194 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
6195 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
6197 \(fn)" t nil)
6199 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6200 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6201 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
6203 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
6205 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6206 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6207 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
6208 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
6209 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
6211 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
6213 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-edit" '("custom-" "Custom-" "customize-" "widget-" "custom--initialize-widget-variables")))
6215 ;;;***
6216 \f
6217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (0 0 0 0))
6218 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
6220 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
6221 Create or edit a custom theme.
6222 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
6223 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
6224 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
6225 from the Custom save file.
6226 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
6227 named *Custom Theme*.
6229 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
6231 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
6232 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
6234 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6236 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
6237 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
6239 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6241 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
6242 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
6243 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
6244 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
6246 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6248 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-theme" '("custom-theme-" "custom-new-theme-" "custom-theme--" "custom-describe-theme" "describe-theme-1")))
6250 ;;;***
6251 \f
6252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (0 0 0 0))
6253 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
6255 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
6256 Mode used for cvs status output.
6258 \(fn)" t nil)
6260 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cvs-status" '("cvs-status-" "cvs-tree-" "cvs-tag-" "cvs-tags->tree")))
6262 ;;;***
6263 \f
6264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (0 0 0 0))
6265 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6266 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6268 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6269 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6271 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
6273 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6274 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6275 C++ modes are included.
6277 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
6278 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
6279 if ARG is omitted or nil.
6281 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6283 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
6285 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6286 Non-nil if Global Cwarn mode is enabled.
6287 See the `global-cwarn-mode' command
6288 for a description of this minor mode.
6289 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6290 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6291 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6293 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
6295 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6296 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
6297 With prefix ARG, enable Global Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
6298 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
6299 ARG is omitted or nil.
6301 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
6302 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
6303 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
6305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6307 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cwarn" '("cwarn-" "turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled")))
6309 ;;;***
6310 \f
6311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (0 0
6312 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6313 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6315 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
6316 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6318 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6320 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
6321 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6323 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6325 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
6326 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6327 For readability, the table is slightly
6328 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6330 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6331 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6332 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6333 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6334 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6336 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6338 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cyril-util" '("cyrillic-language-alist")))
6340 ;;;***
6341 \f
6342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
6343 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6344 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
6345 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
6346 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6347 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6349 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
6350 Completion on current word.
6352 and presents suggestions for completion.
6354 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6355 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6356 completions.
6359 then it searches *all* buffers.
6361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6363 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
6366 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6367 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6368 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6369 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6370 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6372 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6373 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6375 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6376 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6377 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6379 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6380 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6384 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6386 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dabbrev" '("dabbrev--" "dabbrev-")))
6388 ;;;***
6389 \f
6390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6391 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
6393 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
6394 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
6396 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
6398 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "data-debug" '("data-debug-")))
6400 ;;;***
6401 \f
6402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (0 0 0 0))
6403 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
6405 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
6406 Handle events from the D-Bus.
6407 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
6408 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
6409 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
6411 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
6413 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dbus" '("dbus-")))
6415 ;;;***
6416 \f
6417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
6418 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6420 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
6421 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6423 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6424 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6425 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6427 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6428 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6429 Data lines are not indented.
6431 Key bindings:
6434 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6441 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6443 dcl-basic-offset
6444 Extra indentation within blocks.
6446 dcl-continuation-offset
6447 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6449 dcl-margin-offset
6450 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6452 dcl-margin-label-offset
6453 Indentation for a label.
6455 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6456 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6458 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6459 dcl-block-end-regexp
6460 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6461 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
6462 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6463 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6464 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6466 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6467 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6468 Two such functions are included in the package:
6469 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6470 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6472 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6473 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6474 One such function is included in the package:
6475 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6477 dcl-tab-always-indent
6478 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6479 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6480 margin.
6482 dcl-electric-characters
6483 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6484 typed.
6486 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6487 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6488 which words trigger electric indentation.
6490 dcl-tempo-comma
6491 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6492 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6493 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6495 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6496 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6497 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6498 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6500 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6501 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6502 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6503 dcl-imenu-label-call
6504 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6506 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6507 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6508 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6509 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6512 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6514 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6515 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6516 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6517 $ i = 1
6518 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6519 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6520 $ label:
6521 $ if i.eq.1
6522 $ then
6523 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6524 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6525 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6526 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6529 $ type sys$input
6530 Data lines are not indented at all.
6531 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6532 $ endif
6533 $
6536 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6537 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6539 \(fn)" t nil)
6541 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dcl-mode" '("dcl-")))
6543 ;;;***
6544 \f
6545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6546 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6548 (setq debugger 'debug)
6550 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
6552 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6553 of the evaluator.
6555 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6556 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6557 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6559 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
6561 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6562 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6564 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6566 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6567 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6568 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6569 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6570 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6571 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6574 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6576 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6578 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6580 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6581 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6582 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6584 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6586 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "debug" '("debugger-" "debugger--" "debug--" "inhibit-debug-on-entry" "debug-help-follow")))
6588 ;;;***
6589 \f
6590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (0 0 0 0))
6591 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6593 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
6594 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6596 \(fn)" t nil)
6598 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
6599 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6600 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6601 Upper-case letters are commands.
6603 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6604 modify it.
6606 The most useful commands are:
6610 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6614 \(fn)" t nil)
6616 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "decipher" '("decipher-" "decipher--analyze" "decipher--digram-total" "decipher--digram-counts")))
6618 ;;;***
6619 \f
6620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (0 0 0 0))
6621 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6622 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6624 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
6625 Customization of `columns' group.
6627 \(fn)" t nil)
6629 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
6630 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6632 START and END delimits the text region.
6634 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6636 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
6637 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6639 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6641 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6643 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delim-col" '("delimit-columns-")))
6645 ;;;***
6646 \f
6647 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (0 0 0 0))
6648 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6650 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
6652 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6653 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6654 See the `delete-selection-mode' command
6655 for a description of this minor mode.
6656 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6657 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6658 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6660 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
6662 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
6663 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6664 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
6665 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
6666 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6668 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
6669 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
6670 point regardless of any selection. Also, commands that normally delete
6671 just one character will delete the entire selection instead.
6673 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
6674 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
6676 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6678 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delsel" '("delete-selection-" "delete-active-region" "delsel-unload-function" "minibuffer-keyboard-quit" "delsel--replace-text-or-position")))
6680 ;;;***
6681 \f
6682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (0 0 0 0))
6683 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6685 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
6686 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6688 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6690 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6691 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6692 or nil if there is no parent.
6694 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6695 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6696 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6697 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6699 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6700 arguments are currently understood:
6701 :group GROUP
6702 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6703 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6704 :syntax-table TABLE
6705 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
6706 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6707 :abbrev-table TABLE
6708 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
6709 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6710 :after-hook FORM
6711 A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks have been
6712 run. It should not be quoted.
6714 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6718 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6719 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6720 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6722 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6723 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6727 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6729 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6730 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6732 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6733 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6735 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6737 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6739 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6741 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6742 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6743 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6744 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6745 the first time the mode is used.
6747 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6749 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "derived" '("derived-mode-")))
6751 ;;;***
6752 \f
6753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (0 0 0 0))
6754 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6756 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6757 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6758 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6759 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6760 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6761 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6762 otherwise.
6764 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6766 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6767 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6768 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6769 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6771 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6772 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6773 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6775 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6776 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6777 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6778 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6779 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6780 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6781 relevant to POS.
6783 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6785 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6786 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6788 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6789 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6790 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6791 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6792 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6793 minibuffer window for width limit.
6795 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6796 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6798 \(fn)" nil nil)
6800 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "descr-text" '("describe-char-" "describe-text-" "describe-property-list")))
6802 ;;;***
6803 \f
6804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (0 0 0 0))
6805 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6807 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6808 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6809 See the `desktop-save-mode' command
6810 for a description of this minor mode.
6811 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6812 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6813 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6815 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6817 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6818 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6819 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6820 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6821 is omitted or nil.
6823 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6824 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6825 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6826 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6831 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6832 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6834 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6836 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6840 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6841 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6842 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6843 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6845 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6847 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6848 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6850 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6851 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6852 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6854 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6857 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6858 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6859 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6861 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6862 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6863 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6864 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6866 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6868 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6869 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6871 Handlers are called with argument list
6873 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6875 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6877 `desktop-file-version'
6878 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6879 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6880 `desktop-buffer-point'
6881 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6882 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6883 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6885 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6886 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6888 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6889 code like
6891 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6892 ...
6896 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6898 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6900 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6902 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6903 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6904 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6905 List elements must have the form
6907 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6909 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6910 function.
6912 Handlers are called with argument list
6914 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6916 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6918 `desktop-file-version'
6919 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6920 `desktop-buffer-name'
6921 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6922 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6923 `desktop-buffer-point'
6924 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6925 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6926 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6928 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6929 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6930 created and set.
6932 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6933 code like
6935 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6936 ...
6940 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6942 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6944 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6946 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6948 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6949 Empty the Desktop.
6950 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6951 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6952 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6953 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6954 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6955 if different).
6957 \(fn)" t nil)
6959 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6960 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6961 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6962 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
6963 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
6964 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
6965 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
6966 do not rewrite the file.
6968 This function can save the desktop in either format version
6969 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
6970 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
6971 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
6972 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
6973 file.
6975 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
6976 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
6977 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
6978 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
6979 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
6980 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
6981 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
6982 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
6983 without further confirmation.
6985 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
6987 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6988 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6989 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6991 \(fn)" t nil)
6993 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6994 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6995 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6996 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6997 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6998 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6999 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
7000 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
7002 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
7004 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
7005 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
7006 Also inhibit further loading of it.
7008 \(fn)" nil nil)
7010 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
7012 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
7013 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
7014 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
7015 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
7016 directory DIRNAME.
7018 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
7020 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
7021 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
7023 \(fn)" t nil)
7025 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
7026 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
7028 \(fn)" t nil)
7030 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "desktop" '("desktop-")))
7032 ;;;***
7033 \f
7034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (0 0 0 0))
7035 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
7037 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
7038 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
7039 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
7040 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
7041 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
7042 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7044 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7046 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
7047 Repair a broken attribution line.
7048 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7050 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7052 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7053 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
7054 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
7055 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7057 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7059 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7060 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
7062 \(fn)" t nil)
7064 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "deuglify" '("gnus-outlook-deuglify-" "gnus-outlook-repair-attribution-" "gnus-outlook-display-" "gnus-article-outlook-rearrange-citation" "gnus-outlook-rearrange-article")))
7066 ;;;***
7067 \f
7068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dframe" "dframe.el" (0 0 0 0))
7069 ;;; Generated autoloads from dframe.el
7071 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dframe" '("dframe-")))
7073 ;;;***
7074 \f
7075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (0 0 0
7076 ;;;;;; 0))
7077 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
7079 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
7080 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
7081 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
7082 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
7083 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
7085 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7087 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
7088 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
7089 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
7090 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
7092 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
7093 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
7094 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
7095 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
7097 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
7098 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
7100 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
7105 \(diary-mail-entries)
7107 # diary-rem.el ends here
7109 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
7111 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
7112 Major mode for editing the diary file.
7114 \(fn)" t nil)
7116 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diary-lib" '("diary-" "calendar-mark-")))
7118 ;;;***
7119 \f
7120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
7121 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
7123 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
7124 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
7126 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
7128 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
7129 The command to use to run diff.")
7131 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
7133 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
7134 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
7135 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
7136 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
7137 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
7138 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
7140 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
7141 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
7142 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
7144 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
7146 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
7147 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7148 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7149 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7150 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7151 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
7153 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7155 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
7156 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
7158 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
7160 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
7161 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
7162 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
7164 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
7166 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff" '("diff-")))
7168 ;;;***
7169 \f
7170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7171 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
7173 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
7174 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
7175 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
7176 normal diffs.
7178 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
7179 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
7180 headers for you on-the-fly.
7188 \(fn)" t nil)
7190 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
7191 Toggle Diff minor mode.
7192 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
7193 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7194 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7200 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff-mode" '("diff-" "diff--auto-refine-data")))
7202 ;;;***
7203 \f
7204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (0 0 0 0))
7205 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
7207 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
7208 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
7209 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
7211 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
7213 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dig" '("dig-" "query-dig")))
7215 ;;;***
7216 \f
7217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
7218 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
7220 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
7221 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
7222 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
7223 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
7224 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
7225 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
7226 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
7227 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
7229 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
7231 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
7232 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
7233 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
7234 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
7235 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
7236 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
7238 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
7240 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
7241 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
7243 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
7244 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
7246 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
7247 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
7248 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
7249 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
7250 listing have no effect.
7256 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
7258 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7259 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
7261 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
7264 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7265 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
7267 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
7270 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7272 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
7273 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
7275 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7277 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
7280 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
7283 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
7286 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
7288 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
7291 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7292 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7293 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7294 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7296 to see why something went wrong.
7301 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7308 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7309 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
7312 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
7314 again for the directory tree.
7317 for more info):
7319 `dired-listing-switches'
7320 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7321 `dired-marker-char'
7322 `dired-del-marker'
7323 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7324 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7325 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7326 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7330 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7331 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7332 `dired-mode-hook'
7333 `dired-load-hook'
7335 Keybindings:
7338 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7339 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7341 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired" '("dired-")))
7343 ;;;***
7344 \f
7345 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el"
7346 ;;;;;; (22316 28459 907124 107000))
7347 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7349 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-aux" '("dired-" "minibuffer-default-add-dired-shell-commands")))
7351 ;;;***
7352 \f
7353 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7354 ;;;;;; (22258 27960 296487 495000))
7355 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7357 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-x" '("dired-" "virtual-dired")))
7359 ;;;***
7360 \f
7361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (0 0 0 0))
7362 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7364 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
7365 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
7366 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
7367 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7368 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7370 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
7371 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
7372 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
7374 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
7375 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
7376 directory.
7378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7380 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
7381 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
7382 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
7383 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
7384 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
7385 from `default-directory'.
7387 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7389 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dirtrack" '("dirtrack-")))
7391 ;;;***
7392 \f
7393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (0 0 0 0))
7394 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7396 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
7397 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7398 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7399 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7400 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7401 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7403 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7405 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disass" '("disassemble-column-1-indent" "disassemble-column-2-indent" "disassemble-recursive-indent" "disassemble-internal" "disassemble-1")))
7407 ;;;***
7408 \f
7409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
7410 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7412 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
7413 Return a new, empty display table.
7415 \(fn)" nil nil)
7417 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7418 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7419 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7420 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7421 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7423 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7425 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7426 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7427 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7428 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7429 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7431 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7433 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
7434 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7436 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7438 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
7439 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7441 \(fn)" t nil)
7443 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
7444 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
7446 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
7447 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
7449 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
7450 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
7451 byte.
7453 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
7454 in the default way after this call.
7456 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7458 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
7459 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7461 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7463 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
7464 Display character C using printable string S.
7466 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7468 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
7469 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7470 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7471 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7473 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7475 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
7476 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7477 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7478 X frame.
7480 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7482 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
7483 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7485 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7487 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
7488 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7490 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7492 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
7493 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7495 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7497 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
7498 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7500 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7502 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
7503 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7505 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7507 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
7508 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7510 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
7511 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
7513 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
7514 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
7516 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7517 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7518 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7519 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7521 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7522 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
7523 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
7524 in `.emacs'.
7526 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7528 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disp-table" '("display-table-print-array")))
7530 ;;;***
7531 \f
7532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (0 0 0 0))
7533 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7535 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
7536 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7537 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7538 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7539 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7540 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7541 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7542 Default is 2.
7544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7546 ;;;***
7547 \f
7548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
7549 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7551 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
7552 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7553 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7554 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7555 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7556 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7557 private or ask).
7558 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7559 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7560 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7561 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7562 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7564 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
7566 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dnd" '("dnd-open-" "dnd-get-local-file-" "dnd-handle-one-url" "dnd-unescape-uri" "dnd-insert-text")))
7568 ;;;***
7569 \f
7570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns" "net/dns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7571 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dns.el
7573 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns" '("dns-")))
7575 ;;;***
7576 \f
7577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7578 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7580 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
7581 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7582 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7583 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7584 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7585 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7586 table and its own syntax table.
7588 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7590 \(fn)" t nil)
7591 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7593 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
7594 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7596 \(fn)" t nil)
7598 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns-mode" '("dns-mode-")))
7600 ;;;***
7601 \f
7602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
7603 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
7605 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
7606 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
7607 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
7608 OpenDocument format).
7610 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
7612 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
7613 Major mode in DocView buffers.
7615 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
7616 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
7619 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
7622 \(fn)" t nil)
7624 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
7625 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
7626 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
7627 to the next best mode.
7629 \(fn)" nil nil)
7631 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
7632 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
7633 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
7634 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7635 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7637 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
7639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7641 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
7644 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
7646 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doc-view" '("doc-view-" "doc-view--")))
7648 ;;;***
7649 \f
7650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (0 0 0 0))
7651 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7653 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
7654 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7656 \(fn)" t nil)
7658 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doctor" '("doctor-" "make-doctor-variables" "doc$" "doc//")))
7660 ;;;***
7661 \f
7662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dom" "dom.el" (0 0 0 0))
7663 ;;; Generated autoloads from dom.el
7665 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dom" '("dom-")))
7667 ;;;***
7668 \f
7669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-fns" "dos-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7670 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-fns.el
7672 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-fns" '("dos-" "dosified-file-name")))
7674 ;;;***
7675 \f
7676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-vars" "dos-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
7677 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-vars.el
7679 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-vars" '("msdos-shells" "dos-codepage-setup-hook")))
7681 ;;;***
7682 \f
7683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-w32" "dos-w32.el" (0 0 0 0))
7684 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-w32.el
7686 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-w32" '("w32-" "find-file-binary" "find-file-text" "file-name-buffer-file-type-alist" "find-buffer-file-type-coding-system")))
7688 ;;;***
7689 \f
7690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (0 0 0 0))
7691 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7693 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
7694 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
7695 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
7696 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7697 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7699 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
7700 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
7702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7704 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "double" '("double-translate-key" "double-read-event" "double-last-event" "double-prefix-only" "double-map")))
7706 ;;;***
7707 \f
7708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
7709 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7710 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7712 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
7713 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7715 \(fn)" t nil)
7717 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dunnet" '("dun-" "dungeon-" "north" "south" "east" "west" "northeast" "southeast" "northwest" "southwest" "up" "down" "in" "out" "obj-special")))
7719 ;;;***
7720 \f
7721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dynamic-setting" "dynamic-setting.el" (0 0
7722 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7723 ;;; Generated autoloads from dynamic-setting.el
7725 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dynamic-setting" '("font-setting-change-default-font" "dynamic-setting-handle-config-changed-event")))
7727 ;;;***
7728 \f
7729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (0
7730 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
7731 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7733 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
7735 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7736 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7737 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
7738 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
7739 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7741 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
7742 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
7743 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
7744 and disables it otherwise.
7746 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
7747 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
7748 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
7749 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
7751 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
7752 documenting what its argument does.
7754 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7755 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
7756 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7757 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
7758 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
7759 (KEY . BINDING) pairs where KEY and BINDING are suitable for
7760 `define-key'. If you supply a KEYMAP argument that is not a
7761 symbol, this macro defines the variable MODE-map and gives it
7762 the value that KEYMAP specifies.
7764 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
7765 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
7766 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
7767 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
7768 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
7769 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
7770 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
7771 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
7772 the minor mode is global):
7774 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7776 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7777 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7778 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7779 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7780 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7781 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7782 Not used if you also specify :variable.
7783 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7784 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7785 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7786 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
7787 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
7788 named variable, or a generalized variable.
7789 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
7790 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
7791 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
7792 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
7793 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
7794 in :variable).
7796 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
7797 have been run. It should not be quoted.
7799 For example, you could write
7802 ...BODY CODE...)
7804 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
7806 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7808 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7810 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7812 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7813 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7814 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7815 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7816 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7817 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7818 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7819 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7820 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7821 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7822 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7823 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7825 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7826 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7827 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7828 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7829 call another major mode in their body.
7831 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
7832 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
7833 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
7835 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
7837 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7839 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7840 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7841 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7842 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7843 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7844 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7845 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7847 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7849 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7850 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7851 :inherit Parent keymap.
7852 :group Ignored.
7853 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7854 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7856 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7858 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7859 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
7860 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
7861 the constant's documentation.
7863 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7865 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7866 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7867 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7869 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7871 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easy-mmode" '("easy-mmode-define-navigation" "easy-mmode-define-syntax" "easy-mmode-set-keymap-parents" "easy-mmode-pretty-mode-name")))
7873 ;;;***
7874 \f
7875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (0 0 0
7876 ;;;;;; 0))
7877 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7879 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7880 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7881 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7882 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7884 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7885 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7886 as a top-level menu bar item.
7888 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7889 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7890 pairs:
7892 :filter FUNCTION
7893 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7894 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7895 items to actually display.
7897 :visible INCLUDE
7898 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7899 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7900 alias for `:visible'.
7902 :active ENABLE
7903 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7904 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7905 an alias for `:active'.
7907 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7908 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7910 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7912 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7914 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7915 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7917 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7918 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7920 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7922 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7924 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7925 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7927 :keys KEYS
7928 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7929 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7930 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7931 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7933 :key-sequence KEYS
7934 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7935 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7936 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7937 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7939 :active ENABLE
7940 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7941 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7942 alias for `:active'.
7944 :visible INCLUDE
7945 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7946 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7947 `:visible'.
7949 :label FORM
7950 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7951 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7953 :suffix FORM
7954 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7955 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7957 :style STYLE
7958 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7959 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7960 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7962 :selected SELECTED
7963 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7964 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7966 :help HELP
7967 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7969 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7970 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7971 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7973 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7974 MENU. This is a submenu.
7976 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7978 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7980 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7983 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7985 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7986 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7987 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7988 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7990 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7992 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7993 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7994 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7995 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7996 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7997 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7999 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
8000 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
8001 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8003 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
8004 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8005 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8007 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8008 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8010 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8012 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easymenu" '("easy-menu-" "add-submenu")))
8014 ;;;***
8015 \f
8016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-abn" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" (0 0 0 0))
8017 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-abn.el
8019 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-abn" '("ebnf-abn-")))
8021 ;;;***
8022 \f
8023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-bnf" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8024 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el
8026 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-bnf" '("ebnf-")))
8028 ;;;***
8029 \f
8030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-dtd" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" (0 0 0 0))
8031 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el
8033 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-dtd" '("ebnf-dtd-")))
8035 ;;;***
8036 \f
8037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-ebx" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" (0 0 0 0))
8038 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el
8040 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-ebx" '("ebnf-ebx-")))
8042 ;;;***
8043 \f
8044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-iso" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
8045 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-iso.el
8047 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-iso" '("ebnf-iso-" "ebnf-no-meta-identifier")))
8049 ;;;***
8050 \f
8051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-otz" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" (0 0 0 0))
8052 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-otz.el
8054 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-otz" '("ebnf-")))
8056 ;;;***
8057 \f
8058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-yac" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" (0 0 0 0))
8059 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-yac.el
8061 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-yac" '("ebnf-yac-")))
8063 ;;;***
8064 \f
8065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (0 0 0 0))
8066 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8067 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8069 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
8070 Customization for ebnf group.
8072 \(fn)" t nil)
8074 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8075 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8077 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8079 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8080 processed.
8082 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8084 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8086 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8087 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8089 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8090 killed after process termination.
8092 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8094 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8096 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8097 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8099 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8100 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8101 it to the printer.
8103 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8104 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8105 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8106 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8108 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8110 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8111 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8112 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8114 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8116 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8117 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8119 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8121 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8122 processed.
8124 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8126 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8128 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8129 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8131 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8132 killed after process termination.
8134 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8136 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8138 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8139 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8140 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8141 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8143 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8145 \(fn)" t nil)
8147 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8148 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8149 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8151 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8153 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8155 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8156 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8158 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8160 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8161 processed.
8163 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8165 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8167 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8168 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8170 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8171 killed after EPS generation.
8173 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8175 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8177 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8178 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8180 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8181 The EPS file name has the following form:
8183 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8185 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8188 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8189 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8190 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8194 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8195 files.
8197 \(fn)" t nil)
8199 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8200 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8202 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8203 The EPS file name has the following form:
8205 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8207 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8210 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8211 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8212 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8216 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8217 files.
8219 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8221 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
8223 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8224 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8226 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8228 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8229 are processed.
8231 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8233 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8235 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8236 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8238 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8239 killed after syntax checking.
8241 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8243 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8245 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8246 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8248 \(fn)" t nil)
8250 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8251 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
8253 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8255 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
8256 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8258 \(fn)" nil nil)
8260 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8261 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
8263 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8265 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8267 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8268 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8270 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8272 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8274 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8275 Delete style NAME.
8277 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8279 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8281 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8282 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8284 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8286 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8288 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8289 Set STYLE as the current style.
8291 Returns the old style symbol.
8293 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8295 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8297 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8298 Reset current style.
8300 Returns the old style symbol.
8302 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8304 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8306 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8307 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8309 Returns the old style symbol.
8311 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8313 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8315 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8317 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8318 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8320 Returns the old style symbol.
8322 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8324 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8326 \(fn)" t nil)
8328 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf2ps" '("ebnf-")))
8330 ;;;***
8331 \f
8332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (0 0 0 0))
8333 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8335 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
8336 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8337 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8338 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8339 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8342 Tree mode key bindings:
8345 \(fn)" t nil)
8347 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
8348 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8350 \(fn)" t nil)
8352 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
8353 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8355 \(fn)" t nil)
8357 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8358 View declaration of member at point.
8360 \(fn)" t nil)
8362 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8363 Find declaration of member at point.
8365 \(fn)" t nil)
8367 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
8368 View definition of member at point.
8370 \(fn)" t nil)
8372 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
8373 Find definition of member at point.
8375 \(fn)" t nil)
8377 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8378 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8380 \(fn)" t nil)
8382 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8383 View definition of member at point in other window.
8385 \(fn)" t nil)
8387 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8388 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8390 \(fn)" t nil)
8392 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8393 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8395 \(fn)" t nil)
8397 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8398 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8400 \(fn)" t nil)
8402 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8403 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8405 \(fn)" t nil)
8407 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
8408 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8409 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8410 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8411 completion.
8413 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8415 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
8416 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8417 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8418 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8420 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8422 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
8423 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8424 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8425 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8427 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8429 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
8430 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8431 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8433 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8435 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
8436 Search for call sites of a member.
8437 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8438 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8439 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8440 looks like a function call to the member.
8442 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8444 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8445 Move backward in the position stack.
8446 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8448 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8450 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8451 Move forward in the position stack.
8452 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8454 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8456 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
8457 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8459 \(fn)" t nil)
8461 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
8462 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8464 \(fn)" t nil)
8466 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
8467 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8468 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8469 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8471 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8473 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
8474 Display statistics for a class tree.
8476 \(fn)" t nil)
8478 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebrowse" '("ebrowse-" "ebrowse--" "electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook")))
8480 ;;;***
8481 \f
8482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
8483 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8485 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
8487 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
8489 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
8490 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
8491 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8493 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8496 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
8497 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
8498 also has this effect.
8500 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
8510 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8512 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebuff-menu" '("Electric-buffer-menu-" "electric-buffer-menu-" "electric-buffer-overlay" "electric-buffer-update-highlight")))
8514 ;;;***
8515 \f
8516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
8517 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8519 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
8520 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8521 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8523 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8525 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "echistory" '("Electric-history-undefined" "Electric-history-quit" "electric-command-history-hook" "electric-command-history" "electric-history-map")))
8527 ;;;***
8528 \f
8529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "ecomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
8530 ;;; Generated autoloads from ecomplete.el
8532 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
8535 \(fn)" nil nil)
8537 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ecomplete" '("ecomplete-")))
8539 ;;;***
8540 \f
8541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (0 0 0 0))
8542 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
8543 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
8545 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
8546 Non-nil if Global Ede mode is enabled.
8547 See the `global-ede-mode' command
8548 for a description of this minor mode.
8549 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8550 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8551 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
8553 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
8555 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
8556 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
8557 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
8558 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8559 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8561 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
8562 an EDE controlled project.
8564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8566 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede" '("ede-" "global-ede-mode-map" "ede" "project-try-ede")))
8568 ;;;***
8569 \f
8570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/auto" "cedet/ede/auto.el" (0 0 0 0))
8571 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/auto.el
8573 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/auto" '("ede-project-autoload-dirmatch" "ede-project-autoload" "ede-project-class-files" "ede-show-supported-projects" "ede-add-project-autoload")))
8575 ;;;***
8576 \f
8577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/autoconf-edit" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
8578 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8579 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el
8581 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/autoconf-edit" '("autoconf-")))
8583 ;;;***
8584 \f
8585 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/base" "cedet/ede/base.el"
8586 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 927192 607000))
8587 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/base.el
8589 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/base" '("ede-")))
8591 ;;;***
8592 \f
8593 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/config" "cedet/ede/config.el"
8594 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 927192 607000))
8595 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/config.el
8597 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/config" '("ede-project-with-config-" "ede-extra-config-" "ede-target-with-" "ede-extra-config" "ede-project-with-config")))
8599 ;;;***
8600 \f
8601 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/cpp-root"
8602 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8603 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/cpp-root.el
8605 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/cpp-root" '("ede-cpp-root-target" "ede-cpp-root-project-list" "ede-create-lots-of-projects-under-dir")))
8607 ;;;***
8608 \f
8609 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/custom" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
8610 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8611 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/custom.el
8613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/custom" '("ede-customize-target" "eieio-ede-old-variables" "ede-project-sort-targets-list" "ede-project-sort-targets-order")))
8615 ;;;***
8616 \f
8617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/detect" "cedet/ede/detect.el" (0 0 0 0))
8618 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/detect.el
8620 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/detect" '("ede--detect-" "ede-detect-qtest" "ede-detect-directory-for-project")))
8622 ;;;***
8623 \f
8624 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/dired" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
8625 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8626 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/dired.el
8628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/dired" '("ede-dired-add-to-target" "ede-dired-keymap")))
8630 ;;;***
8631 \f
8632 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/emacs" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
8633 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8634 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/emacs.el
8636 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/emacs" '("ede-emacs-")))
8638 ;;;***
8639 \f
8640 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/files" "cedet/ede/files.el"
8641 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8642 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/files.el
8644 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/files" '("ede-" "ede--")))
8646 ;;;***
8647 \f
8648 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/generic"
8649 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8650 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/generic.el
8652 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/generic" '("ede-generic-")))
8654 ;;;***
8655 \f
8656 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/linux" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
8657 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8658 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/linux.el
8660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/linux" '("ede-linux-" "project-linux-" "ede-linux--get-" "ede-linux--detect-architecture" "ede-linux--include-path")))
8662 ;;;***
8663 \f
8664 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/locate" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
8665 ;;;;;; (22189 60738 37741 19000))
8666 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/locate.el
8668 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/locate" '("ede-locate-")))
8670 ;;;***
8671 \f
8672 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/make" "cedet/ede/make.el"
8673 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 931192 607000))
8674 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/make.el
8676 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/make" '("ede-make-min-version" "ede-make-command")))
8678 ;;;***
8679 \f
8680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/makefile-edit" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
8681 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8682 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el
8684 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/makefile-edit" '("makefile-")))
8686 ;;;***
8687 \f
8688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pconf" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8689 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pconf.el
8691 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pconf" '("ede-pconf-create-file-query")))
8693 ;;;***
8694 \f
8695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pmake" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" (0 0 0 0))
8696 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pmake.el
8698 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pmake" '("ede-pmake-varname" "ede-pmake-end-of-variable" "ede-pmake-insert-variable-once" "ede-pmake-insert-variable-shared")))
8700 ;;;***
8701 \f
8702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj" "cedet/ede/proj.el" (0 0 0 0))
8703 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj.el
8705 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj" '("ede-proj-")))
8707 ;;;***
8708 \f
8709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-archive" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
8710 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8711 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-archive.el
8713 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-archive" '("ede-archive-linker" "ede-proj-target-makefile-archive")))
8715 ;;;***
8716 \f
8717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-aux" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" (0 0
8718 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8719 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-aux.el
8721 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-aux" '("ede-proj-target-aux" "ede-aux-source")))
8723 ;;;***
8724 \f
8725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-comp" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" (0
8726 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8727 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-comp.el
8729 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-comp" '("ede-" "proj-comp-insert-variable-once")))
8731 ;;;***
8732 \f
8733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-elisp" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
8734 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8735 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el
8737 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-elisp" '("ede-proj-" "ede-xemacs-compiler" "ede-source-emacs" "ede-emacs-cedet-autogen-compiler" "ede-emacs-compiler")))
8739 ;;;***
8740 \f
8741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-info" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" (0
8742 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8743 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-info.el
8745 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-info" '("ede-texi2html-compiler" "ede-proj-target-makefile-info" "ede-makeinfo-find-info-filename" "ede-makeinfo-compiler" "ede-makeinfo-source")))
8747 ;;;***
8748 \f
8749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-misc" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" (0
8750 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8751 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-misc.el
8753 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-misc" '("ede-proj-target-makefile-miscelaneous" "ede-misc-compile" "ede-misc-source")))
8755 ;;;***
8756 \f
8757 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-obj" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" (0 0
8758 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8759 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-obj.el
8761 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-obj" '("ede-")))
8763 ;;;***
8764 \f
8765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-prog" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" (0
8766 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8767 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-prog.el
8769 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-prog" '("ede-proj-target-makefile-program")))
8771 ;;;***
8772 \f
8773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-scheme" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
8774 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8775 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el
8777 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-scheme" '("ede-proj-target-scheme")))
8779 ;;;***
8780 \f
8781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-shared" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
8782 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8783 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-shared.el
8785 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-shared" '("ede-g++-" "ede-gcc-shared-compiler" "ede-gcc-libtool-shared-compiler" "ede-proj-target-makefile-shared-object" "ede-cc-linker-libtool")))
8787 ;;;***
8788 \f
8789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/project-am" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
8790 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8791 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/project-am.el
8793 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/project-am" '("project-am-")))
8795 ;;;***
8796 \f
8797 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/shell" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
8798 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 935192 607000))
8799 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/shell.el
8801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/shell" '("ede-shell-run-command")))
8803 ;;;***
8804 \f
8805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/simple" "cedet/ede/simple.el" (0 0 0 0))
8806 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/simple.el
8808 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/simple" '("ede-simple-save-" "ede-simple-project" "ede-simple-target" "ede-simple-load" "ede-simple-projectfile-for-dir")))
8810 ;;;***
8811 \f
8812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/source" "cedet/ede/source.el" (0 0 0 0))
8813 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/source.el
8815 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/source" '("ede-source-scheme" "ede-sourcecode-list" "ede-sourcecode")))
8817 ;;;***
8818 \f
8819 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/speedbar"
8820 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" (22164 57533 935192 607000))
8821 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/speedbar.el
8823 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/speedbar" '("ede-")))
8825 ;;;***
8826 \f
8827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/srecode" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" (0 0 0
8828 ;;;;;; 0))
8829 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/srecode.el
8831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/srecode" '("ede-srecode-insert" "ede-srecode-insert-with-dictionary" "ede-srecode-setup")))
8833 ;;;***
8834 \f
8835 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/util" "cedet/ede/util.el"
8836 ;;;;;; (22164 57533 935192 607000))
8837 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/util.el
8839 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/util" '("ede-make-buffer-writable")))
8841 ;;;***
8842 \f
8843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (0 0 0 0))
8844 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8846 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8847 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8848 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8849 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8850 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8852 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8853 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8855 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8857 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
8859 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8860 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8861 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8862 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8864 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
8866 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
8867 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8868 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8869 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8871 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8873 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
8875 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
8876 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8877 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8878 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8879 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8881 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
8882 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
8883 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
8884 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
8885 instrumented for Edebug.
8887 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8888 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8889 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8890 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8891 already is one.)
8893 \(fn)" t nil)
8895 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
8896 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8898 \(fn)" t nil)
8900 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
8901 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8903 \(fn)" t nil)
8905 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edebug" '("edebug-" "edebug--" "global-edebug-" "save-" "get-edebug-spec" "&key" "def-edebug-spec" "quote" "defconst" "defvar" "defun" "defmacro" "arglist" "lambda-list" "interactive" "function-form" "function" "macro" "let" "let*" "setq" "setq-default" "cond" "condition-case" "\\`" "backquote-form" "\\," "\\,@" "cancel-edebug-on-entry" "edebug")))
8907 ;;;***
8908 \f
8909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (0 0 0 0))
8910 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
8911 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8913 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
8914 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8916 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8918 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
8919 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8921 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8923 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
8925 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
8927 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
8928 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
8929 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
8930 nothing to revert then this command fails.
8932 \(fn)" t nil)
8934 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
8935 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8936 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8937 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8939 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8941 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
8942 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8944 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8946 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
8948 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
8949 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8951 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8953 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
8955 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
8956 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8957 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8958 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8960 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8962 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
8964 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
8965 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8966 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8967 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8969 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8971 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
8973 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
8974 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8975 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8976 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8978 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8980 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
8982 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
8983 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8984 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8985 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8987 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8989 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
8991 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
8992 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8993 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8994 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8995 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8996 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8998 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9000 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
9001 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
9002 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9003 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9005 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9007 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
9009 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9010 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
9011 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9012 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9014 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9016 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
9018 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
9020 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
9021 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
9022 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9023 follows:
9024 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9025 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9027 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9029 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
9030 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
9031 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9032 follows:
9033 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9034 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9036 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9038 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
9039 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9040 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9041 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
9042 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
9044 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9046 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
9047 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9048 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9049 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
9050 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
9051 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
9053 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9055 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
9057 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
9058 Merge two files without ancestor.
9060 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9062 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9063 Merge two files with ancestor.
9065 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9067 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
9069 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
9070 Merge buffers without ancestor.
9072 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9074 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9075 Merge buffers with ancestor.
9077 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9079 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
9080 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
9081 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
9082 buffer.
9084 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9086 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9087 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
9088 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
9089 buffer.
9091 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9093 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
9094 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
9095 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
9096 and don't ask the user.
9097 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
9098 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
9100 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9102 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
9103 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
9104 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
9105 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
9106 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
9107 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
9108 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
9109 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
9111 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9113 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
9115 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
9117 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
9118 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
9119 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
9120 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
9121 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
9123 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9125 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
9127 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
9128 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
9129 When called interactively, displays the version.
9131 \(fn)" t nil)
9133 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
9134 Display Ediff's manual.
9135 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
9137 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
9139 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
9142 \(fn)" nil nil)
9144 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
9147 \(fn)" nil nil)
9149 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
9152 \(fn)" nil nil)
9154 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9157 \(fn)" nil nil)
9159 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
9162 \(fn)" nil nil)
9164 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
9167 \(fn)" nil nil)
9169 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
9172 \(fn)" nil nil)
9174 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9177 \(fn)" nil nil)
9179 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff" '("ediff-")))
9181 ;;;***
9182 \f
9183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-diff" "vc/ediff-diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
9184 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-diff.el
9186 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-diff" '("ediff-")))
9188 ;;;***
9189 \f
9190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
9191 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
9193 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
9196 \(fn)" t nil)
9198 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-help" '("ediff-")))
9200 ;;;***
9201 \f
9202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-init" "vc/ediff-init.el" (0 0 0 0))
9203 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-init.el
9205 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-init" '("ediff-" "stipple-pixmap")))
9207 ;;;***
9208 \f
9209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-merg" "vc/ediff-merg.el" (0 0 0 0))
9210 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-merg.el
9212 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-merg" '("ediff-")))
9214 ;;;***
9215 \f
9216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (0 0 0 0))
9217 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
9219 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
9220 Display Ediff's registry.
9222 \(fn)" t nil)
9224 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
9226 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-mult" '("ediff-")))
9228 ;;;***
9229 \f
9230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-ptch" "vc/ediff-ptch.el" (0 0 0 0))
9231 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-ptch.el
9233 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-ptch" '("ediff-")))
9235 ;;;***
9236 \f
9237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
9238 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
9240 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
9241 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
9242 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
9243 which see.
9245 \(fn)" t nil)
9247 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
9248 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
9249 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
9250 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
9252 \(fn)" t nil)
9254 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-util" '("ediff-")))
9256 ;;;***
9257 \f
9258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-vers" "vc/ediff-vers.el" (0 0 0 0))
9259 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-vers.el
9261 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-vers" '("ediff-vc-" "ediff-rcs-" "rcs-ediff-view-revision" "ediff-keep-tmp-versions" "ediff-delete-version-file")))
9263 ;;;***
9264 \f
9265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-wind" "vc/ediff-wind.el" (0 0 0 0))
9266 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-wind.el
9268 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-wind" '("ediff-")))
9270 ;;;***
9271 \f
9272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
9273 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
9274 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
9276 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9277 Edit a keyboard macro.
9278 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
9279 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
9280 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
9281 its command name.
9282 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
9284 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
9286 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9287 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
9289 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9291 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9292 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
9294 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9296 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9297 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
9299 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
9303 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
9304 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
9305 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
9306 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
9308 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
9310 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9311 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
9312 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
9313 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
9314 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
9315 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
9317 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
9319 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edmacro" '("edmacro-")))
9321 ;;;***
9322 \f
9323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (0 0 0 0))
9324 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
9326 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
9327 Set scroll margins.
9328 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9329 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9331 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
9333 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
9334 Turn on EDT Emulation.
9336 \(fn)" t nil)
9338 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt" '("edt-")))
9340 ;;;***
9341 \f
9342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-lk201" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" (0 0 0
9343 ;;;;;; 0))
9344 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-lk201.el
9346 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-lk201" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9348 ;;;***
9349 \f
9350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-mapper" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" (0 0
9351 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9352 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-mapper.el
9354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-mapper" '("edt-")))
9356 ;;;***
9357 \f
9358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-pc" "emulation/edt-pc.el" (0 0 0 0))
9359 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-pc.el
9361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-pc" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9363 ;;;***
9364 \f
9365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-vt100" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" (0 0 0
9366 ;;;;;; 0))
9367 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-vt100.el
9369 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-vt100" '("edt-set-term-width-132" "edt-set-term-width-80")))
9371 ;;;***
9372 \f
9373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9374 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
9376 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
9378 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
9379 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
9380 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
9381 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
9382 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
9384 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
9385 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9388 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
9389 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
9390 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
9392 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
9393 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
9394 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9396 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
9397 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
9398 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
9400 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
9402 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
9405 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
9407 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ehelp" '("electric-" "ehelp-map" "ehelp-command")))
9409 ;;;***
9410 \f
9411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (0 0 0 0))
9412 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
9413 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9415 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio" '("eieio-" "object-" "slot-" "eieio--" "defclass" "oref" "set-slot-value" "oref-default" "with-slots" "same-class-p" "obj-of-class-p" "child-of-class-p" "oset" "oset-default" "find-class")))
9417 ;;;***
9418 \f
9419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-base" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" (0
9420 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9421 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el
9423 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-base" '("eieio-persistent-" "eieio-instance-" "eieio-singleton" "eieio-persistent" "eieio-named")))
9425 ;;;***
9426 \f
9427 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-compat"
9428 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" (22164 57534 179192 607000))
9429 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el
9431 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-compat" '("no-applicable-method" "no-next-method" "next-method-p" "generic-p" "eieio--generic-static-symbol-specializers")))
9433 ;;;***
9434 \f
9435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (0
9436 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9437 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
9438 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9440 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
9441 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
9442 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
9443 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
9444 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
9445 SUPERCLASSES as children.
9446 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
9448 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
9450 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-core" '("eieio-" "eieio--" "class-" "invalid-slot-" "inconsistent-class-hierarchy" "unbound-slot")))
9452 ;;;***
9453 \f
9454 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-custom"
9455 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" (22164 57534 179192 607000))
9456 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
9458 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-custom" '("eieio-")))
9460 ;;;***
9461 \f
9462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-datadebug" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
9463 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9464 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el
9466 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-datadebug" '("data-debug-insert-object-button" "data-debug-insert-object-slots-from-point" "data-debug-insert-object-slots")))
9468 ;;;***
9469 \f
9470 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
9471 ;;;;;; (22323 1714 165363 124000))
9472 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
9474 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-opt" '("eieio-")))
9476 ;;;***
9477 \f
9478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-speedbar" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
9479 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9480 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el
9482 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-speedbar" '("eieio-speedbar-" "eieio-speedbar")))
9484 ;;;***
9485 \f
9486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (0 0 0 0))
9487 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
9489 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
9490 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
9492 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
9493 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
9494 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
9496 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
9498 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
9499 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
9500 See the `electric-pair-mode' command
9501 for a description of this minor mode.
9502 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9503 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9504 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
9506 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
9508 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
9509 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
9510 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
9511 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9512 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9514 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
9515 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
9516 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
9517 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
9519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9521 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
9522 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
9524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9526 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elec-pair" '("electric-pair-" "electric-pair--")))
9528 ;;;***
9529 \f
9530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (0 0 0 0))
9531 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
9533 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
9534 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
9536 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
9537 an elided material again.
9539 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
9541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9543 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elide-head" '("elide-head-show" "elide-head-overlay" "elide-head-headers-to-hide")))
9545 ;;;***
9546 \f
9547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (0 0 0 0))
9548 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9550 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
9551 Lint the file FILE.
9553 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9555 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
9556 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
9557 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
9559 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9561 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
9562 Lint the current buffer.
9563 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9565 \(fn)" t nil)
9567 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
9568 Lint the function at point.
9569 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9571 \(fn)" t nil)
9573 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
9574 Initialize elint.
9575 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
9576 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
9578 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
9580 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elint" '("elint-")))
9582 ;;;***
9583 \f
9584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9585 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9587 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
9588 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9589 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9591 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9593 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
9594 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9595 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9596 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
9598 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9600 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
9601 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9602 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9606 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9608 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
9609 Display current profiling results.
9610 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9611 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
9612 displayed.
9614 \(fn)" t nil)
9616 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elp" '("elp-" "elp--make-wrapper" "elp--instrumented-p" "elp--advice-name")))
9618 ;;;***
9619 \f
9620 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-alias" "eshell/em-alias.el"
9621 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9622 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-alias.el
9624 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-alias" '("eshell-" "eshell/alias" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/alias")))
9626 ;;;***
9627 \f
9628 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-banner" "eshell/em-banner.el"
9629 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9630 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-banner.el
9632 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-banner" '("eshell-banner-message" "eshell-banner-load-hook" "eshell-banner-initialize")))
9634 ;;;***
9635 \f
9636 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-basic" "eshell/em-basic.el"
9637 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9638 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-basic.el
9640 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-basic" '("eshell/" "eshell-plain-echo-behavior" "eshell-echo")))
9642 ;;;***
9643 \f
9644 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-cmpl" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
9645 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9646 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-cmpl.el
9648 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-cmpl" '("eshell-")))
9650 ;;;***
9651 \f
9652 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-dirs" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
9653 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9654 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-dirs.el
9656 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-dirs" '("eshell-" "eshell/")))
9658 ;;;***
9659 \f
9660 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-glob" "eshell/em-glob.el"
9661 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 283192 607000))
9662 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-glob.el
9664 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-glob" '("eshell-")))
9666 ;;;***
9667 \f
9668 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-hist" "eshell/em-hist.el"
9669 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 287192 607000))
9670 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-hist.el
9672 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-hist" '("eshell-" "eshell/history")))
9674 ;;;***
9675 \f
9676 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-ls" "eshell/em-ls.el"
9677 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 287192 607000))
9678 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-ls.el
9680 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-ls" '("eshell-ls-" "eshell/ls" "eshell-ls--insert-directory" "eshell-do-ls")))
9682 ;;;***
9683 \f
9684 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-pred" "eshell/em-pred.el"
9685 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 287192 607000))
9686 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-pred.el
9688 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-pred" '("eshell-")))
9690 ;;;***
9691 \f
9692 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-prompt" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
9693 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 287192 607000))
9694 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-prompt.el
9696 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-prompt" '("eshell-")))
9698 ;;;***
9699 \f
9700 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-rebind" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
9701 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 291192 607000))
9702 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-rebind.el
9704 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-rebind" '("eshell-")))
9706 ;;;***
9707 \f
9708 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-script" "eshell/em-script.el"
9709 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 291192 607000))
9710 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-script.el
9712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-script" '("eshell-" "eshell/source" "eshell/.")))
9714 ;;;***
9715 \f
9716 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-smart" "eshell/em-smart.el"
9717 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 291192 607000))
9718 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-smart.el
9720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-smart" '("eshell-")))
9722 ;;;***
9723 \f
9724 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-term" "eshell/em-term.el"
9725 ;;;;;; (22174 6972 512792 520000))
9726 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-term.el
9728 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-term" '("eshell-term-" "eshell-visual-" "eshell-escape-control-x" "eshell-destroy-buffer-when-process-dies" "eshell-exec-visual")))
9730 ;;;***
9731 \f
9732 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-tramp" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
9733 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 291192 607000))
9734 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-tramp.el
9736 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-tramp" '("eshell/sudo" "eshell/su" "eshell-tramp-initialize")))
9738 ;;;***
9739 \f
9740 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-unix" "eshell/em-unix.el"
9741 ;;;;;; (22319 4659 781044 40000))
9742 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-unix.el
9744 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-unix" '("eshell/" "eshell-" "pcomplete/" "nil-blank-string")))
9746 ;;;***
9747 \f
9748 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-xtra" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
9749 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 295192 607000))
9750 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-xtra.el
9752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-xtra" '("eshell/" "pcomplete/bcc32" "pcomplete/bcc")))
9754 ;;;***
9755 \f
9756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
9757 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
9759 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
9760 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
9761 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
9762 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
9763 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
9764 ARG is omitted or nil.
9766 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
9767 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
9768 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
9769 used instead.
9771 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
9773 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
9774 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
9775 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
9777 Other values are interpreted as usual.
9779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9781 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacs-lock" '("emacs-lock--" "emacs-lock-" "toggle-emacs-lock")))
9783 ;;;***
9784 \f
9785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (0 0 0 0))
9786 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9788 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
9789 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9790 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9792 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
9794 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
9796 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacsbug" '("report-emacs-bug-")))
9798 ;;;***
9799 \f
9800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (0 0 0 0))
9801 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
9803 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
9804 Run Emerge on two files.
9806 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9808 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9809 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9811 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9813 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
9814 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9816 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9818 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9819 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9821 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9823 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
9826 \(fn)" nil nil)
9828 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
9831 \(fn)" nil nil)
9833 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
9836 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9838 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
9841 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9843 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
9844 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9846 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9848 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
9849 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9851 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9853 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
9856 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9858 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emerge" '("emerge-")))
9860 ;;;***
9861 \f
9862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (0 0 0 0))
9863 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9865 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
9866 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9867 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9868 text/enriched format.
9870 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
9871 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
9872 if ARG is omitted or nil.
9874 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9876 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9879 Commands:
9883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9885 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
9888 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9890 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
9893 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9895 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "enriched" '("enriched-")))
9897 ;;;***
9898 \f
9899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (0 0 0 0))
9900 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
9902 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
9903 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
9905 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
9907 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
9908 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
9910 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
9912 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
9913 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
9914 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
9915 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
9916 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
9917 the keys are listed.
9918 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
9920 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
9922 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
9923 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
9924 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
9926 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
9928 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
9929 Verify FILE.
9931 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9933 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
9934 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
9936 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
9938 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
9939 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
9941 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
9943 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
9944 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
9946 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
9947 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
9948 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
9949 proper place to insert the plaintext.
9951 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
9952 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
9953 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
9954 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
9955 should consider using the string based counterpart
9956 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
9957 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
9959 For example:
9962 (decode-coding-string
9963 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
9966 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
9968 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
9969 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
9971 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9972 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
9974 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9976 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
9978 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
9979 Verify the current region between START and END.
9981 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
9982 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
9983 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
9984 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
9985 should consider using the string based counterpart
9986 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
9987 `epg-verify-file' instead.
9989 For example:
9992 (decode-coding-string
9993 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
9996 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9998 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
10000 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
10001 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
10002 between START and END.
10004 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10005 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
10007 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10009 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
10011 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
10012 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
10014 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10015 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10016 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10017 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10018 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
10019 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
10021 For example:
10024 (epg-sign-string
10025 context
10028 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10030 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
10032 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
10033 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
10035 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10036 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10037 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10038 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10039 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
10040 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
10042 For example:
10045 (epg-encrypt-string
10046 context
10048 nil))
10050 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
10052 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
10054 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
10055 Delete selected KEYS.
10057 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
10059 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
10060 Import keys from FILE.
10062 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10064 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
10065 Import keys from the region.
10067 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10069 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
10070 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
10071 between START and END.
10073 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10075 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
10076 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
10078 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
10080 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
10081 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
10083 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
10085 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa" '("epa-" "epa--")))
10087 ;;;***
10088 \f
10089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
10090 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
10092 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
10093 Decrypt marked files.
10095 \(fn)" t nil)
10097 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
10098 Verify marked files.
10100 \(fn)" t nil)
10102 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
10103 Sign marked files.
10105 \(fn)" t nil)
10107 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
10108 Encrypt marked files.
10110 \(fn)" t nil)
10112 ;;;***
10113 \f
10114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
10115 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
10117 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
10120 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10122 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
10125 \(fn)" t nil)
10127 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
10130 \(fn)" t nil)
10132 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-file" '("epa-file-" "epa-file--find-file-not-found-function" "epa-inhibit")))
10134 ;;;***
10135 \f
10136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (0 0 0 0))
10137 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
10139 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10140 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
10141 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10142 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10143 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10147 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
10148 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
10149 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10151 \(fn)" t nil)
10153 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
10155 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
10156 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
10157 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10159 \(fn)" t nil)
10161 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
10163 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
10164 Sign the current buffer.
10165 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10167 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10169 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
10171 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
10172 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
10173 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
10174 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
10175 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
10176 and also whether and how to sign.
10178 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
10179 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
10180 or nil meaning use the defaults.
10182 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
10184 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
10186 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
10187 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
10188 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10190 \(fn)" t nil)
10192 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
10194 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
10195 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
10196 See the `epa-global-mail-mode' command
10197 for a description of this minor mode.
10198 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10199 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
10200 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
10202 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
10204 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10205 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
10206 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10207 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10208 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10212 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-mail" '("epa-mail-mode-" "epa-mail--find-usable-key" "epa-mail-default-recipients")))
10214 ;;;***
10215 \f
10216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (0 0 0 0))
10217 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
10218 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10220 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
10221 Return a context object.
10223 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
10225 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg" '("epg-" "epg--")))
10227 ;;;***
10228 \f
10229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (0 0 0 0))
10230 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
10232 (autoload 'epg-find-configuration "epg-config" "\
10233 Find or create a usable configuration to handle PROTOCOL.
10234 This function first looks at the existing configuration found by
10235 the previous invocation of this function, unless NO-CACHE is non-nil.
10237 Then it walks through PROGRAM-ALIST or
10238 `epg-config--program-alist'. If `epg-gpg-program' or
10239 `epg-gpgsm-program' is already set with custom, use it.
10240 Otherwise, it tries the programs listed in the entry until the
10241 version requirement is met.
10243 \(fn PROTOCOL &optional NO-CACHE PROGRAM-ALIST)" nil nil)
10245 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
10246 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
10248 \(fn)" nil nil)
10250 (make-obsolete 'epg-configuration 'epg-find-configuration '"25.1")
10252 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
10253 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
10255 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
10257 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
10258 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
10260 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
10262 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg-config" '("epg-" "epg--configurations")))
10264 ;;;***
10265 \f
10266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10267 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
10268 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10270 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
10271 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
10273 \(fn)" nil nil)
10275 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
10276 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
10277 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
10279 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
10281 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
10282 (server (erc-compute-server))
10283 (port (erc-compute-port))
10284 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
10285 password
10286 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
10288 That is, if called with
10292 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
10293 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
10294 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
10296 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
10298 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
10300 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
10301 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
10302 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
10304 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
10306 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
10307 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
10308 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
10309 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
10311 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
10313 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc" '("erc-" "erc--buffer-p" "define-erc-module")))
10315 ;;;***
10316 \f
10317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (0 0 0
10318 ;;;;;; 0))
10319 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
10320 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
10322 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-autoaway" '("erc-autoaway-" "erc-auto-set-away" "erc-auto-discard-away" "autoaway")))
10324 ;;;***
10325 \f
10326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-backend" "erc/erc-backend.el" (0 0 0 0))
10327 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-backend.el
10329 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-backend" '("erc-" "431" "315" "311" "250" "376" "MOTD" "PRIVMSG")))
10331 ;;;***
10332 \f
10333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (0 0 0 0))
10334 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
10335 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
10337 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-button" '("erc-button-" "erc-emacswiki-" "erc-browse-" "erc-nick-" "button")))
10339 ;;;***
10340 \f
10341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (0 0 0 0))
10342 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
10343 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
10345 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-capab" '("erc-capab-identify-" "capab-identify")))
10347 ;;;***
10348 \f
10349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
10350 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
10351 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
10353 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-compat" '("erc-")))
10355 ;;;***
10356 \f
10357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10358 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
10359 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
10361 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10362 Parser for /dcc command.
10363 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
10365 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
10367 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10369 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10370 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
10372 \(fn)" nil nil)
10374 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
10375 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
10377 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
10378 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
10379 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
10380 that subcommand.
10382 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
10384 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-dcc" '("erc-" "dcc" "pcomplete/erc-mode/CREQ" "pcomplete/erc-mode/SREQ")))
10386 ;;;***
10387 \f
10388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
10389 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10390 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
10391 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
10393 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-desktop-notifications" '("erc-notifications-" "notifications")))
10395 ;;;***
10396 \f
10397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (0 0 0
10398 ;;;;;; 0))
10399 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
10401 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
10402 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
10404 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
10406 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
10407 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
10408 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
10409 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
10411 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
10413 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
10416 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10418 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
10419 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
10421 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
10423 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
10424 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
10426 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10428 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
10429 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
10431 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10433 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
10434 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
10436 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10438 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
10439 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
10441 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10443 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
10444 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
10446 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
10448 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
10449 Select a detached EZBounce session.
10451 \(fn)" nil nil)
10453 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
10454 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
10456 \(fn)" nil nil)
10458 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ezbounce" '("erc-ezb-inside-session-listing" "erc-ezb-session-list" "erc-ezb-action-alist" "erc-ezb-login-alist" "erc-ezb-regexp")))
10460 ;;;***
10461 \f
10462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
10463 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
10464 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
10466 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
10467 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
10468 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
10470 \(fn)" nil nil)
10472 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-fill" '("erc-fill-" "erc-timestamp-offset")))
10474 ;;;***
10475 \f
10476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-goodies" "erc/erc-goodies.el" (0 0 0 0))
10477 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-goodies.el
10479 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-goodies" '("erc-" "unmorse" "smiley" "irccontrols" "noncommands" "keep-place" "move-to-prompt" "readonly" "scrolltobottom")))
10481 ;;;***
10482 \f
10483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ibuffer" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
10484 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ibuffer.el
10486 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ibuffer" '("erc-")))
10488 ;;;***
10489 \f
10490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (0 0 0 0))
10491 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
10492 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
10494 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
10495 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
10496 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
10497 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
10498 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
10499 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
10500 system.
10502 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
10504 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
10507 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
10509 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-identd" '("identd" "erc-identd-quickstart" "erc-identd-filter" "erc-identd-port" "erc-identd-process")))
10511 ;;;***
10512 \f
10513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
10514 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
10516 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
10519 \(fn)" nil nil)
10521 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-imenu" '("erc-unfill-notice")))
10523 ;;;***
10524 \f
10525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (0 0 0 0))
10526 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
10527 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
10529 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-join" '("erc-autojoin-" "autojoin" "erc--autojoin-timer" "erc-server-join-channel")))
10531 ;;;***
10532 \f
10533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-lang" "erc/erc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
10534 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-lang.el
10536 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-lang" '("erc-cmd-LANG" "language" "iso-638-languages")))
10538 ;;;***
10539 \f
10540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (0 0 0 0))
10541 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
10542 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
10544 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-list" '("erc-list-" "erc-cmd-LIST" "list")))
10546 ;;;***
10547 \f
10548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
10549 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
10550 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
10552 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
10553 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
10554 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
10555 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
10556 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
10557 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
10559 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10561 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
10562 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
10563 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
10564 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
10566 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
10567 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
10568 automatically.
10570 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
10571 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
10573 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10575 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-log" '("erc-" "log")))
10577 ;;;***
10578 \f
10579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (0 0 0 0))
10580 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
10581 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
10583 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
10584 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
10586 \(fn)" t nil)
10588 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
10589 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
10591 \(fn)" t nil)
10593 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
10594 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
10596 \(fn)" t nil)
10598 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
10599 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
10601 \(fn)" t nil)
10603 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
10604 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
10606 \(fn)" t nil)
10608 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
10609 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
10611 \(fn)" t nil)
10613 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
10614 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
10616 \(fn)" t nil)
10618 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
10619 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
10621 \(fn)" t nil)
10623 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-match" '("erc-" "match")))
10625 ;;;***
10626 \f
10627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
10628 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
10629 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
10631 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-menu" '("menu" "erc-menu-remove" "erc-menu-add" "erc-menu-defined" "erc-menu-definition")))
10633 ;;;***
10634 \f
10635 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (0 0 0
10636 ;;;;;; 0))
10637 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
10638 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
10640 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
10641 Show who's gone.
10643 \(fn)" nil nil)
10645 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-netsplit" '("erc-netsplit-" "erc-cmd-WL" "erc-netjoin-hook" "netsplit")))
10647 ;;;***
10648 \f
10649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (0 0 0
10650 ;;;;;; 0))
10651 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
10653 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
10655 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
10656 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
10658 \(fn)" nil nil)
10660 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
10661 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
10663 \(fn)" t nil)
10665 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-networks" '("erc-" "networks")))
10667 ;;;***
10668 \f
10669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (0 0 0 0))
10670 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
10671 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
10673 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
10674 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
10675 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
10676 with args, toggle notify status of people.
10678 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10680 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
10683 \(fn)" nil nil)
10685 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-notify" '("erc-notify-" "erc-last-ison" "erc-last-ison-time" "notify")))
10687 ;;;***
10688 \f
10689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (0 0 0 0))
10690 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
10691 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
10693 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-page" '("erc-ctcp-query-PAGE" "erc-ctcp-query-PAGE-hook" "erc-cmd-PAGE" "erc-page-function" "page")))
10695 ;;;***
10696 \f
10697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (0 0
10698 ;;;;;; 0 0))
10699 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
10700 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
10702 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-pcomplete" '("pcomplete/erc-mode/" "pcomplete-erc-" "erc-" "pcomplete")))
10704 ;;;***
10705 \f
10706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (0 0 0 0))
10707 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
10708 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
10710 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-replace" '("replace" "erc-replace-insert" "erc-replace-alist")))
10712 ;;;***
10713 \f
10714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (0 0 0 0))
10715 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
10716 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
10718 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ring" '("erc-" "ring")))
10720 ;;;***
10721 \f
10722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (0 0 0
10723 ;;;;;; 0))
10724 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
10725 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
10727 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
10728 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
10730 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
10732 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
10734 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
10736 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
10738 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-services" '("erc-nickserv-" "erc-prompt-for-nickserv-password" "services")))
10740 ;;;***
10741 \f
10742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (0 0 0 0))
10743 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
10744 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
10746 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-sound" '("erc-" "sound")))
10748 ;;;***
10749 \f
10750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (0 0 0
10751 ;;;;;; 0))
10752 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
10754 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
10755 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
10756 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
10758 \(fn)" t nil)
10760 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-speedbar" '("erc-speedbar-" "erc-install-speedbar-variables")))
10762 ;;;***
10763 \f
10764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (0 0 0
10765 ;;;;;; 0))
10766 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
10767 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
10769 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-spelling" '("erc-spelling-dictionaries" "erc-spelling-init" "erc-spelling-unhighlight-word" "erc-spelling-flyspell-verify" "spelling")))
10771 ;;;***
10772 \f
10773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (0 0 0 0))
10774 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
10775 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
10777 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-stamp" '("erc-" "stamp")))
10779 ;;;***
10780 \f
10781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (0 0 0 0))
10782 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
10784 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
10785 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
10786 See the `erc-track-minor-mode' command
10787 for a description of this minor mode.")
10789 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
10791 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
10792 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
10793 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
10794 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10795 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10797 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
10798 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
10799 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
10800 keybindings will not do anything useful.
10802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10803 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
10805 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-track" '("erc-" "track")))
10807 ;;;***
10808 \f
10809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (0 0 0
10810 ;;;;;; 0))
10811 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
10812 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
10814 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
10815 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
10816 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
10817 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
10819 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10821 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
10822 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
10823 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
10825 \(fn)" t nil)
10827 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-truncate" '("erc-max-buffer-size" "truncate")))
10829 ;;;***
10830 \f
10831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10832 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
10833 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
10835 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
10836 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
10838 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10840 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-xdcc" '("erc-xdcc-" "erc-xdcc" "erc-ctcp-query-XDCC-hook" "xdcc")))
10842 ;;;***
10843 \f
10844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (0 0 0 0))
10845 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
10847 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
10848 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
10850 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
10851 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
10853 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
10854 useful for assertions in BODY.
10856 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
10858 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
10859 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
10860 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
10864 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
10866 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
10868 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
10870 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
10872 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
10873 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
10875 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
10876 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
10880 Returns the stats object.
10882 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
10884 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
10885 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
10887 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
10888 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
10889 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
10890 the tests).
10892 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
10894 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
10895 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
10897 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
10898 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
10899 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
10900 and how to display message.
10902 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
10904 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
10906 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
10907 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
10909 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
10911 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert" '("ert--" "ert-")))
10913 ;;;***
10914 \f
10915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
10916 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
10918 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
10920 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
10921 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
10923 \(fn)" t nil)
10925 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert-x" '("ert-" "ert--test-" "ert--call-with-test-buffer" "ert--format-test-buffer-name" "ert--text-button")))
10927 ;;;***
10928 \f
10929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-arg" "eshell/esh-arg.el" (0 0 0 0))
10930 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-arg.el
10932 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-arg" '("eshell-")))
10934 ;;;***
10935 \f
10936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-cmd" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
10937 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-cmd.el
10939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-cmd" '("eshell-" "eshell/which" "eshell/eshell-debug" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/eshell-debug" "eshell--local-vars")))
10941 ;;;***
10942 \f
10943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-ext" "eshell/esh-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
10944 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-ext.el
10946 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-ext" '("eshell-" "eshell/addpath")))
10948 ;;;***
10949 \f
10950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-io" "eshell/esh-io.el" (0 0 0 0))
10951 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-io.el
10953 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-io" '("eshell-" "eshell--apply-redirections")))
10955 ;;;***
10956 \f
10957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
10958 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
10960 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
10961 Emacs shell interactive mode.
10963 \(fn)" t nil)
10965 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-mode" '("eshell-" "eshell/exit" "eshell/clear-scrollback" "eshell/clear")))
10967 ;;;***
10968 \f
10969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-module" "eshell/esh-module.el" (0 0 0
10970 ;;;;;; 0))
10971 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-module.el
10973 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-module" '("eshell-module-unload-hook" "eshell-modules-list" "eshell-using-module" "eshell-unload-extension-modules")))
10975 ;;;***
10976 \f
10977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-opt" "eshell/esh-opt.el" (0 0 0 0))
10978 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-opt.el
10980 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-opt" '("eshell--process-" "eshell-eval-using-options" "eshell-show-usage" "eshell--do-opts" "eshell--set-option")))
10982 ;;;***
10983 \f
10984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-proc" "eshell/esh-proc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10985 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-proc.el
10987 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-proc" '("eshell-" "eshell/wait" "eshell/jobs" "eshell/kill")))
10989 ;;;***
10990 \f
10991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-util" "eshell/esh-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
10992 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-util.el
10994 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-util" '("eshell-")))
10996 ;;;***
10997 \f
10998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-var" "eshell/esh-var.el" (0 0 0 0))
10999 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-var.el
11001 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-var" '("eshell-" "eshell/" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/export" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/unset" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/setq")))
11003 ;;;***
11004 \f
11005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
11006 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
11007 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11009 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
11010 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
11011 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
11012 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
11013 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
11014 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
11015 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
11016 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
11017 buffer selected (or created).
11019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11021 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
11022 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
11023 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
11025 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
11027 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
11028 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
11029 The result might be any Lisp object.
11030 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
11031 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
11032 corresponding to a successful execution.
11034 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
11036 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
11038 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eshell" '("eshell-")))
11040 ;;;***
11041 \f
11042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (0 0 0 0))
11043 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
11045 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
11046 File name of tags table.
11047 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
11048 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
11049 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11050 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
11051 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
11053 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
11054 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
11055 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
11056 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
11058 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
11060 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
11061 List of file names of tags tables to search.
11063 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
11064 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
11065 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11067 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
11069 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
11070 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
11071 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
11073 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
11075 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
11076 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
11077 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
11078 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
11079 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
11081 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
11083 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
11088 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
11090 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
11092 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
11093 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
11094 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
11096 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
11098 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
11099 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
11101 \(fn)" t nil)
11103 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
11104 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
11105 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
11106 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
11109 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
11111 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
11112 file the tag was in.
11114 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
11116 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
11117 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
11118 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
11119 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
11120 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
11121 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
11122 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
11123 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
11124 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
11126 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
11128 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
11129 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
11130 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
11131 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
11132 without directory names.
11134 \(fn)" nil nil)
11136 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
11139 \(fn)" nil nil)
11140 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
11141 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
11142 (progn
11143 (load "etags")
11144 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
11146 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
11147 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11148 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
11149 but does not select the buffer.
11150 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
11152 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11153 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11154 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11155 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11158 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11160 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11162 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11164 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11166 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11168 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
11169 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11170 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
11171 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
11173 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11174 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11175 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11176 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11179 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11181 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11183 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11185 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11187 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11189 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
11191 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
11192 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11193 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
11194 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11195 around or before point.
11197 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11198 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11199 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11200 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11203 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11205 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11207 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11209 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11211 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11213 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
11215 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
11216 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11217 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
11218 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11219 around or before point.
11221 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11222 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11223 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11224 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11227 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11229 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11231 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11233 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11235 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
11237 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
11239 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
11240 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
11241 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
11243 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11244 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11245 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11246 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11249 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
11251 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11253 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11255 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11257 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
11259 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11261 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
11263 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
11264 Select next file among files in current tags table.
11266 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
11267 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
11268 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
11270 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
11271 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
11273 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
11274 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
11276 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
11278 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
11280 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
11281 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
11283 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
11284 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
11285 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
11286 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
11287 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
11289 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
11291 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
11292 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
11293 Stops when a match is found.
11296 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
11297 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
11298 restricted to these files.
11300 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
11302 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11304 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
11305 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
11306 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
11309 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
11310 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
11311 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
11313 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
11314 produce the list of files to search.
11316 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
11318 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11320 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
11321 Display list of tags in file FILE.
11322 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
11323 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
11324 directory specification.
11326 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
11328 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
11329 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
11331 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11333 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11335 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
11336 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
11337 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
11338 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
11340 \(fn)" t nil)
11342 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
11343 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
11344 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
11345 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
11348 \(fn)" t nil)
11350 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
11353 \(fn)" nil nil)
11355 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "etags" '("tags-" "tag-" "etags-" "select-tags-table-" "file-of-" "etags--xref-" "find-" "xref-" "default-tags-table-function" "next-file-list" "snarf-tag-function" "goto-tag-location-function" "list-tags-function" "verify-tags-table-function" "initialize-new-tags-table" "last-tag")))
11357 ;;;***
11358 \f
11359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (0 0
11360 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11361 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
11363 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
11366 \(fn)" nil nil)
11368 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11369 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
11371 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11372 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11374 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
11375 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11376 primary language.
11378 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
11379 even if the buffer is read-only.
11381 See also the descriptions of the variables
11382 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11384 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11386 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
11387 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
11389 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11390 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11392 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
11393 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11394 primary language.
11396 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
11397 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
11399 See also the descriptions of the variables
11400 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11402 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11404 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
11406 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
11409 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11411 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11412 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
11413 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11414 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11416 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
11417 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11418 primary language.
11420 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
11421 buffer is read-only.
11423 See also the descriptions of the variables
11424 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11425 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11427 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11429 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
11430 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
11432 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11433 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11435 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
11436 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
11437 the primary language.
11439 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
11440 buffer is read-only.
11442 See also the descriptions of the variables
11443 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11444 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11446 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11448 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
11452 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11454 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
11455 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
11457 \(fn)" t nil)
11459 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
11460 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
11462 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
11463 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
11464 be 1, 2, or 3.
11466 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
11467 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
11468 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
11470 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
11472 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
11474 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
11475 This function is deprecated.
11477 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11479 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11480 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
11482 \(fn)" t nil)
11484 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11485 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
11487 \(fn)" t nil)
11489 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11490 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
11493 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
11495 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
11496 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
11498 \(fn)" nil nil)
11500 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11501 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
11503 \(fn)" nil nil)
11505 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
11506 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
11508 \(fn)" nil nil)
11510 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
11511 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
11513 \(fn)" nil nil)
11515 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
11516 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
11517 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
11519 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11521 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
11524 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
11526 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ethio-util" '("ethio-" "exit-ethiopic-environment-data" "exit-ethiopic-environment")))
11528 ;;;***
11529 \f
11530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11531 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
11533 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
11534 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
11535 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
11536 server for future sessions.
11538 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
11540 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
11541 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
11542 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11544 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11546 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
11547 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
11548 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11550 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11552 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
11553 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
11554 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
11555 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
11556 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
11557 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
11558 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
11559 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
11560 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
11561 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
11562 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
11563 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
11565 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
11567 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
11568 Display a form to query the directory server.
11569 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
11570 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
11572 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
11574 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
11575 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
11576 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
11578 \(fn)" t nil)
11580 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Servers"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Servers" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Servers" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Servers" (cdr menu)))))))))))
11582 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc" '("eudc-" "eudc--using-bbdb-3-or-newer-p")))
11584 ;;;***
11585 \f
11586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (0 0 0 0))
11587 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
11590 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
11595 Display URL and make it clickable.
11600 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
11605 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
11610 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
11615 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
11619 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-bob" '("eudc-bob-" "eudc-jump-to-event")))
11621 ;;;***
11622 \f
11623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (0 0 0 0))
11624 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
11627 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
11628 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
11633 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
11637 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-export" '("eudc-bbdbify-" "eudc-create-bbdb-record" "eudc-parse-spec" "eudc-batch-export-records-to-bbdb")))
11639 ;;;***
11640 \f
11641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (0 0 0
11642 ;;;;;; 0))
11643 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
11646 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
11650 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-hotlist" '("eudc-hotlist-")))
11652 ;;;***
11653 \f
11654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-vars" "net/eudc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
11655 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-vars.el
11657 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-vars" '("eudc-")))
11659 ;;;***
11660 \f
11661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-bbdb" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" (0 0 0 0))
11662 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-bbdb.el
11664 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-bbdb" '("eudc-bbdb-")))
11666 ;;;***
11667 \f
11668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-ldap" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
11669 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-ldap.el
11671 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-ldap" '("eudc-ldap-" "eudc-filter-$")))
11673 ;;;***
11674 \f
11675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-mab" "net/eudcb-mab.el" (0 0 0 0))
11676 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-mab.el
11678 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-mab" '("eudc-mab-conversion-alist" "eudc-mab-query-internal" "eudc-mab-set-server" "eudc-buffer-time" "eudc-contacts-file")))
11680 ;;;***
11681 \f
11682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11683 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
11686 Create an empty ewoc.
11688 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
11690 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
11691 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
11692 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
11693 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
11694 `insert-before-markers'.
11696 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
11697 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
11698 respectively, of the ewoc.
11700 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
11701 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
11702 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
11706 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ewoc" '("ewoc-" "ewoc--")))
11708 ;;;***
11709 \f
11710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (0 0 0 0))
11711 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
11714 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
11715 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
11716 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
11722 Fetch URL and render the page.
11723 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
11724 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
11730 Render FILE using EWW.
11735 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
11736 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
11741 Mode for browsing the web.
11751 Display the bookmarks.
11757 ;;;***
11758 \f
11759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (0 0
11760 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11761 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
11764 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
11770 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11772 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
11773 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
11778 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
11779 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
11780 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
11781 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
11782 executable.
11787 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
11788 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
11789 file modes.
11793 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "executable" '("executable-")))
11795 ;;;***
11796 \f
11797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
11798 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
11801 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
11802 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
11803 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
11805 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
11807 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
11808 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
11809 to generate such functions.
11811 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
11812 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
11813 beginning of the expanded text.
11815 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
11816 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
11817 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
11818 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
11820 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
11825 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
11826 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
11831 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
11832 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
11837 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
11838 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
11844 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "expand" '("expand-")))
11846 ;;;***
11847 \f
11848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ezimage" "ezimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
11849 ;;; Generated autoloads from ezimage.el
11851 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ezimage" '("ezimage-")))
11853 ;;;***
11854 \f
11855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (0 0 0 0))
11856 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
11859 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
11860 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
11868 Key definitions:
11871 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11873 `f90-do-indent'
11874 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
11875 `f90-if-indent'
11876 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
11877 `f90-type-indent'
11878 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
11879 `f90-program-indent'
11880 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
11881 (default 2).
11882 `f90-associate-indent'
11883 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
11884 `f90-critical-indent'
11885 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
11886 `f90-continuation-indent'
11887 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
11888 `f90-comment-region'
11891 `f90-indented-comment-re'
11892 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
11894 `f90-directive-comment-re'
11897 `f90-break-delimiters'
11898 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
11900 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
11901 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
11902 (default t).
11903 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
11904 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
11905 `f90-smart-end'
11906 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
11907 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
11908 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
11909 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
11910 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
11911 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
11912 `f90-leave-line-no'
11913 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
11915 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
11916 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11922 ;;;***
11923 \f
11924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (0 0 0 0))
11925 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
11928 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
11929 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
11930 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
11932 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
11933 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
11934 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
11935 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
11936 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
11938 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
11939 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
11940 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
11941 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
11942 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
11943 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
11944 attributes.
11946 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
11947 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
11952 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
11953 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
11954 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
11959 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
11960 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
11961 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
11963 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
11964 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
11965 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
11967 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
11968 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
11969 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
11970 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
11975 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
11976 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
11978 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
11979 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
11980 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
11981 the same amount).
11986 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
11987 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
11989 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
11990 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
11991 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
11992 will remove any scaling currently active.
11997 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
11998 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
12007 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
12009 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
12011 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
12012 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
12014 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
12015 - Decrease the default face height by one step
12016 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
12018 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
12019 the face height as long as the input event read
12020 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
12022 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12023 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12024 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12025 will remove any scaling currently active.
12027 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
12028 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
12029 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
12030 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
12031 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
12036 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
12037 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12038 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12039 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
12040 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
12045 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12046 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12047 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12048 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12049 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
12050 `buffer-face-mode'.
12052 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
12053 local, and sets it to FACE.
12058 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12059 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12060 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12061 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12062 `face' text property.
12064 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
12065 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
12066 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
12067 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
12069 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
12070 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
12075 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
12076 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
12077 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
12081 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "face-remap" '("text-scale-" "buffer-face-mode-" "face-remap-" "face-attrs-more-relative-p" "internal-lisp-face-attributes")))
12083 ;;;***
12084 \f
12085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
12086 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
12090 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
12091 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
12092 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
12097 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
12102 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
12103 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
12104 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
12109 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
12110 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
12111 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
12112 backup file names and the like).
12117 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
12118 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
12119 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
12120 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
12121 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
12122 internally by feedmail):
12124 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
12125 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
12126 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
12127 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
12129 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
12130 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
12131 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
12132 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
12133 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
12137 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "feedmail" '("feedmail-")))
12139 ;;;***
12140 \f
12141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (0 0 0 0))
12142 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
12145 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
12146 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
12147 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
12149 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
12150 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
12155 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
12156 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
12157 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
12158 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12159 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
12160 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
12167 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
12168 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
12169 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
12170 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
12171 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
12176 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
12177 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
12178 Return value:
12179 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
12180 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
12181 * otherwise, nil
12186 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
12187 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12192 Try to get a file name at point.
12193 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
12198 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
12202 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ffap" '("ffap-" "dired-at-point-prompter" "dired-at-point-require-prefix" "find-file-literally-at-point" "ffap--toggle-read-only")))
12204 ;;;***
12205 \f
12206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (0 0 0 0))
12207 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
12210 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
12211 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
12212 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
12217 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
12218 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
12219 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12220 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12221 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12226 Add FILE to the file cache.
12231 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
12232 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
12237 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
12238 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
12243 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
12244 This function does not use any external programs.
12245 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12246 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12247 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12252 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
12253 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
12254 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
12255 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
12256 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
12257 \(directories) is done.
12261 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filecache" '("file-cache-" "file-cache--read-list")))
12263 ;;;***
12264 \f
12265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (0 0 0 0))
12266 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
12269 Handle file system monitoring event.
12270 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
12272 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
12274 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
12278 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filenotify" '("file-notify--" "file-notify-")))
12280 ;;;***
12281 \f
12282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
12283 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
12286 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
12288 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12289 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
12290 Local Variables list.
12292 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
12293 then this function adds the first line containing the string
12294 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
12299 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
12304 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
12306 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12307 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
12308 the -*- line.
12310 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
12311 then this function adds it.
12316 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
12321 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
12326 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
12331 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
12336 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
12341 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
12345 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "files-x" '("read-file-local-variable-" "modify-file-local-variable-" "modify-dir-local-variable" "read-file-local-variable" "modify-file-local-variable")))
12347 ;;;***
12348 \f
12349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (0 0 0 0))
12350 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
12353 Filesets initialization.
12354 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
12358 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filesets" '("filesets-")))
12360 ;;;***
12361 \f
12362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
12363 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
12367 Initiate the building of a find command.
12368 For example:
12375 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
12376 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
12380 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-cmd" '("find-")))
12382 ;;;***
12383 \f
12384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
12385 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
12388 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
12389 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
12393 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
12399 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
12400 and run Dired on those files.
12401 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
12402 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
12406 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
12411 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
12412 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
12417 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
12422 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-dired" '("find-" "kill-find" "lookfor-dired")))
12424 ;;;***
12425 \f
12426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
12427 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
12429 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
12430 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
12431 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
12432 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
12433 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
12434 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
12440 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12441 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
12443 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
12450 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12451 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
12453 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
12454 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
12456 Variables of interest include:
12458 - `ff-case-fold-search'
12459 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
12460 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
12462 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
12463 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
12464 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
12466 - `ff-ignore-include'
12467 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
12469 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
12470 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
12472 - `ff-quiet-mode'
12473 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
12475 - `ff-special-constructs'
12476 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
12477 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
12478 extracting the filename from that construct.
12480 - `ff-other-file-alist'
12481 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
12483 - `ff-search-directories'
12484 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
12485 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
12487 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
12488 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
12490 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
12491 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
12493 - `ff-post-load-hook'
12494 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
12496 - `ff-not-found-hook'
12497 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
12499 - `ff-file-created-hook'
12500 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
12505 Visit the file you click on.
12510 Visit the file you click on in another window.
12514 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-file" '("ff-" "modula2-other-file-alist" "cc-search-directories" "cc-other-file-alist")))
12516 ;;;***
12517 \f
12518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (0 0
12519 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12520 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
12523 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
12524 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library). If the
12525 optional OTHER-WINDOW argument (i.e., the command argument) is
12526 specified, pop to a different window before displaying the
12527 buffer.
12532 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
12533 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
12534 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
12536 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
12537 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
12538 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
12539 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
12544 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
12546 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
12547 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
12548 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
12549 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
12551 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
12552 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
12553 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
12555 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
12556 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
12557 in `load-path'.
12562 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
12564 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
12565 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
12566 places point before the definition.
12567 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12569 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
12570 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12571 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12576 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12578 See `find-function' for more details.
12583 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12585 See `find-function' for more details.
12590 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
12592 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
12593 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
12594 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12596 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
12597 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12602 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
12604 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
12605 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12606 places point before the definition.
12608 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12610 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
12611 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12612 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12617 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12619 See `find-variable' for more details.
12624 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12626 See `find-variable' for more details.
12631 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
12632 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12633 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
12634 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
12635 buffer nor display it.
12637 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
12638 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12643 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
12645 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
12646 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12647 places point before the definition.
12649 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12651 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
12652 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12653 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12658 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
12659 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12664 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
12665 See `find-function-on-key'.
12670 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
12671 See `find-function-on-key'.
12676 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
12681 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
12686 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
12690 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-func" '("find-variable-regexp" "find-alias-regexp" "find-library-" "find-f")))
12692 ;;;***
12693 \f
12694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
12695 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
12698 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
12703 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
12708 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
12712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-lisp" '("find-lisp-")))
12714 ;;;***
12715 \f
12716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (0 0 0 0))
12717 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
12721 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
12726 Display FILE's commentary section.
12727 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
12732 Find packages matching a given keyword.
12736 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "finder" '("finder-" "finder--builtins-descriptions" "finder--builtins-alist" "generated-finder-keywords-file")))
12738 ;;;***
12739 \f
12740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (0 0 0 0))
12741 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
12744 Toggle flow control handling.
12746 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
12751 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
12753 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
12755 to get the effect of a C-q.
12759 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-ctrl" '("flow-control-c-q-replacement" "flow-control-c-s-replacement")))
12761 ;;;***
12762 \f
12763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "mail/flow-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
12764 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/flow-fill.el
12776 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-fill" '("fill-flowed-display-column" "fill-flowed-fill-buffer" "fill-flowed-test" "fill-flowed-encode-column" "fill-flowed-encode-tests")))
12778 ;;;***
12779 \f
12780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (0 0 0 0))
12781 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
12785 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
12786 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
12787 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12788 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
12794 Turn flymake mode on.
12799 Turn flymake mode off.
12808 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flymake" '("flymake-")))
12810 ;;;***
12811 \f
12812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (0 0 0 0))
12813 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
12816 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
12822 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
12823 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
12824 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12825 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
12827 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
12828 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
12829 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
12831 Bindings:
12837 Hooks:
12838 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
12840 Remark:
12841 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
12842 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
12843 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
12845 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
12846 consider adding:
12848 in your init file.
12856 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
12861 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
12866 Turn Flyspell mode off.
12871 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
12876 Flyspell whole buffer.
12880 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flyspell" '("flyspell-" "mail-mode-flyspell-verify" "texinfo-mode-flyspell-verify" "tex-mode-flyspell-verify" "sgml-mode-flyspell-verify" "make-flyspell-overlay")))
12882 ;;;***
12883 \f
12884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (0 0 0 0))
12885 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
12888 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "foldout" '("foldout-")))
12890 ;;;***
12891 \f
12892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (0 0 0 0))
12893 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
12896 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
12901 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
12906 Toggle Follow mode.
12907 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
12908 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12909 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
12911 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
12912 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
12914 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
12915 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
12916 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
12918 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
12919 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
12920 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
12921 movement commands.
12923 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two or
12924 more side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of
12925 Follow mode, use these full-height windows as though they were one.
12926 Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, and
12927 being able to use 144 or 216 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
12928 mileage may vary).
12930 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
12933 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
12935 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
12937 Keys specific to Follow mode:
12943 Scroll text in a Follow mode window up by that window's size.
12944 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
12946 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
12947 the window will be visible after the scroll.
12949 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
12950 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
12952 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
12957 Scroll text in a Follow mode window down by that window's size.
12958 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
12960 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
12961 the window in the chain will be visible after the scroll.
12963 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
12964 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
12966 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
12971 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
12973 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
12974 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
12976 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
12977 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
12979 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
12984 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
12986 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
12987 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
12989 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
12990 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
12992 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
12997 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
12999 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
13000 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
13001 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
13002 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
13003 two windows always will display two successive pages.
13004 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
13006 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
13007 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
13008 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
13012 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "follow" '("follow-" "follow--window-sorter")))
13014 ;;;***
13015 \f
13016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fontset" "international/fontset.el" (0 0 0
13017 ;;;;;; 0))
13018 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
13020 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fontset" '("x-" "xlfd-" "create-" "fontset-" "standard-fontset-spec" "charset-script-alist" "generate-fontset-menu" "set-font-encoding" "setup-default-fontset")))
13022 ;;;***
13023 \f
13024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (0 0 0 0))
13025 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
13029 Toggle Footnote mode.
13030 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
13031 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13032 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13034 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
13035 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
13036 play around with the following keys:
13041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "footnote" '("Footnote-" "footnote-")))
13043 ;;;***
13044 \f
13045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "format-spec" "format-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
13046 ;;; Generated autoloads from format-spec.el
13048 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "format-spec" '("format-spec-make" "format-spec")))
13050 ;;;***
13051 \f
13052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
13053 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
13056 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
13058 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
13059 TAB forms-next-field TAB
13060 C-c TAB forms-next-field
13061 C-c < forms-first-record <
13062 C-c > forms-last-record >
13063 C-c ? describe-mode ?
13064 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
13065 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
13066 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
13067 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
13068 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
13069 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
13070 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
13071 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
13072 C-c C-x forms-exit x
13077 Visit a file in Forms mode.
13082 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
13086 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "forms" '("forms--" "forms-")))
13088 ;;;***
13089 \f
13090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
13091 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
13094 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
13095 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
13098 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
13102 Key definitions:
13105 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
13107 `fortran-comment-line-start'
13109 `fortran-do-indent'
13110 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
13111 `fortran-if-indent'
13112 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
13113 `fortran-structure-indent'
13114 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
13115 (default 3)
13116 `fortran-continuation-indent'
13117 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
13118 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
13119 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
13120 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
13121 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
13122 nil don't change the indentation
13123 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13124 value of either
13125 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
13126 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
13127 depending on the continuation format in use.
13128 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13129 indentation for a line of code.
13130 (default `fixed')
13131 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
13132 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
13134 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
13135 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
13136 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
13137 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
13138 `fortran-line-number-indent'
13139 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
13140 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
13141 column 5.
13142 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
13144 statements (default nil).
13145 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
13147 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
13148 `fortran-continuation-string'
13149 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
13151 `fortran-comment-region'
13154 `fortran-electric-line-number'
13155 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
13156 as typed (default t).
13157 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
13158 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
13160 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
13161 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13165 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortran" '("fortran-")))
13167 ;;;***
13168 \f
13169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (0 0 0 0))
13170 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
13173 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
13175 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13176 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13181 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
13183 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13184 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13189 Compile fortune file.
13191 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
13192 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
13197 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
13199 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13200 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13201 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13202 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13207 Display a fortune cookie to the mini-buffer.
13208 If called with a prefix, it has the same behavior as `fortune'.
13209 Optional FILE is a fortune file from which a cookie will be selected.
13214 Display a fortune cookie.
13215 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13216 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13217 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13218 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13222 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortune" '("fortune-")))
13224 ;;;***
13225 \f
13226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (0 0 0 0))
13227 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
13229 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
13230 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
13233 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
13234 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
13238 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
13240 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
13241 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
13243 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
13244 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
13245 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
13246 intend to modify existing values, do
13248 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
13250 before changing anything.
13252 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
13253 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
13255 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
13256 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
13257 to restore the frame.
13259 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
13260 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
13261 parameter), and ACTION can be:
13263 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
13264 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
13265 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
13266 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
13267 FILTER A filter function.
13269 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
13270 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
13272 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
13274 where
13276 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
13277 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
13278 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
13279 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
13280 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
13281 before restoring it.
13282 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
13284 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
13285 It must return:
13286 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
13287 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
13288 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
13290 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
13294 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
13295 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
13296 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
13297 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
13298 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
13299 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
13304 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
13309 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
13310 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
13311 If nil, check all live frames.
13316 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
13317 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
13318 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
13319 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
13320 `frameset' defstruct for details.
13321 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
13322 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13323 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
13324 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
13325 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
13330 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
13332 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
13333 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
13334 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
13335 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
13336 and window-state is not restored.
13338 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
13339 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13341 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
13342 t All existing frames can be reused.
13343 nil No existing frame can be reused.
13344 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
13345 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
13346 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
13348 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
13349 t Frames are restored in the current display.
13350 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
13351 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
13352 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
13353 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
13354 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
13355 be created from that parameter alist.
13357 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
13358 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
13359 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
13360 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
13361 PRED A function called with three arguments,
13362 - the live frame just restored,
13363 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
13364 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
13365 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
13368 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
13369 nil Keep all frames.
13370 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
13371 - FRAME, a live frame.
13372 - ACTION, which can be one of
13373 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
13374 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
13375 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
13376 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
13377 Return value is ignored.
13379 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
13380 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
13381 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
13382 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
13383 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
13385 All keyword parameters default to nil.
13387 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
13390 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
13391 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
13396 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
13397 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
13402 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
13404 Argument is a character, naming the register.
13406 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
13410 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "frameset" '("frameset-" "frameset--")))
13412 ;;;***
13413 \f
13414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fringe" "fringe.el" (0 0 0 0))
13415 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
13417 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fringe" '("fringe-" "set-fringe-mode-1" "set-fringe-mode" "set-fringe-style" "fringe--check-style")))
13419 ;;;***
13420 \f
13421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (0 0 0 0))
13422 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
13425 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gamegrid" '("gamegrid-")))
13427 ;;;***
13428 \f
13429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gametree" "play/gametree.el" (0 0 0 0))
13430 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gametree.el
13432 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gametree" '("gametree-")))
13434 ;;;***
13435 \f
13436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (0 0 0 0))
13437 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
13440 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
13441 See the `gdb-enable-debug' command
13447 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
13448 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
13449 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
13450 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
13451 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
13452 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
13457 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13458 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13459 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13461 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
13462 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
13463 executable followed by command line options. The command line
13467 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
13468 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
13469 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
13470 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
13472 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
13473 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
13474 shown in some of the buffers.
13476 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
13478 The following commands help control operation :
13480 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
13481 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
13483 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
13484 detailed description of this mode.
13487 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
13488 | GDB Toolbar |
13489 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13490 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
13491 | | |
13492 | | |
13493 | | |
13494 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13495 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
13496 | | (comint-mode) |
13497 | | |
13498 | | |
13499 | | |
13500 | | |
13501 | | |
13502 | | |
13503 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13504 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
13505 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
13506 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
13507 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
13508 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13512 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gdb-mi" '("gdb-" "def-gdb-" "gdbmi-" "gud-" "gdb--" "breakpoint-" "nil")))
13514 ;;;***
13515 \f
13516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generator" "emacs-lisp/generator.el" (0 0
13517 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13518 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generator.el
13520 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generator" '("cps--" "iter-" "cps-standard-special-forms" "cps-inhibit-atomic-optimization" "cps-generate-evaluator")))
13522 ;;;***
13523 \f
13524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (0 0 0 0))
13525 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
13528 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
13529 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
13533 Create a new generic mode MODE.
13535 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
13536 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
13537 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
13538 documentation string instead.
13540 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
13541 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
13545 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
13546 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
13547 enders are actually possible.
13549 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
13550 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
13552 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
13553 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
13554 `font-lock-keywords'.
13556 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
13557 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
13558 runs the macro expansion.
13560 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
13561 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
13562 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
13564 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
13566 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
13573 Go into the generic mode MODE.
13578 Enter generic mode MODE.
13580 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
13582 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
13584 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
13585 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
13590 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
13591 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
13592 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
13593 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
13594 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
13595 regular expression that can be used as an element of
13596 `font-lock-keywords'.
13602 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic" '("generic-set-comment-" "generic--normalize-comments" "generic-font-lock-keywords" "generic-mode-set-comments" "generic-bracket-support")))
13604 ;;;***
13605 \f
13606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic-x" "generic-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
13607 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic-x.el
13609 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic-x" '("generic-" "default-generic-mode")))
13611 ;;;***
13612 \f
13613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (0 0 0 0))
13614 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
13617 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
13618 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13619 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13620 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
13621 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
13625 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "glasses" '("glasses-")))
13627 ;;;***
13628 \f
13629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
13630 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
13633 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
13634 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
13639 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
13641 Guideline for numbers:
13642 1 - error messages
13643 3 - non-serious error messages
13644 5 - messages for things that take a long time
13645 7 - not very important messages on stuff
13646 9 - messages inside loops.
13651 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
13652 ARGS are passed to `message'.
13657 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
13662 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
13664 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
13665 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
13667 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
13668 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
13669 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
13671 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
13672 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
13677 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
13681 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gmm-utils" '("defun-gmm" "gmm-verbose" "gmm-tool-bar-style" "gmm-customize-mode")))
13683 ;;;***
13684 \f
13685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
13686 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
13692 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
13697 Read network news.
13698 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
13699 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
13700 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
13701 name of an NNTP server to use.
13702 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
13703 server.
13708 Read news as a slave.
13713 Pop up a frame to read news.
13714 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
13715 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
13716 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
13717 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
13718 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
13720 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
13721 current display is used.
13726 Read network news.
13727 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
13728 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
13729 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
13735 ;;;***
13736 \f
13737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (0 0 0 0))
13738 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
13741 Start Gnus unplugged.
13746 Start Gnus plugged.
13751 Read news as a slave unplugged.
13756 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
13758 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
13759 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
13760 customize gnus-agent to nil.
13762 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
13763 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
13764 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
13769 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
13774 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
13775 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
13776 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
13777 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
13778 supported.
13783 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
13784 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
13785 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
13786 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
13787 supported.
13792 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
13797 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
13798 downloaded into the agent.
13803 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
13804 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
13805 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
13810 Start Gnus and fetch session.
13815 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
13820 Regenerate all agent covered files.
13821 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
13825 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-agent" '("gnus-")))
13827 ;;;***
13828 \f
13829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (0 0 0 0))
13830 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
13833 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
13837 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-art" '("gnus-" "article-")))
13839 ;;;***
13840 \f
13841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-async" "gnus/gnus-async.el" (0 0 0 0))
13842 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-async.el
13844 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-async" '("gnus-")))
13846 ;;;***
13847 \f
13848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bcklg" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" (0 0 0 0))
13849 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bcklg.el
13851 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bcklg" '("gnus-backlog-")))
13853 ;;;***
13854 \f
13855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (0
13856 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
13857 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
13860 Set a bookmark for this article.
13865 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
13870 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
13871 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
13872 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
13873 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
13877 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bookmark" '("gnus-bookmark-")))
13879 ;;;***
13880 \f
13881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
13882 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
13885 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
13887 Usage:
13888 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
13893 Generate the cache active file.
13898 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
13903 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
13904 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
13905 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
13906 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
13907 supported.
13912 Delete GROUP from the cache.
13913 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
13914 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
13915 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
13916 supported.
13920 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cache" '("gnus-cache-" "gnus-summary-" "gnus-cacheable-groups" "gnus-uncacheable-groups" "gnus-cached-article-p")))
13922 ;;;***
13923 \f
13924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cite" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" (0 0 0 0))
13925 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cite.el
13927 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cite" '("gnus-" "turn-on-gnus-message-citation-mode" "turn-off-gnus-message-citation-mode")))
13929 ;;;***
13930 \f
13931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cloud" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" (0 0 0 0))
13932 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cloud.el
13934 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cloud" '("gnus-cloud-")))
13936 ;;;***
13937 \f
13938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cus" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" (0 0 0 0))
13939 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cus.el
13941 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cus" '("gnus-" "category-fields")))
13943 ;;;***
13944 \f
13945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (0 0 0 0))
13946 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
13949 Delay this article by some time.
13950 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
13952 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
13953 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
13955 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
13956 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
13958 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
13959 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
13964 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
13969 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
13970 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
13971 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
13973 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
13974 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
13978 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-delay" '("gnus-delay-group" "gnus-delay-header" "gnus-delay-default-delay" "gnus-delay-default-hour")))
13980 ;;;***
13981 \f
13982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-demon" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" (0 0 0 0))
13983 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-demon.el
13985 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-demon" '("gnus-demon-" "gnus-inhibit-demon")))
13987 ;;;***
13988 \f
13989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (0 0 0 0))
13990 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
14002 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-diary" '("gnus-diary-" "gnus-summary-sort-by-schedule" "gnus-thread-sort-by-schedule" "gnus-article-sort-by-schedule")))
14004 ;;;***
14005 \f
14006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
14007 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
14010 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
14014 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dired" '("gnus-dired-")))
14016 ;;;***
14017 \f
14018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (0 0 0 0))
14019 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
14022 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
14026 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-draft" '("gnus-draft-" "gnus-group-send-queue")))
14028 ;;;***
14029 \f
14030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dup" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" (0 0 0 0))
14031 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dup.el
14033 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dup" '("gnus-dup-" "gnus-duplicate-list-length" "gnus-duplicate-file" "gnus-save-duplicate-list")))
14035 ;;;***
14036 \f
14037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-eform" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" (0 0 0 0))
14038 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-eform.el
14040 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-eform" '("gnus-edit-form-" "gnus-edit-form")))
14042 ;;;***
14043 \f
14044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (0 0 0 0))
14045 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
14048 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
14055 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14057 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14062 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14067 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
14069 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
14070 different input formats.
14075 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
14077 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
14078 different input formats.
14083 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
14084 The PNG is returned as a string.
14089 Convert FILE to a Face.
14090 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
14091 726 bytes.
14096 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
14098 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14103 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
14107 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-fun" '("gnus-" "gnus--insert-random-face-with-type")))
14109 ;;;***
14110 \f
14111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (0
14112 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14113 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
14116 Display gravatar in the From header.
14117 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
14122 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
14123 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
14127 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-gravatar" '("gnus-gravatar-size" "gnus-gravatar-properties" "gnus-gravatar-too-ugly" "gnus-gravatar-transform-address" "gnus-gravatar-insert")))
14129 ;;;***
14130 \f
14131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (0 0 0 0))
14132 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
14135 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
14136 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
14137 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
14142 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
14146 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-group" '("gnus-")))
14148 ;;;***
14149 \f
14150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
14151 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
14163 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-html" '("gnus-html-" "gnus-max-image-proportion")))
14165 ;;;***
14166 \f
14167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-icalendar" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" (0
14168 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14169 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-icalendar.el
14171 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-icalendar" '("gnus-icalendar-" "gnus-icalendar--" "gnus-icalendar:org-event-save")))
14173 ;;;***
14174 \f
14175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-int" "gnus/gnus-int.el" (0 0 0 0))
14176 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-int.el
14178 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-int" '("gnus-")))
14180 ;;;***
14181 \f
14182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (0 0 0 0))
14183 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
14188 Run batched scoring.
14189 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
14193 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-kill" '("gnus-")))
14195 ;;;***
14196 \f
14197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-logic" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14198 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-logic.el
14200 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-logic" '("gnus-advanced-" "gnus-score-advanced")))
14202 ;;;***
14203 \f
14204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mh" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" (0 0 0 0))
14205 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mh.el
14207 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mh" '("gnus-summary-save-in-folder" "gnus-summary-save-article-folder" "gnus-folder-save-name" "gnus-Folder-save-name")))
14209 ;;;***
14210 \f
14211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (0 0 0 0))
14212 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
14220 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
14221 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
14226 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
14232 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-ml" '("gnus-mailing-list-")))
14234 ;;;***
14235 \f
14236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (0 0 0 0))
14237 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
14240 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
14241 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
14242 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
14243 group parameters.
14245 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
14246 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
14247 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
14248 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
14250 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
14251 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
14252 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
14253 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
14254 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
14255 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
14256 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
14257 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
14258 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
14259 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
14264 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
14265 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
14266 nil CATCH-ALL).
14268 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
14269 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
14274 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14275 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
14277 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
14282 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14283 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
14285 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
14287 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
14288 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
14289 existing groups are considered.
14291 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
14292 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
14293 returned.
14295 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
14296 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
14297 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
14298 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
14299 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
14300 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
14301 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
14302 clauses will be generated.
14304 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
14305 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
14306 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
14307 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
14308 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
14309 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
14311 For example, given the following group parameters:
14313 nnml:mail.bar:
14316 nnml:mail.foo:
14321 nnml:mail.others:
14322 \((split-spec . catch-all))
14334 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mlspl" '("gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group" "gnus-group-split-updated-hook")))
14336 ;;;***
14337 \f
14338 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (0 0 0 0))
14339 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
14342 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14343 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
14344 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
14345 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
14346 instead.
14348 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
14351 Mail to ADDRESS.
14356 Like `message-reply'.
14360 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
14362 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-msg" '("gnus-")))
14364 ;;;***
14365 \f
14366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
14367 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
14368 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
14371 Send a notification on new message.
14372 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
14373 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
14374 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
14376 This is typically a function to add in
14377 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
14381 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-notifications" '("gnus-notifications-")))
14383 ;;;***
14384 \f
14385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (0 0 0 0))
14386 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
14389 Display picons in the From header.
14390 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14395 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
14396 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14401 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
14402 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14406 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-picon" '("gnus-picon-")))
14408 ;;;***
14409 \f
14410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (0 0 0 0))
14411 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
14414 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14415 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14416 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
14421 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14422 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14423 LIST1 is modified.
14428 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
14429 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14439 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
14440 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14445 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
14446 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
14453 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14454 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14459 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
14460 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14465 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14466 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14471 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
14475 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-range" '("gnus-")))
14477 ;;;***
14478 \f
14479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (0
14480 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14481 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
14484 Initialize the Gnus registry.
14489 Install the registry hooks.
14493 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-registry" '("gnus-registry-" "gnus-try-warping-via-registry" "gnus-registry--set/remove-mark" "gnus-registry--split-fancy-with-parent-internal")))
14495 ;;;***
14496 \f
14497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-rfc1843" "gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el" (0 0
14498 ;;;;;; 0 0))
14499 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el
14501 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-rfc1843" '("rfc1843-decode-article-body" "rfc1843-gnus-setup")))
14503 ;;;***
14504 \f
14505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-salt" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" (0 0 0 0))
14506 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-salt.el
14508 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-salt" '("gnus-" "gnus--let-eval")))
14510 ;;;***
14511 \f
14512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-score" "gnus/gnus-score.el" (0 0 0 0))
14513 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-score.el
14515 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-score" '("gnus-")))
14517 ;;;***
14518 \f
14519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
14520 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
14523 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14524 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14525 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
14526 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
14527 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14532 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14533 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14534 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
14535 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14544 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sieve" '("gnus-sieve-")))
14546 ;;;***
14547 \f
14548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
14549 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
14552 Update the format specification near point.
14556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-spec" '("gnus-")))
14558 ;;;***
14559 \f
14560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-srvr" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" (0 0 0 0))
14561 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-srvr.el
14563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-srvr" '("gnus-server-" "gnus-browse-" "gnus-inserted-opened-servers" "gnus-enter-server-buffer" "gnus-opened-servers-remove")))
14565 ;;;***
14566 \f
14567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (0 0 0 0))
14568 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
14571 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
14575 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-start" '("gnus-")))
14577 ;;;***
14578 \f
14579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (0 0 0 0))
14580 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
14583 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
14584 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
14588 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sum" '("gnus-")))
14590 ;;;***
14591 \f
14592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (0 0 0 0))
14593 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
14596 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
14601 Install the sync hooks.
14605 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sync" '("gnus-sync-")))
14607 ;;;***
14608 \f
14609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-topic" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14610 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-topic.el
14612 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-topic" '("gnus-")))
14614 ;;;***
14615 \f
14616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-undo" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
14617 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-undo.el
14619 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-undo" '("gnus-undo-" "gnus-undo" "gnus-disable-undo")))
14621 ;;;***
14622 \f
14623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-util" "gnus/gnus-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
14624 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-util.el
14626 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-util" '("gnus-")))
14628 ;;;***
14629 \f
14630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-uu" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
14631 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-uu.el
14633 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-uu" '("gnus-uu-" "gnus-message-process-mark" "gnus-new-processable")))
14635 ;;;***
14636 \f
14637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-vm" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" (0 0 0 0))
14638 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-vm.el
14640 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-vm" '("gnus-summary-save-in-vm" "gnus-summary-save-article-vm" "gnus-vm-make-folder" "gnus-vm-inhibit-window-system")))
14642 ;;;***
14643 \f
14644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (0 0 0 0))
14645 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
14648 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
14652 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-win" '("gnus-")))
14654 ;;;***
14655 \f
14656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (0 0 0 0))
14657 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
14660 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
14661 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
14662 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
14663 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
14664 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
14670 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnutls" '("gnutls-" "open-gnutls-stream")))
14672 ;;;***
14673 \f
14674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (0 0 0 0))
14675 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
14678 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
14680 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
14681 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
14682 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
14684 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
14685 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
14686 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
14688 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
14691 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
14692 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
14698 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gomoku" '("gomoku-" "gomoku--intangible" "gomoku--intangible-chars" "gomoku--last-pos")))
14700 ;;;***
14701 \f
14702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (0 0 0 0))
14703 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
14708 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
14709 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
14710 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
14711 there, then load the URL at or before point.
14716 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
14717 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
14718 or to send e-mail.
14719 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
14720 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
14722 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
14723 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
14729 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
14730 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
14731 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
14732 if ARG is omitted or nil.
14737 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
14741 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "goto-addr" '("goto-address-")))
14743 ;;;***
14744 \f
14745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "image/gravatar.el" (0 0 0 0))
14746 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/gravatar.el
14749 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
14750 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
14755 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
14759 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gravatar" '("gravatar-")))
14761 ;;;***
14762 \f
14763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (0 0 0 0))
14764 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
14773 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
14774 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
14775 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
14777 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
14778 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
14785 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
14786 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
14796 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
14800 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
14804 The default find program.
14805 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
14809 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
14810 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
14814 How to invoke find and grep.
14815 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
14816 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
14817 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
14818 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
14829 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
14830 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
14840 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
14845 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
14847 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
14850 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
14851 arguments.
14853 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
14854 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
14856 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
14857 can easily repeat a grep command.
14859 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
14860 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
14861 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
14862 list is empty).
14867 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
14868 Collect output in a buffer.
14870 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
14872 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
14873 easily repeat a find command.
14880 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
14881 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
14882 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
14883 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
14886 before it is executed.
14889 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
14890 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
14891 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
14898 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
14899 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
14900 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
14901 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
14904 before it is executed.
14907 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
14908 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
14909 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
14914 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
14915 to specify a command to run.
14920 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
14921 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
14922 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
14928 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "grep" '("grep-" "rgrep-default-command" "grep--save-buffers" "kill-grep")))
14930 ;;;***
14931 \f
14932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (0 0 0 0))
14933 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
14936 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
14937 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
14938 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
14945 ;;;***
14946 \f
14947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gssapi" "gnus/gssapi.el" (0 0 0 0))
14948 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gssapi.el
14950 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gssapi" '("open-gssapi-stream" "gssapi-program")))
14952 ;;;***
14953 \f
14954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (0 0 0 0))
14955 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
14958 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
14959 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
14960 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
14965 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
14966 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
14967 and source-file directory for your debugger.
14972 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
14973 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
14974 and source-file directory for your debugger.
14979 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
14980 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
14981 and source-file directory for your debugger.
14983 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
14984 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
14989 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
14990 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
14991 and source-file directory for your debugger.
14996 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
14997 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
14998 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15003 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
15004 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15005 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15010 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
15013 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
15015 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
15016 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
15017 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
15018 original source file access method.
15020 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
15021 gud, see `gud-mode'.
15026 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
15031 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
15032 See the `gud-tooltip-mode' command
15033 for a description of this minor mode.
15034 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15035 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15041 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
15042 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
15043 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15044 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
15048 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gud" '("gud-" "gdb-script-" "gdb-first-prompt")))
15050 ;;;***
15051 \f
15052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (0 0 0 0))
15053 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
15056 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
15057 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
15058 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
15059 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
15060 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
15061 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
15062 set it to.
15063 DO must return an Elisp expression.
15068 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
15069 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
15070 of PLACE.
15071 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
15072 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
15073 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
15074 and SETTER.
15075 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
15076 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
15083 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
15084 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
15085 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
15086 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
15097 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
15099 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
15102 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
15103 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
15104 well for simple place forms.
15105 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
15106 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
15107 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
15108 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
15109 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
15110 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
15118 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
15119 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
15120 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
15121 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
15123 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
15124 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
15125 (let ((temp VAL))
15126 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
15127 temp)
15128 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
15133 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
15134 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
15135 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
15136 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
15137 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
15144 Return a reference to PLACE.
15145 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
15146 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
15148 binding mode.
15152 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gv" '("gv-" "gv--defsetter")))
15154 ;;;***
15155 \f
15156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (0 0 0 0))
15157 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
15161 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
15162 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
15164 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
15165 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
15166 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
15167 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
15171 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "handwrite" '("handwrite-" "menu-bar-handwrite-map")))
15173 ;;;***
15174 \f
15175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanja-util" "language/hanja-util.el" (0 0
15176 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15177 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/hanja-util.el
15179 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hanja-util" '("hanja-" "hangul-to-hanja-char")))
15181 ;;;***
15182 \f
15183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (0 0 0 0))
15184 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
15187 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
15192 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
15193 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
15194 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
15196 Repent before ring 31 moves.
15201 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
15202 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
15203 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
15204 to be updated.
15208 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hanoi" '("hanoi-")))
15210 ;;;***
15211 \f
15212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (0 0 0 0))
15213 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
15216 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
15221 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
15222 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
15227 Verify a hashcash payment
15232 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
15233 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
15234 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
15235 `mail-add-payment-async').
15240 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
15241 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
15242 Calculation is asynchronous.
15247 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
15248 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
15252 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hashcash" '("hashcash-")))
15254 ;;;***
15255 \f
15256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (0 0 0 0))
15257 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
15260 Return the help-echo string at point.
15261 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
15262 property, or nil, is returned.
15263 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
15264 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
15265 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
15270 Return the keyboard help string at point.
15271 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
15272 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
15273 If this produces no string either, return nil.
15278 Display local help in the echo area.
15279 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
15280 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
15281 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
15282 printed instead.
15284 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
15285 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
15286 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
15291 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
15292 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
15297 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
15298 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
15303 Automatically show local help on point-over.
15304 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
15305 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
15306 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
15307 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
15308 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
15309 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
15310 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
15311 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
15312 a non-empty list disables the feature.
15314 This variable only takes effect after a call to
15315 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
15316 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
15317 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
15318 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
15320 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
15321 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
15322 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
15323 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
15324 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
15325 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
15326 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
15332 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
15333 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
15334 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
15335 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
15336 considered different regions.
15338 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
15339 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
15340 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
15341 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
15342 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
15343 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
15344 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
15345 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
15346 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
15351 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
15352 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
15353 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
15354 different regions.
15356 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
15357 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
15358 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
15359 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
15360 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
15361 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
15362 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
15363 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
15365 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
15366 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
15367 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
15368 rarely happens in practice.
15373 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
15374 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
15375 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
15376 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
15377 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
15381 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-at-pt" '("help-at-pt-maybe-display" "help-at-pt-timer-delay" "help-at-pt-timer" "scan-buf-move-hook")))
15383 ;;;***
15384 \f
15385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
15386 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
15389 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
15394 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
15395 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
15400 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
15401 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
15402 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
15403 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
15404 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
15405 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
15407 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
15408 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
15409 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
15410 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
15411 suitable file is found, return nil.
15421 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
15422 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
15423 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
15428 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
15429 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
15430 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
15431 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
15432 it is displayed along with the global value.
15437 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
15438 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
15439 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
15440 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
15441 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
15446 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
15447 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
15448 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
15453 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
15454 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
15455 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
15456 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
15461 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
15466 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
15470 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-fns" '("help-" "describe-variable-custom-version-info" "describe-function-orig-buffer")))
15472 ;;;***
15473 \f
15474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (0 0 0 0))
15475 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
15478 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
15479 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
15480 window listing and describing the options.
15486 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-macro" '("make-help-screen")))
15488 ;;;***
15489 \f
15490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
15491 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
15494 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
15495 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
15496 Commands:
15502 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
15507 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
15514 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
15515 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
15516 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
15519 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
15521 restore it properly when going back.
15526 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
15527 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
15528 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
15529 from `help-mode'.
15531 it does not already exist.
15536 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
15538 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
15539 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
15540 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
15541 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
15542 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
15543 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
15544 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
15545 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
15547 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
15548 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
15549 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
15550 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
15552 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
15553 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
15554 that.
15559 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
15560 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
15561 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
15562 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
15563 See `help-make-xrefs'.
15568 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
15569 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
15570 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
15571 See `help-make-xrefs'.
15576 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
15583 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
15584 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
15585 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
15589 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-mode" '("help-" "describe-symbol-backends")))
15591 ;;;***
15592 \f
15593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (0 0 0 0))
15594 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
15597 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
15602 Provide help for current mode.
15606 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "helper" '("Helper-describe-" "Helper-return-blurb" "Helper-help-options" "Helper-help-scroller" "Helper-help-map")))
15608 ;;;***
15609 \f
15610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hex-util" "hex-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
15611 ;;; Generated autoloads from hex-util.el
15613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hex-util" '("encode-hex-string" "decode-hex-string")))
15615 ;;;***
15616 \f
15617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (0 0 0 0))
15618 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
15622 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
15623 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
15624 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
15626 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
15627 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
15630 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
15631 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
15632 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
15634 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
15635 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
15636 periods.
15638 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
15639 in hexl format.
15641 A sample format:
15643 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
15644 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
15645 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
15646 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
15647 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
15648 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
15649 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
15650 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
15651 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
15652 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
15653 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
15654 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
15655 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
15656 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
15657 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
15659 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
15660 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
15661 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
15663 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
15664 also supported.
15666 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
15668 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
15669 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
15670 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
15673 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
15674 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
15677 into the buffer at the current point.
15680 into the buffer at the current point.
15683 into the buffer at the current point.
15687 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
15688 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
15697 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
15698 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
15699 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
15704 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
15705 This discards the buffer's undo information.
15709 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hexl" '("hexl-" "dehexlify-buffer")))
15711 ;;;***
15712 \f
15713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
15714 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
15717 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
15718 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
15719 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15720 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15722 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
15724 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
15725 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
15727 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
15728 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
15729 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
15730 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
15734 which can be called interactively, are:
15737 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
15740 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
15741 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
15742 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
15745 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
15748 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
15749 available face automatically.
15752 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
15755 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
15757 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
15759 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
15760 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
15761 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
15762 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
15763 function returns t.
15766 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
15768 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
15769 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
15770 form:
15771 Hi-lock: FOO
15773 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
15774 position (number of characters into buffer)
15775 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
15776 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
15777 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
15782 Non-nil if Global Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
15783 See the `global-hi-lock-mode' command
15784 for a description of this minor mode.
15785 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15786 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15792 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
15793 With prefix ARG, enable Global Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
15794 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
15795 ARG is omitted or nil.
15797 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
15798 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
15799 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
15806 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
15807 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
15808 Use the global history list for FACE.
15810 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
15811 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
15812 highlighting will not update as you type.
15819 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
15820 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
15821 Use the global history list for FACE.
15823 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
15824 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
15825 highlighting will not update as you type.
15832 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
15833 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
15834 Use the global history list for FACE.
15836 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
15837 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
15838 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
15840 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
15841 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
15842 highlighting will not update as you type.
15849 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
15850 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
15851 unless you use a prefix argument.
15852 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
15854 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
15855 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
15862 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
15863 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
15864 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
15866 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
15871 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
15873 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
15874 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
15875 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
15879 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hi-lock" '("hi-lock-" "hi-lock--" "turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled")))
15881 ;;;***
15882 \f
15883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (0 0 0 0))
15884 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
15887 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
15888 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
15889 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15890 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15892 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
15893 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
15894 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
15895 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
15897 `hide-ifdef-env'
15898 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
15899 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
15900 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
15901 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
15902 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
15903 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
15904 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
15906 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
15907 An association list of defined symbol lists.
15908 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
15909 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
15910 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
15912 `hide-ifdef-lines'
15913 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
15914 #endif lines when hiding.
15916 `hide-ifdef-initially'
15917 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
15918 is activated.
15920 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
15921 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
15922 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
15928 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hideif" '("hif-" "show-" "hide-" "intern-safe" "forward-ifdef" "backward-ifdef" "down-ifdef" "up-ifdef" "next-ifdef" "previous-ifdef")))
15930 ;;;***
15931 \f
15932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (0 0 0 0))
15933 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
15935 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
15936 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
15937 Each element has the form
15938 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
15940 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
15941 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
15943 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
15944 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
15946 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
15947 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
15948 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
15949 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
15950 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
15951 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
15953 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
15954 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
15956 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
15957 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
15959 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
15960 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
15964 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
15965 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
15966 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
15967 if ARG is omitted or nil.
15969 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
15970 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
15971 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
15973 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
15974 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
15975 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
15977 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
15978 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
15980 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
15982 Key bindings:
15988 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
15992 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hideshow" '("hs-")))
15994 ;;;***
15995 \f
15996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (0 0 0 0))
15997 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
16000 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
16001 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
16002 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
16003 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16005 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
16006 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
16008 this on and off.
16010 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
16015 through various faces.
16017 buffer with the contents of a file
16023 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
16024 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
16025 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
16026 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16028 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
16029 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
16030 in a distinctive face.
16032 The default value can be customized with variable
16033 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
16035 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
16040 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
16041 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
16046 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
16051 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
16056 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
16058 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
16059 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
16060 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
16061 shown in the last face in the list.
16063 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
16064 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
16065 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
16072 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
16074 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
16076 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
16077 to save the file.
16079 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
16080 written to a temporary file for comparison.
16082 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
16089 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
16091 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
16092 this function is called interactively.
16094 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
16095 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
16096 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
16098 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
16105 Non-nil if Global Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
16106 See the `global-highlight-changes-mode' command
16107 for a description of this minor mode.
16108 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16109 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16115 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
16116 With prefix ARG, enable Global Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
16117 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16118 ARG is omitted or nil.
16120 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
16121 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
16122 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
16126 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hilit-chg" '("hilit-chg-" "highlight-changes-" "highlight-markup-buffers" "global-highlight-changes")))
16128 ;;;***
16129 \f
16130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (0 0 0 0))
16131 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
16134 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
16135 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
16136 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
16142 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
16143 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
16144 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
16145 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
16146 expansions.
16147 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
16149 undoes the expansion.
16154 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
16155 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
16156 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
16160 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hippie-exp" '("he-" "try-expand-" "hippie-expand-" "try-complete-" "he--all-buffers")))
16162 ;;;***
16163 \f
16164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (0 0 0 0))
16165 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
16168 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
16169 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
16170 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16171 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16173 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
16174 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
16175 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
16176 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
16177 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
16178 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
16180 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
16181 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
16182 uses the function `hl-line-maybe-unhighlight' in
16183 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
16188 Non-nil if Global Hl-Line mode is enabled.
16189 See the `global-hl-line-mode' command
16190 for a description of this minor mode.
16191 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16192 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16198 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
16199 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
16200 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16201 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16203 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
16204 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all live
16205 windows.
16207 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-highlight'
16208 and `global-hl-line-maybe-unhighlight' on `post-command-hook'.
16212 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hl-line" '("hl-line-" "global-hl-line-")))
16214 ;;;***
16215 \f
16216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hmac-def" "net/hmac-def.el" (0 0 0 0))
16217 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/hmac-def.el
16219 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hmac-def" '("define-hmac-function")))
16221 ;;;***
16222 \f
16223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hmac-md5" "net/hmac-md5.el" (0 0 0 0))
16224 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/hmac-md5.el
16226 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hmac-md5" '("hmac-md5-96" "hmac-md5" "md5-binary")))
16228 ;;;***
16229 \f
16230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (0 0 0 0))
16231 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
16233 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
16234 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
16241 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
16242 Oriental holidays.
16250 Local holidays.
16258 User defined holidays.
16265 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
16266 Jewish holidays.
16273 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
16274 Christian holidays.
16281 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
16282 Islamic holidays.
16289 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
16290 Bahá’à holidays.
16297 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
16298 Sun-related holidays.
16308 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
16309 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16310 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
16315 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
16316 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
16317 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
16318 displayed, use a different list. For example,
16320 (list-holidays 2006 2006
16321 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
16323 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
16324 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
16326 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
16327 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
16328 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
16329 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
16330 of a holiday list.
16332 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
16338 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "holidays" '("holiday-" "calendar-")))
16340 ;;;***
16341 \f
16342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "net/html2text.el" (0 0 0 0))
16343 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/html2text.el
16346 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
16350 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "html2text" '("html2text-")))
16352 ;;;***
16353 \f
16354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (0 0 0 0))
16355 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
16359 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
16360 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
16361 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
16362 as possible.
16364 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
16365 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
16366 fontified display.
16368 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
16371 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
16372 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
16373 hyperlinks as appropriate.
16378 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
16379 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
16381 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
16385 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "htmlfontify" '("hfy-" "htmlfontify-")))
16387 ;;;***
16388 \f
16389 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el"
16390 ;;;;;; (22220 16330 779423 271000))
16391 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
16393 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuf-ext" '("ibuffer-" "shell-command-" "size-" "query-" "filename/process" "size" "alphabetic" "mode-name" "major-mode" "predicate" "content" "filename" "name" "derived-mode" "used-mode" "mode" "print" "replace-regexp" "revert" "rename-uniquely" "view-and-eval" "eval")))
16395 ;;;***
16396 \f
16397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
16398 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
16401 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
16403 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
16404 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
16405 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
16407 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
16408 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
16409 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
16410 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
16411 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
16412 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
16414 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
16415 title of the column.
16417 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
16418 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
16419 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
16420 change its definition, you should explicitly call
16421 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
16428 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
16429 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
16430 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
16431 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
16433 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
16434 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
16444 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
16445 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
16446 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
16447 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
16448 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
16450 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
16451 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
16452 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
16453 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
16454 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
16455 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
16456 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
16457 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
16458 values are:
16459 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
16460 t - the function it always modifies buffers
16461 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
16462 buffer's modification flag.
16463 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
16464 prompted before performing this operation.
16465 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
16466 operation is complete, in the form:
16468 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
16469 confirmation message, in the form:
16471 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
16472 macro for exactly what it does.
16474 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
16481 Define a filter named NAME.
16482 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
16483 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
16484 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
16486 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
16487 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
16488 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
16489 bound to the current value of the filter.
16497 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuf-macs" '("ibuffer-save-marks" "ibuffer-awhen" "ibuffer-aif")))
16499 ;;;***
16500 \f
16501 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
16502 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
16505 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
16506 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
16507 buffers which are visiting a file.
16512 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
16513 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
16514 buffers which are visiting a file.
16519 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
16520 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
16522 All arguments are optional.
16523 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
16525 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
16526 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
16527 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
16528 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
16529 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
16530 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
16531 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
16532 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
16533 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
16534 that value locally in this buffer.
16538 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuffer" '("ibuffer-" "filename-and-process" "filename" "process" "mode" "size" "name" "modified" "read-only" "mark")))
16540 ;;;***
16541 \f
16542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (0 0 0
16543 ;;;;;; 0))
16544 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
16548 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
16549 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
16550 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
16555 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
16556 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
16557 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
16558 ICAL-FILENAME.
16559 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
16560 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
16561 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
16566 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
16567 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
16568 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
16569 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
16570 non-marking or not.
16575 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
16577 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
16578 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
16579 DIARY-FILE.
16581 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
16582 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
16583 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
16585 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
16586 non-marking.
16588 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
16589 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
16590 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
16594 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icalendar" '("icalendar--" "icalendar-")))
16596 ;;;***
16597 \f
16598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
16599 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
16602 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
16603 See the `icomplete-mode' command
16604 for a description of this minor mode.
16605 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16606 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16612 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
16613 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
16614 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16615 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16617 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
16618 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
16619 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
16620 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
16622 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
16625 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
16626 completions:
16636 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icomplete" '("icomplete-" "icomplete--field-" "icomplete--in-region-" "icomplete--completion-predicate" "icomplete--completion-table")))
16638 ;;;***
16639 \f
16640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (0 0 0 0))
16641 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
16644 Major mode for editing Icon code.
16645 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
16646 Tab indents for Icon code.
16647 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16648 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16650 Variables controlling indentation style:
16651 icon-tab-always-indent
16652 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
16653 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16654 icon-auto-newline
16655 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
16656 inserted in Icon code.
16657 icon-indent-level
16658 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
16659 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
16660 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
16661 icon-continued-statement-offset
16662 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
16663 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
16664 icon-continued-brace-offset
16665 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
16666 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
16667 icon-brace-offset
16668 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
16669 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
16670 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
16671 this far to the right of the start of its line.
16673 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
16674 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
16678 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icon" '("icon-" "electric-icon-brace" "calculate-icon-indent" "mark-icon-function" "beginning-of-icon-defun" "end-of-icon-defun" "indent-icon-exp")))
16680 ;;;***
16681 \f
16682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-complete-structtag" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
16683 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16684 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el
16686 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-complete-structtag" '("idlwave-complete-structure-" "idlwave-structtag-" "idlwave-current-" "idlwave-prepare-structure-tag-completion" "idlwave-sint-structtags")))
16688 ;;;***
16689 \f
16690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-help" "progmodes/idlw-help.el" (0 0 0
16691 ;;;;;; 0))
16692 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-help.el
16694 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-help" '("idlwave-")))
16696 ;;;***
16697 \f
16698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (0 0
16699 ;;;;;; 0 0))
16700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
16703 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
16704 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
16705 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
16707 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
16708 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
16709 separate frames.
16711 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
16712 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
16714 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
16715 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
16716 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
16722 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-shell" '("idlwave-")))
16724 ;;;***
16725 \f
16726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-toolbar" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
16727 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16728 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el
16730 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-toolbar" '("idlwave-toolbar-")))
16732 ;;;***
16733 \f
16734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (0 0 0 0))
16735 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
16739 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
16741 The main features of this mode are
16743 1. Indentation and Formatting
16744 --------------------------
16745 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
16746 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
16749 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
16750 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
16751 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
16753 Comments are indented as follows:
16755 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
16756 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
16757 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
16759 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
16762 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
16763 relative to the first will be retained. Use
16765 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
16766 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
16768 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
16773 2. Routine Info
16774 ------------
16775 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
16776 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
16778 source file of a module. These commands know about system
16779 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
16780 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
16781 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
16782 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
16784 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
16786 3. Online IDL Help
16787 ---------------
16790 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
16791 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
16792 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
16794 4. Completion
16795 ----------
16797 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
16798 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
16799 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
16800 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
16801 upper case.
16803 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
16804 --------------------------------
16805 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
16820 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
16823 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
16824 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
16827 6. Automatic Case Conversion
16828 -------------------------
16829 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
16830 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
16832 7. Automatic END completion
16833 ------------------------
16834 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
16835 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
16837 8. Hooks
16838 -----
16839 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
16840 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
16842 9. Documentation and Customization
16843 -------------------------------
16844 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
16846 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
16847 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
16848 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
16849 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
16851 10.Keybindings
16852 -----------
16853 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
16855 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
16861 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlwave" '("idlwave-")))
16863 ;;;***
16864 \f
16865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (0 0 0 0))
16866 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
16869 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
16870 The following values are possible:
16871 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
16872 displaying...)
16873 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
16874 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
16875 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
16877 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16883 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
16884 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
16885 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
16886 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
16887 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
16888 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
16889 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
16890 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
16895 Switch to another buffer.
16896 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
16897 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
16898 in another frame.
16900 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
16901 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
16902 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
16903 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
16906 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
16907 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
16914 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
16915 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
16916 in a separate window.
16930 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
16931 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16932 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16937 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
16938 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16939 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16944 Kill a buffer.
16945 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16946 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16951 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
16952 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16953 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16958 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
16959 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
16960 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
16965 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
16970 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
16971 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
16972 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
16973 in another frame.
16975 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
16976 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
16977 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
16978 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
16979 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
16982 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
16983 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
16990 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
16991 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
16992 in a separate window.
17015 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
17016 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17017 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17022 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
17023 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17024 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17029 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
17030 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17031 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17036 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
17037 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17038 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17043 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
17044 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17045 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17050 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
17051 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17052 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17057 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
17058 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17059 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17064 Write current buffer to a file.
17065 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17066 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17071 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
17072 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17073 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17078 Call `dired' the Ido way.
17079 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17080 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17085 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
17086 Return the name of a buffer selected.
17087 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
17088 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
17089 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
17094 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
17095 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
17096 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
17101 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
17102 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
17103 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
17108 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
17109 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
17110 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
17111 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
17112 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
17113 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
17114 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
17115 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
17116 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
17117 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
17118 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
17119 with point positioned at the end.
17120 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
17121 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
17123 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
17127 ;;;***
17128 \f
17129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (0 0 0 0))
17130 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
17133 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
17134 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
17135 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
17139 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ielm" '("ielm-" "inferior-emacs-lisp-" "*3" "*2" "*1" "***" "**" "*")))
17141 ;;;***
17142 \f
17143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ietf-drums" "mail/ietf-drums.el" (0 0 0 0))
17144 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/ietf-drums.el
17146 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ietf-drums" '("ietf-drums-")))
17148 ;;;***
17149 \f
17150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
17151 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
17156 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
17157 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
17158 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17159 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
17164 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iimage" '("iimage-mode-" "turn-off-iimage-mode" "iimage-recenter" "iimage-modification-hook")))
17166 ;;;***
17167 \f
17168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (0 0 0 0))
17169 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
17172 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
17173 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
17174 be determined.
17179 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
17180 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
17181 be determined.
17186 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
17187 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
17188 be determined.
17193 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
17194 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
17195 be determined.
17200 Determine and return image type.
17201 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
17202 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
17203 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
17204 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
17205 use its file extension as image type.
17206 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
17211 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
17212 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
17217 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
17218 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
17220 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
17221 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
17222 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
17223 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
17224 must be available.
17229 Create an image.
17230 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
17231 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
17232 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
17233 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
17234 use its file extension as image type.
17235 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
17236 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
17237 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
17238 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
17240 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
17242 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
17244 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
17249 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
17250 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
17251 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
17252 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
17253 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
17254 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
17255 POS may be an integer or marker.
17256 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17257 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17258 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17259 means display it in the right marginal area.
17264 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
17265 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
17266 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
17267 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
17268 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17269 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17270 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17271 means display it in the right marginal area.
17272 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
17273 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
17274 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
17275 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
17276 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
17281 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
17282 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
17283 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
17284 STRING is a single space.
17285 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17286 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17287 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17288 means display it in the right marginal area.
17289 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
17294 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
17295 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
17296 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
17301 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
17303 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
17305 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
17306 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
17307 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
17308 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
17309 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
17310 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
17311 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
17312 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
17313 satisfied.
17315 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
17317 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
17322 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
17324 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
17325 documentation string.
17327 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
17328 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
17329 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
17330 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
17331 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
17332 string containing the actual image data. The first image
17333 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
17334 define SYMBOL.
17336 Example:
17346 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
17347 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
17348 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
17350 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
17351 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
17352 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
17353 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
17355 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
17359 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image" '("image-" "image--" "imagemagick-" "imagemagick--file-regexp")))
17361 ;;;***
17362 \f
17363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
17364 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
17368 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
17369 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
17370 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
17371 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
17372 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
17377 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
17379 Convenience command that:
17381 - Opens dired in folder DIR
17382 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
17383 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
17385 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
17386 image files in dired and type
17389 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
17391 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
17392 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
17397 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
17398 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
17399 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
17400 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
17401 another one).
17403 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
17404 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
17405 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
17407 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
17408 instead of erasing it first.
17410 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
17411 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
17412 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
17413 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
17414 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
17415 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
17420 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
17421 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
17422 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
17423 displayed.
17432 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
17437 Remove tag for selected file(s).
17438 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
17443 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
17448 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
17449 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
17450 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
17455 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
17460 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
17465 Display file at point using an external viewer.
17470 Display current image file.
17471 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
17472 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
17477 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
17482 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
17483 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
17484 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
17485 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
17486 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
17487 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
17492 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
17493 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
17494 easy-to-use form.
17498 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-dired" '("image-dired-" "image-dired--with-db-file")))
17500 ;;;***
17501 \f
17502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
17503 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
17505 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
17506 A list of image-file filename extensions.
17507 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
17508 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
17510 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
17511 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
17512 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
17518 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
17519 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
17520 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
17522 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
17523 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
17524 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
17530 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
17535 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
17536 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
17537 the command `insert-file-contents'.
17542 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
17543 See the `auto-image-file-mode' command
17544 for a description of this minor mode.
17545 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17546 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17552 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
17553 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
17554 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17555 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17557 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
17558 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
17559 `image-file-name-regexps'.
17563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-file" '("image-file-yank-handler" "image-file-handler" "image-file-call-underlying")))
17565 ;;;***
17566 \f
17567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
17568 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
17571 Major mode for image files.
17572 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] or \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-hex-display]
17573 to toggle between display as an image and display as text or hex.
17575 Key bindings:
17581 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
17582 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
17583 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17584 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17587 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
17588 actual image.
17593 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
17594 A non-mage major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or fundamental mode
17595 displays an image file as text.
17604 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-mode" '("image-" "image--set-speed")))
17606 ;;;***
17607 \f
17608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imap" "net/imap.el" (0 0 0 0))
17609 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/imap.el
17613 ;;;***
17614 \f
17615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
17616 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
17619 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
17621 Affects only the mouse index menu.
17623 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
17624 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
17625 in the buffer.
17627 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
17629 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
17630 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
17636 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
17637 Each element of this list should have the form
17639 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
17641 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
17642 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
17643 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
17644 matches are put).
17645 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
17646 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
17647 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
17648 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
17649 another element.
17650 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
17651 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
17652 the menu item.
17653 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
17654 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
17655 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
17656 the ARGUMENTS.
17658 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
17659 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
17660 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
17662 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
17663 create a buffer index.
17665 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
17666 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
17674 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
17676 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
17677 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
17678 called within a `save-excursion'.
17685 Function for finding the next index position.
17687 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
17688 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
17689 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
17690 file.
17692 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
17698 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
17700 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
17701 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
17707 Function to compare string with index item.
17709 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
17710 non-nil if they match.
17712 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
17713 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
17720 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
17731 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
17732 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
17733 See the command `imenu' for more information.
17740 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
17745 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
17746 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
17747 for more information.
17751 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "imenu" '("imenu-" "imenu--")))
17753 ;;;***
17754 \f
17755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
17756 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
17759 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
17779 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
17783 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ind-util" '("is13194-" "indian-" "ucs-to-is13194-regexp" "ucs-to-iscii-region" "iscii-to-ucs-region")))
17785 ;;;***
17786 \f
17787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
17788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
17791 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
17792 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
17793 to that buffer.
17794 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
17795 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
17796 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
17803 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inf-lisp" '("lisp-" "inferior-lisp-" "switch-to-lisp")))
17805 ;;;***
17806 \f
17807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (0 0 0 0))
17808 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
17810 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
17811 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
17812 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
17813 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
17814 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
17815 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
17816 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
17817 first in this list.
17819 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
17820 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
17821 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
17822 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
17823 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
17825 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
17826 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
17827 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
17830 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
17836 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
17837 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
17838 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
17839 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
17841 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
17842 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
17843 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
17844 with the top-level Info directory.
17846 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
17847 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
17851 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
17852 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
17853 in all the directories in that path.
17855 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
17860 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
17870 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
17871 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
17877 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
17878 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
17879 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
17884 Go to the Info directory node.
17889 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
17890 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
17891 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
17893 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
17898 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
17899 Build a menu of the possible matches.
17904 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
17905 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
17906 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
17907 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
17912 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
17914 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
17915 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
17920 Selecting other nodes:
17922 Follow a node reference you click on.
17923 This works with menu items, cross references, and
17925 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
17930 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
17940 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
17944 Moving within a node:
17946 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
17947 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
17948 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
17949 move up to the parent node.
17951 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
17952 if there is none.
17955 Advanced commands:
17957 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
17958 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
17959 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
17961 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
17965 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
17966 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
17967 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
17971 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
17977 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
17978 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
17979 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
17980 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
17981 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
17987 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
17988 KEY is a string.
17989 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
17990 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
17991 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
17992 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
17997 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
17998 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
18003 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
18004 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
18009 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
18010 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
18011 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
18012 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
18013 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
18017 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info" '("Info-" "info-" "info--manual-names" "info--prettify-description" "Info--search-loop")))
18019 ;;;***
18020 \f
18021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (0 0 0 0))
18022 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
18025 Throw away all cached data.
18026 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
18027 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
18028 system.
18034 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
18035 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
18036 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
18037 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
18038 one found at point.
18040 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
18046 Display the documentation of a file.
18047 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
18048 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
18049 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
18050 The default file name is the one found at point.
18052 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
18057 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
18062 Perform completion on file preceding point.
18066 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info-look" '("info-lookup-" "info-lookup" "info-complete")))
18068 ;;;***
18069 \f
18070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
18071 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
18075 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
18076 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
18077 current info file is the default.
18079 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
18080 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
18081 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
18082 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
18083 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
18085 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
18086 validate node references within it. A message is given for
18087 missing target files once per source document. It could be
18088 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
18089 mistake in the reference.
18091 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
18092 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
18093 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
18096 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
18097 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
18098 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
18103 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
18104 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
18105 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
18106 checked.
18110 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
18111 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
18112 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
18113 should be harmless.
18118 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
18119 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
18120 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
18122 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
18123 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
18124 and can take a long time.
18129 Check docstring info node references in source files.
18130 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
18132 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
18134 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
18135 as per `info-xref-check' does.
18137 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
18139 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
18140 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
18141 all builtins).
18143 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
18144 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
18145 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
18146 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
18147 the sources handy.
18151 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info-xref" '("info-xref-")))
18153 ;;;***
18154 \f
18155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (0 0 0 0))
18156 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
18159 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
18169 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
18170 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
18171 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
18173 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
18174 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
18175 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
18177 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
18178 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
18179 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
18180 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
18185 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
18186 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
18191 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
18192 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
18193 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
18198 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "informat" '("Info-validate-node-name" "Info-validate-tags-table")))
18200 ;;;***
18201 \f
18202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (0 0 0 0))
18203 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
18214 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inline" '("inline--" "inline-const-" "inline-quote" "inline-error" "inline-letevals")))
18216 ;;;***
18217 \f
18218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (0 0 0 0))
18219 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
18223 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
18224 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
18228 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inversion" '("inversion-")))
18230 ;;;***
18231 \f
18232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (0
18233 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
18234 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
18237 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
18242 Toggle input method in interactive search.
18251 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "isearch-x" '("isearch-with-keyboard-coding" "isearch-with-input-method" "isearch-minibuffer-local-map" "isearch-exit-recursive-edit")))
18253 ;;;***
18254 \f
18255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (0 0 0 0))
18256 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
18260 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
18261 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
18262 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
18263 accessed via isearchb.
18267 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "isearchb" '("isearchb-" "isearchb")))
18269 ;;;***
18270 \f
18271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-ascii" "international/iso-ascii.el" (0
18272 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
18273 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-ascii.el
18275 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-ascii" '("iso-ascii-mode" "iso-ascii-display" "iso-ascii-standard-display-table" "iso-ascii-display-table" "iso-ascii-convenient")))
18277 ;;;***
18278 \f
18279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (0 0 0
18280 ;;;;;; 0))
18281 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
18284 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
18285 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18286 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
18287 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18292 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
18293 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
18294 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
18295 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18300 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
18301 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18302 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
18303 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18308 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18309 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18310 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
18311 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18316 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18317 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18318 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
18319 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18324 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
18325 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18326 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
18327 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18332 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
18333 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18334 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
18335 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18340 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
18342 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18347 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18349 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18354 Warn that format is read-only.
18359 Warn that format is write-only.
18364 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
18368 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-cvt" '("iso-")))
18370 ;;;***
18371 \f
18372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
18373 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18374 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
18378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-transl" '("iso-transl-")))
18380 ;;;***
18381 \f
18382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (0 0 0 0))
18383 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
18388 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
18401 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
18402 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
18407 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
18409 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
18411 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
18413 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage"))) "\
18414 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
18415 The alist key must be a regular expression.
18416 Valid forms include:
18417 (KEY) - just skip the key.
18418 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
18419 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
18422 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\cref" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
18423 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
18424 First list is used raw.
18427 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
18430 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
18431 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
18432 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
18433 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
18439 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
18440 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
18441 in a window allowing you to choose one.
18443 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
18444 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
18445 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
18446 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
18447 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
18449 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
18450 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
18452 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
18453 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
18455 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
18456 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
18461 Return values:
18462 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
18463 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
18466 quit spell session exited.
18471 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
18472 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
18477 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
18479 Selections are:
18481 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
18482 SPC: Accept word this time.
18483 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
18484 `a': Accept word for this session.
18485 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
18486 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
18487 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
18488 `?': Show these commands.
18489 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
18490 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
18491 the aborted check to be completed later.
18492 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
18493 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
18494 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
18495 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
18496 `C-l': Redraw screen.
18497 `C-r': Recursive edit.
18498 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
18503 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
18504 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
18505 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
18510 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
18514 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
18519 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
18520 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
18521 amount for last line processed.
18526 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
18531 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
18536 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
18537 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
18542 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
18547 Try to complete the word before or at point.
18548 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
18549 sequence inside of a word.
18551 Standard ispell choices are then available.
18556 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
18561 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
18562 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
18563 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
18565 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
18566 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
18567 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
18568 available on the net.
18573 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
18574 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
18575 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
18576 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18578 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
18579 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
18580 spelled.
18582 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
18584 SPC.
18587 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
18592 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
18593 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
18594 Don't check included messages.
18596 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
18597 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
18598 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
18600 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
18601 in your init file:
18607 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
18608 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
18613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ispell" '("ispell-" "ispell--make-\\\\w-expression" "ispell--make-filename-or-URL-re" "check-ispell-version" "ispell--\\\\w-filter")))
18615 ;;;***
18616 \f
18617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ja-dic-cnv" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
18618 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18619 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ja-dic-cnv.el
18621 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ja-dic-cnv" '("skkdic-" "batch-skkdic-convert" "ja-dic-filename")))
18623 ;;;***
18624 \f
18625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ja-dic-utl" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
18626 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18627 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ja-dic-utl.el
18629 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ja-dic-utl" '("skkdic-")))
18631 ;;;***
18632 \f
18633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (0 0
18634 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18635 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
18643 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
18644 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18645 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18646 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
18647 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
18648 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
18649 necessary to represent OBJ.
18654 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
18655 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18656 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18661 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
18662 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18663 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18664 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
18669 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
18670 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18671 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18676 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
18677 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
18678 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18683 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
18688 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
18689 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
18690 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18691 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
18696 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
18697 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
18698 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18699 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
18704 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18705 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
18709 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "japan-util" '("japanese-replace-region" "japanese-symbol-table" "japanese-string-conversion" "japanese-alpha-numeric-table" "japanese-kana-table")))
18711 ;;;***
18712 \f
18713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (0 0 0 0))
18714 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
18717 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
18718 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
18727 Uninstall jka-compr.
18728 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
18729 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
18730 by `jka-compr-installed'.
18734 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "jka-compr" '("jka-compr-" "compression-error")))
18736 ;;;***
18737 \f
18738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (0 0 0 0))
18739 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
18743 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
18748 Major mode for editing JSX.
18750 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
18751 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
18752 locally, like so:
18754 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
18755 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
18761 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
18763 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "js" '("js--" "js-" "with-js")))
18765 ;;;***
18766 \f
18767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (0 0 0 0))
18768 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
18771 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "json" '("json-" "json--")))
18773 ;;;***
18774 \f
18775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kermit" "kermit.el" (0 0 0 0))
18776 ;;; Generated autoloads from kermit.el
18778 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kermit" '("kermit-clean-" "kermit-default-" "kermit-send-" "kermit-esc" "kermit-esc-char")))
18780 ;;;***
18781 \f
18782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (0 0 0 0))
18783 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
18786 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
18787 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18793 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
18794 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18800 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
18801 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18807 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
18808 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
18814 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
18815 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
18816 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
18817 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
18818 keys are bound.
18820 Setup Binding
18821 -------------------------------------------------------------
18822 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
18823 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
18824 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
18825 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
18826 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
18827 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
18828 in the global and local keymaps.
18830 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
18831 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
18835 ;;;***
18836 \f
18837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (0 0 0
18838 ;;;;;; 0))
18839 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
18842 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
18843 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
18845 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
18846 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
18847 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
18848 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
18849 shorter.
18851 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
18852 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
18853 the context of text formatting.
18857 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kinsoku" '("kinsoku-shorter" "kinsoku-limit" "kinsoku-longer")))
18859 ;;;***
18860 \f
18861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (0 0 0 0))
18862 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
18865 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
18866 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
18867 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
18868 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
18872 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
18873 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
18874 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
18875 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
18876 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
18877 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
18883 ;;;***
18884 \f
18885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
18886 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
18891 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
18892 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
18893 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
18895 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
18896 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
18897 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
18899 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
18901 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
18902 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
18903 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
18907 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
18910 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
18911 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
18913 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
18914 defining the macro.
18917 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
18923 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18925 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
18926 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
18930 under that name.
18932 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
18933 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
18934 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
18936 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18938 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
18940 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
18941 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
18943 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
18944 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
18945 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
18946 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
18948 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
18951 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
18953 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
18954 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
18955 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
18957 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
18958 macro.
18961 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
18963 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
18965 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
18970 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18972 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
18973 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
18974 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
18977 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
18979 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
18980 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
18981 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
18982 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
18984 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
18987 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
18989 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
18990 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
18991 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
18993 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
18995 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kmacro" '("kmacro-")))
18997 ;;;***
18998 \f
18999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (0 0
19000 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19001 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
19003 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
19004 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
19007 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
19010 \(fn)" nil nil)
19012 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "korea-util" '("isearch-" "quail-hangul-switch-" "toggle-korean-input-method" "korean-key-bindings" "exit-korean-environment")))
19014 ;;;***
19015 \f
19016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
19017 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
19019 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
19022 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
19024 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
19025 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
19026 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
19027 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
19028 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
19029 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
19031 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
19032 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
19034 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
19036 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
19037 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
19039 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
19041 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
19044 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
19046 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
19049 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
19051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lao-util" '("lao-transcription-" "lao-category-table" "lao-composition-pattern" "lao-vowel-reordering-rule")))
19053 ;;;***
19054 \f
19055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (0 0
19056 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19057 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
19059 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
19062 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
19064 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
19066 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
19067 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
19068 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
19070 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
19072 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
19073 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
19074 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
19076 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
19078 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
19081 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
19083 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
19085 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "latexenc" '("latexenc-dont-use-TeX-master-flag" "latexenc-dont-use-tex-guess-main-file-flag")))
19087 ;;;***
19088 \f
19089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
19090 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19091 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
19093 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
19094 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
19095 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
19096 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
19097 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
19098 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
19099 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
19100 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
19102 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
19103 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
19105 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19108 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
19110 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
19111 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
19112 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
19113 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
19114 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
19115 `latin1-display-setup'.
19117 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
19119 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
19120 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
19121 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
19122 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
19124 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19127 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
19129 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "latin1-disp" '("latin1-display-")))
19131 ;;;***
19132 \f
19133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (0 0 0
19134 ;;;;;; 0))
19135 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
19137 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
19138 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
19140 \(fn)" t nil)
19142 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ld-script" '("ld-script-font-lock-keywords" "ld-script-builtins" "ld-script-keywords" "ld-script-mode-syntax-table" "ld-script-location-counter-face")))
19144 ;;;***
19145 \f
19146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ldap" "net/ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
19147 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ldap.el
19149 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ldap" '("ldap-")))
19151 ;;;***
19152 \f
19153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "legacy-gnus-agent" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
19154 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19155 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el
19157 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "legacy-gnus-agent" '("gnus-agent-convert-to-compressed-" "gnus-agent-compressed-agentview-search-only" "gnus-agent-unlist-expire-days" "gnus-agent-unhook-expire-days" "gnus-agent-convert-agentview")))
19159 ;;;***
19160 \f
19161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (0 0
19162 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19163 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
19164 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
19166 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
19167 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
19168 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
19169 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
19171 For instance, the following code
19173 (let-alist alist
19174 (if (and .title .body)
19175 .body
19176 .site
19177 .site.contents))
19179 essentially expands to
19185 (if (and .title .body)
19186 .body
19187 .site
19188 .site.contents))
19190 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
19191 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
19192 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
19193 displayed in the example above.
19195 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
19197 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19199 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "let-alist" '("let-alist--remove-dot" "let-alist--list-to-sexp" "let-alist--access-sexp" "let-alist--deep-dot-search")))
19201 ;;;***
19202 \f
19203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (0 0 0 0))
19204 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
19206 (autoload 'life "life" "\
19207 Run Conway's Life simulation.
19208 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
19209 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
19210 generations (this defaults to 1).
19212 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
19214 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "life" '("life-")))
19216 ;;;***
19217 \f
19218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (0 0 0 0))
19219 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
19220 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
19222 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
19223 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
19224 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
19225 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
19226 if ARG is omitted or nil.
19228 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
19230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19232 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
19233 Non-nil if Global Linum mode is enabled.
19234 See the `global-linum-mode' command
19235 for a description of this minor mode.
19236 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19237 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19238 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
19240 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
19242 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
19243 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
19244 With prefix ARG, enable Global Linum mode if ARG is positive;
19245 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
19246 ARG is omitted or nil.
19248 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
19249 `linum-on' would do it.
19250 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
19252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19254 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "linum" '("linum-" "linum--face-width")))
19256 ;;;***
19257 \f
19258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lisp-mnt" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" (0 0 0
19259 ;;;;;; 0))
19260 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el
19262 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lisp-mnt" '("lm-")))
19264 ;;;***
19265 \f
19266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (0 0 0 0))
19267 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
19269 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
19270 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
19271 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
19272 is nil, raise an error.
19274 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
19275 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
19276 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
19277 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
19278 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
19279 defined by the library.
19281 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
19282 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
19283 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
19284 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
19285 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
19286 proceeds.
19288 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
19289 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
19290 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
19291 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
19293 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19295 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "loadhist" '("file-" "feature-" "unload-" "read-feature" "loadhist-hook-functions" "unload--set-major-mode")))
19297 ;;;***
19298 \f
19299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (0 0 0 0))
19300 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
19302 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
19303 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
19306 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
19308 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
19309 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
19310 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
19311 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
19313 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
19314 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
19315 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
19316 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
19317 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
19318 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
19319 the version.)
19321 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
19322 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
19324 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
19325 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
19327 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
19328 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
19330 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
19332 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
19333 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
19334 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
19335 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
19336 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
19337 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
19338 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
19339 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
19340 to constrain a big search.
19342 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
19344 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
19345 except that FILTER is not optional.
19347 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
19349 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "locate" '("locate-")))
19351 ;;;***
19352 \f
19353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
19354 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
19356 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
19357 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
19358 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
19360 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
19361 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
19362 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
19365 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
19367 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
19368 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
19369 associated values:
19370 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
19371 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
19372 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
19373 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
19374 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
19376 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
19377 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
19378 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
19380 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19382 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "log-edit" '("log-edit-" "log-edit--match-first-line" "vc-log-entry-mode" "vc-log-mode-map")))
19384 ;;;***
19385 \f
19386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
19387 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
19389 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
19390 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
19392 \(fn)" t nil)
19394 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "log-view" '("log-view-")))
19396 ;;;***
19397 \f
19398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19399 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
19401 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
19402 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
19404 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux)) "\
19407 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
19408 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
19409 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
19411 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
19412 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
19414 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
19419 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
19422 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
19424 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
19425 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
19426 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
19427 switch on this list.
19428 See `lpr-command'.")
19430 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
19432 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
19433 Name of program for printing a file.
19435 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
19436 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
19437 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
19438 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
19439 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
19440 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
19441 argument.")
19443 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
19445 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
19446 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
19447 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19448 for customization of the printer command.
19450 \(fn)" t nil)
19452 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
19453 Paginate and print buffer contents.
19455 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
19456 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
19457 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
19458 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
19460 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
19461 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
19463 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19464 for further customization of the printer command.
19466 \(fn)" t nil)
19468 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
19469 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
19470 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19471 for customization of the printer command.
19473 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19475 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
19476 Paginate and print the region contents.
19478 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
19479 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
19480 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
19481 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
19483 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
19484 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
19486 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19487 for further customization of the printer command.
19489 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19491 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lpr" '("lpr-" "print-region-function" "print-region-1" "print-region-new-buffer" "printify-region")))
19493 ;;;***
19494 \f
19495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
19496 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
19498 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
19499 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
19500 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
19502 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
19504 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ls-lisp" '("ls-lisp-" "ls-lisp--insert-directory")))
19506 ;;;***
19507 \f
19508 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (0 0 0 0))
19509 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
19511 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
19512 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
19513 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
19514 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
19516 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19518 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lunar" '("lunar-" "diary-lunar-phases" "calendar-lunar-phases")))
19520 ;;;***
19521 \f
19522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
19523 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
19525 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
19526 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
19528 \(fn)" t nil)
19530 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "m4-mode" '("m4-" "m4--quoted-p")))
19532 ;;;***
19533 \f
19534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (0 0 0 0))
19535 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
19537 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
19538 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
19539 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
19540 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
19543 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
19545 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
19546 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
19547 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
19548 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
19549 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
19551 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
19552 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
19553 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
19554 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
19555 bindings.
19557 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
19558 use this command, and then save the file.
19560 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19562 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
19563 Query user during kbd macro execution.
19564 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
19565 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
19566 each time the macro executes.
19567 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
19575 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
19577 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
19578 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
19579 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
19580 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
19582 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
19583 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
19584 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
19585 execute.
19587 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
19588 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
19590 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
19591 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
19592 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
19593 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
19596 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
19597 looked like this:
19603 You could enter the names in this format:
19605 foo
19606 bar
19607 baz
19609 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
19615 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
19618 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
19619 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
19621 ;;;***
19622 \f
19623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19624 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
19626 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
19627 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
19628 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
19629 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
19630 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
19631 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
19633 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
19634 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
19635 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
19636 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
19637 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
19639 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
19640 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
19641 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
19642 consing a string.)
19644 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
19646 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
19647 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
19649 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
19651 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-extr" '("mail-extr-")))
19653 ;;;***
19654 \f
19655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (0 0 0 0))
19656 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
19658 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
19659 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
19661 \(fn)" nil nil)
19663 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
19666 \(fn)" nil nil)
19668 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
19669 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
19671 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
19673 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
19674 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
19675 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
19676 message.
19678 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
19680 \(fn)" nil nil)
19682 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-hist" '("mail-hist-")))
19684 ;;;***
19685 \f
19686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-parse" "mail/mail-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
19687 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-parse.el
19689 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-parse" '("mail-")))
19691 ;;;***
19692 \f
19693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-prsvr" "mail/mail-prsvr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19694 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-prsvr.el
19696 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-prsvr" '("mail-parse-charset" "mail-parse-mule-charset" "mail-parse-ignored-charsets")))
19698 ;;;***
19699 \f
19700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-source" "gnus/mail-source.el" (0 0 0
19701 ;;;;;; 0))
19702 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mail-source.el
19704 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-source" '("mail-source-" "mail-sources")))
19706 ;;;***
19707 \f
19708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
19709 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
19711 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
19712 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
19713 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
19714 often correct parser.")
19716 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
19718 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
19719 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
19720 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
19721 a value which excludes your own email address.
19723 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
19724 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
19726 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
19728 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
19729 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
19731 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
19733 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
19735 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
19736 we return it unconverted.
19738 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19739 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19741 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
19743 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
19745 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19746 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19748 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
19750 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
19752 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19753 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19755 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
19757 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
19759 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
19760 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
19761 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
19762 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
19763 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
19764 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
19765 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
19766 as Rmail does.
19768 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
19770 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
19771 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
19772 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
19773 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
19774 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
19775 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
19776 matches may be returned from the message body.
19778 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
19780 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-utils" '("mail-")))
19782 ;;;***
19783 \f
19784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
19785 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
19787 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
19788 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
19789 See the `mail-abbrevs-mode' command
19790 for a description of this minor mode.
19791 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19792 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19793 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
19795 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
19797 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
19798 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
19799 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
19800 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
19801 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
19803 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
19804 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
19805 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
19806 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
19808 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19810 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
19811 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
19813 \(fn)" nil nil)
19815 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
19816 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
19817 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
19819 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
19821 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
19822 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
19823 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
19825 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
19826 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
19827 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
19828 double-quotes.
19830 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
19832 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailabbrev" '("mail-" "rebuild-mail-abbrevs" "merge-mail-abbrevs")))
19834 ;;;***
19835 \f
19836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (0 0 0 0))
19837 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
19839 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
19841 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
19842 king@grassland.com
19843 If `parens', they look like:
19844 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
19845 If `angles', they look like:
19846 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
19848 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
19850 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
19851 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
19852 If interactive, expand in header fields.
19853 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
19854 their `Resent-' variants.
19856 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
19857 removed from alias expansions.
19859 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
19861 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
19862 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
19863 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
19865 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
19866 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
19867 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
19868 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
19870 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
19872 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
19873 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
19874 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
19876 \(fn)" nil nil)
19878 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
19879 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
19880 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
19881 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
19883 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19885 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
19887 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailalias" '("mail-" "build-mail-aliases")))
19889 ;;;***
19890 \f
19891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailcap" "net/mailcap.el" (0 0 0 0))
19892 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/mailcap.el
19894 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailcap" '("mailcap-" "mailcap--set-user-mime-data" "mailcap--get-user-mime-data")))
19896 ;;;***
19897 \f
19898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (0 0 0 0))
19899 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
19901 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
19902 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
19903 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
19904 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
19906 \(fn)" nil nil)
19908 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailclient" '("mailclient-place-body-on-clipboard-flag" "mailclient-encode-string-as-url" "mailclient-delim-static" "mailclient-url-delim" "mailclient-gather-addresses")))
19910 ;;;***
19911 \f
19912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailheader" "mail/mailheader.el" (0 0 0 0))
19913 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailheader.el
19915 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailheader" '("mail-header-" "mail-header")))
19917 ;;;***
19918 \f
19919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mairix" "net/mairix.el" (0 0 0 0))
19920 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/mairix.el
19922 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mairix" '("mairix-")))
19924 ;;;***
19925 \f
19926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (0 0 0
19927 ;;;;;; 0))
19928 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
19930 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
19931 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
19933 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
19934 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
19935 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
19936 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
19937 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
19938 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
19940 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
19941 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
19942 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
19943 dependency, despite the colon.
19947 In the browser, use the following keys:
19951 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
19953 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
19954 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
19956 `makefile-target-colon':
19957 The string that gets appended to all target names
19958 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
19961 `makefile-macro-assign':
19962 The string that gets appended to all macro names
19963 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
19965 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
19966 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
19969 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
19970 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
19971 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
19973 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
19974 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
19976 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
19977 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
19978 up or down in the browser.
19980 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
19981 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
19983 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
19984 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
19986 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
19987 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
19988 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
19989 has been selected in the browser.
19991 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
19992 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
19993 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
19994 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
19995 filenames are omitted.
19997 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
19998 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
19999 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
20000 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
20001 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
20002 the backslash itself intact.
20003 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
20006 `makefile-browser-hook':
20007 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
20008 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
20010 `makefile-special-targets-list':
20011 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
20012 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
20013 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
20015 \(fn)" t nil)
20017 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
20018 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
20020 \(fn)" t nil)
20022 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
20023 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
20025 \(fn)" t nil)
20027 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
20028 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
20030 \(fn)" t nil)
20032 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
20033 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
20035 \(fn)" t nil)
20037 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
20038 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
20040 \(fn)" t nil)
20042 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "make-mode" '("makefile-")))
20044 ;;;***
20045 \f
20046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makeinfo" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" (0 0 0 0))
20047 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/makeinfo.el
20049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "makeinfo" '("makeinfo-")))
20051 ;;;***
20052 \f
20053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (0 0 0 0))
20054 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
20056 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
20057 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
20058 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
20060 \(fn)" t nil)
20062 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "makesum" '("double-column")))
20064 ;;;***
20065 \f
20066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (0 0 0 0))
20067 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
20069 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
20071 (autoload 'man "man" "\
20072 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
20073 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
20074 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
20075 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
20076 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
20077 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
20078 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
20079 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
20080 without running the man command.
20082 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
20086 cat(1)
20087 1 cat
20089 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
20091 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
20092 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
20094 -a chmod
20096 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
20097 otherwise look like a page name.
20099 /my/file/name.1.gz
20100 -l somefile.1
20103 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
20106 -k pattern
20108 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
20110 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
20111 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
20113 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
20115 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
20116 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
20118 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
20120 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "man" '("Man-" "Man--" "man-imenu-title" "manual-program")))
20122 ;;;***
20123 \f
20124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mantemp" "progmodes/mantemp.el" (0 0 0 0))
20125 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mantemp.el
20127 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mantemp" '("mantemp-make-mantemps-" "mantemp-remove-" "mantemp-insert-cxx-syntax" "mantemp-sort-and-unique-lines" "mantemp-make-mantemps")))
20129 ;;;***
20130 \f
20131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (0 0 0 0))
20132 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
20133 (push (purecopy '(map 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20135 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "map" '("map-" "map--" "mapp")))
20137 ;;;***
20138 \f
20139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (0 0 0 0))
20140 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
20141 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
20143 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
20144 Toggle Master mode.
20145 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
20146 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20147 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20149 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
20150 using the following commands:
20154 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
20155 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
20156 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
20158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20160 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "master" '("master-says-" "master-set-" "master-says" "master-show-slave" "master-of")))
20162 ;;;***
20163 \f
20164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (0 0 0 0))
20165 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
20167 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
20168 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
20169 See the `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' command
20170 for a description of this minor mode.
20171 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20172 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20173 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
20175 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
20177 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
20178 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
20179 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
20180 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
20181 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20183 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
20184 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
20185 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
20186 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
20188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20190 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mb-depth" '("minibuffer-depth-indicator-function" "minibuffer-depth-setup")))
20192 ;;;***
20193 \f
20194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (0 0 0 0))
20195 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
20196 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20198 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "md4" '("md4-" "md4")))
20200 ;;;***
20201 \f
20202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (0 0 0 0))
20203 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
20205 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
20207 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
20208 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
20210 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
20211 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
20212 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
20213 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
20214 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
20215 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
20216 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
20217 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
20219 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
20220 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
20221 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
20222 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
20224 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
20225 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
20226 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
20227 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
20228 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
20229 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
20230 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
20231 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
20232 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
20233 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
20234 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
20235 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
20236 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
20237 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
20238 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
20239 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
20240 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
20241 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
20242 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
20243 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
20244 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
20246 \(fn)" t nil)
20248 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
20249 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
20250 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
20251 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
20252 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
20254 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
20256 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
20257 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20259 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20261 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
20262 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
20264 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
20266 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
20269 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
20271 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
20272 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
20273 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
20275 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
20277 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
20278 Cancel an article you posted.
20279 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
20281 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20283 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
20284 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
20285 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
20286 header line with the old Message-ID.
20288 \(fn)" t nil)
20290 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
20291 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
20293 \(fn)" t nil)
20295 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
20296 Forward the current message via mail.
20297 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
20298 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
20300 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
20302 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
20305 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
20307 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
20310 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
20312 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
20313 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
20315 \(fn)" t nil)
20317 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
20318 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
20320 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
20322 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
20323 Re-mail the current message.
20324 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
20325 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
20326 you.
20328 \(fn)" t nil)
20330 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
20331 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
20333 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
20335 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
20336 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
20338 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
20340 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
20341 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20343 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20345 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
20346 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20348 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20350 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
20351 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
20352 Works by overstriking characters.
20353 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
20354 which specify the range to operate on.
20356 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20358 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
20359 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
20360 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
20361 which specify the range to operate on.
20363 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20365 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "message" '("message-" "nil" "message--syntax-propertize" "message--yank-original-internal")))
20367 ;;;***
20368 \f
20369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "messcompat" "gnus/messcompat.el" (0 0 0 0))
20370 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/messcompat.el
20372 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "messcompat" '("message-")))
20374 ;;;***
20375 \f
20376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (0 0 0
20377 ;;;;;; 0))
20378 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
20379 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20381 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
20382 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
20384 \(fn)" t nil)
20386 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
20387 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
20389 \(fn)" t nil)
20391 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "meta-mode" '("meta-" "metapost-" "metafont-" "font-lock-match-meta-declaration-item-and-skip-to-next")))
20393 ;;;***
20394 \f
20395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (0 0 0 0))
20396 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
20398 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
20399 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
20400 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
20402 \(fn)" t nil)
20404 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
20405 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
20406 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20407 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20408 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20409 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20410 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
20412 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20414 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
20415 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
20416 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20417 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20418 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
20419 means current).
20420 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20421 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20423 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20425 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
20426 Process current region through `metamail'.
20427 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20428 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20429 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
20430 means current).
20431 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20432 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20434 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20436 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "metamail" '("metamail-switches" "metamail-environment" "metamail-mailer-name" "metamail-program-name")))
20438 ;;;***
20439 \f
20440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-acros" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" (0 0 0 0))
20441 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-acros.el
20443 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-acros" '("mh-" "defun-mh" "defmacro-mh" "with-mh-folder-updating")))
20445 ;;;***
20446 \f
20447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-alias" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" (0 0 0 0))
20448 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-alias.el
20450 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-alias" '("mh-alias-" "mh-folder-line-matches-show-buffer-p" "mh-read-address")))
20452 ;;;***
20453 \f
20454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-buffers" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" (0 0 0 0))
20455 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-buffers.el
20457 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-buffers" '("mh-")))
20459 ;;;***
20460 \f
20461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (0 0 0 0))
20462 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
20464 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
20465 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
20466 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
20468 \(fn)" t nil)
20470 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
20471 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
20472 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
20474 \(fn)" t nil)
20476 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
20477 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
20479 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
20480 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
20483 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
20484 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
20486 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
20487 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
20489 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
20491 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
20493 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
20494 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
20495 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
20496 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
20497 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
20498 as `compose-mail'.
20500 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
20501 initial Subject field, respectively.
20503 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
20504 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
20505 are strings.
20507 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
20508 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
20510 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
20512 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
20513 Save draft and send message.
20515 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
20516 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
20520 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
20521 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
20522 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
20524 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
20525 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
20526 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
20527 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
20528 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
20529 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
20532 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
20534 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
20535 message and scan line.
20537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20539 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
20540 Quit editing and delete draft message.
20542 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
20543 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
20545 delete the draft message.
20547 \(fn)" t nil)
20549 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-comp" '("mh-")))
20551 ;;;***
20552 \f
20553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-compat" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
20554 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-compat.el
20556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-compat" '("mh-")))
20558 ;;;***
20559 \f
20560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (0 0 0 0))
20561 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
20562 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
20564 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
20566 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
20568 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
20570 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
20571 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
20573 \(fn)" t nil)
20575 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-e" '("mh-" "defgroup-mh" "defcustom-mh" "defface-mh")))
20577 ;;;***
20578 \f
20579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (0 0 0 0))
20580 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
20582 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
20583 Incorporate new mail with MH.
20584 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
20586 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
20587 the MH mail system.
20589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20591 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
20592 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
20593 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
20595 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
20596 the MH mail system.
20598 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20600 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
20603 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
20604 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
20605 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
20606 separate command.
20608 Options that control this mode can be changed with
20610 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
20611 format.
20613 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
20615 Ranges
20616 ======
20617 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
20618 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
20619 can be used in several ways.
20622 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
20623 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
20624 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
20625 page):
20627 <num1>-<num2>
20628 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
20629 The range must be nonempty.
20631 <num>:N
20632 <num>:+N
20633 <num>:-N
20634 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
20635 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
20636 last.
20638 first:N
20639 prev:N
20640 next:N
20641 last:N
20642 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
20644 all
20645 All of the messages.
20647 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
20648 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
20650 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
20651 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
20652 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
20656 \(fn)" t nil)
20658 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-folder" '("mh-")))
20660 ;;;***
20661 \f
20662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-funcs" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
20663 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-funcs.el
20665 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-funcs" '("mh-")))
20667 ;;;***
20668 \f
20669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-identity" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" (0 0 0
20670 ;;;;;; 0))
20671 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-identity.el
20673 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-identity" '("mh-identity-" "mh-header-field-delete" "mh-insert-identity")))
20675 ;;;***
20676 \f
20677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-inc" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" (0 0 0 0))
20678 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-inc.el
20680 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-inc" '("mh-inc-spool-map-help" "mh-inc-spool-make" "mh-inc-spool-make-no-autoload" "mh-inc-spool-generator" "mh-inc-spool-def-key")))
20682 ;;;***
20683 \f
20684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-junk" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" (0 0 0 0))
20685 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-junk.el
20687 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-junk" '("mh-")))
20689 ;;;***
20690 \f
20691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-letter" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" (0 0 0 0))
20692 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-letter.el
20694 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-letter" '("mh-")))
20696 ;;;***
20697 \f
20698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-limit" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" (0 0 0 0))
20699 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-limit.el
20701 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-limit" '("mh-")))
20703 ;;;***
20704 \f
20705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" (0 0 0 0))
20706 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-mime.el
20708 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-mime" '("mh-")))
20710 ;;;***
20711 \f
20712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-print" "mh-e/mh-print.el" (0 0 0 0))
20713 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-print.el
20715 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-print" '("mh-ps-print-" "mh-print-msg" "mh-ps-spool-msg" "mh-ps-spool-buffer")))
20717 ;;;***
20718 \f
20719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-scan" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" (0 0 0 0))
20720 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-scan.el
20722 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-scan" '("mh-")))
20724 ;;;***
20725 \f
20726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-search" "mh-e/mh-search.el" (0 0 0 0))
20727 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-search.el
20729 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-search" '("mh-")))
20731 ;;;***
20732 \f
20733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-seq" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" (0 0 0 0))
20734 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-seq.el
20736 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-seq" '("mh-")))
20738 ;;;***
20739 \f
20740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-show" "mh-e/mh-show.el" (0 0 0 0))
20741 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-show.el
20743 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-show" '("mh-")))
20745 ;;;***
20746 \f
20747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-speed" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" (0 0 0 0))
20748 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-speed.el
20750 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-speed" '("mh-")))
20752 ;;;***
20753 \f
20754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-thread" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" (0 0 0 0))
20755 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-thread.el
20757 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-thread" '("mh-toggle-threads" "mh-thread-" "mh-message-id-regexp")))
20759 ;;;***
20760 \f
20761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-tool-bar" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" (0 0 0
20762 ;;;;;; 0))
20763 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el
20765 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-tool-bar" '("mh-tool-bar-")))
20767 ;;;***
20768 \f
20769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
20770 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el
20772 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-utils" '("mh-")))
20774 ;;;***
20775 \f
20776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-xface" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" (0 0 0 0))
20777 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-xface.el
20779 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-xface" '("mh-")))
20781 ;;;***
20782 \f
20783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (0 0 0 0))
20784 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
20786 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
20787 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
20788 See the `midnight-mode' command
20789 for a description of this minor mode.
20790 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20791 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20792 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
20794 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
20796 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
20797 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
20799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20801 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
20802 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
20803 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
20804 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
20805 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
20806 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
20807 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
20808 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
20809 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
20810 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
20813 \(fn)" t nil)
20815 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
20816 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
20817 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
20818 to its second argument TM.
20820 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
20822 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "midnight" '("midnight-" "clean-buffer-list-kill-" "clean-buffer-list-delay" "clean-buffer-list-delay-special" "clean-buffer-list-delay-general")))
20824 ;;;***
20825 \f
20826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (0 0 0 0))
20827 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
20829 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
20830 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
20831 See the `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' command
20832 for a description of this minor mode.
20833 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20834 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20835 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
20837 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
20839 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
20840 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
20841 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
20842 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
20843 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20845 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
20846 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
20847 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
20848 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
20849 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
20850 is modified to remove the default indication.
20852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20854 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "minibuf-eldef" '("minibuf-eldef-" "minibuffer-default-in-prompt-regexps" "minibuffer-eldef-shorten-default" "minibuffer-default--in-prompt-regexps")))
20856 ;;;***
20857 \f
20858 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (0 0 0 0))
20859 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
20861 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
20862 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
20863 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
20864 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
20865 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
20866 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
20867 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
20868 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
20869 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
20871 \(fn)" t nil)
20873 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
20874 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
20875 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
20876 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
20877 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
20878 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
20880 The return value is always nil.
20882 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
20884 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "misc" '("mark-" "list-dynamic-libraries--" "copy-from-above-command" "zap-up-to-char" "upcase-char" "forward-to-word" "backward-to-word")))
20886 ;;;***
20887 \f
20888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (0 0 0 0))
20889 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
20890 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
20892 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
20893 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
20895 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
20896 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
20897 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
20898 next occurrence.
20900 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
20901 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
20902 end of the search space).
20904 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
20905 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
20906 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
20907 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
20908 should return the previous buffer to search.
20910 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
20911 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
20912 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
20914 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
20915 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
20916 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
20917 Isearch starts.")
20919 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
20920 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
20921 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
20923 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
20924 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
20925 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
20927 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
20928 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
20930 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
20931 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
20932 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
20934 \(fn)" nil nil)
20936 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
20937 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
20938 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
20939 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
20940 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
20941 whose names match the specified regexp.
20943 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
20945 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
20946 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
20947 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
20948 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
20949 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
20950 whose names match the specified regexp.
20952 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
20954 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
20955 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
20956 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
20957 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
20958 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
20959 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
20960 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
20962 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
20964 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
20965 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
20966 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
20967 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
20968 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
20969 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
20970 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
20972 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
20974 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "misearch" '("multi-isearch-" "misearch-unload-function")))
20976 ;;;***
20977 \f
20978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (0 0
20979 ;;;;;; 0 0))
20980 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
20981 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20983 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
20984 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
20986 \(fn)" t nil)
20988 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mixal-mode" '("mixal-")))
20990 ;;;***
20991 \f
20992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-archive" "gnus/mm-archive.el" (0 0 0 0))
20993 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-archive.el
20995 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-archive" '("mm-dissect-archive" "mm-archive-dissect-and-inline" "mm-archive-list-files" "mm-archive-decoders")))
20997 ;;;***
20998 \f
20999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-bodies" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" (0 0 0 0))
21000 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-bodies.el
21002 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-bodies" '("mm-body-" "mm-decode-" "mm-7bit-chars" "mm-encode-body" "mm-long-lines-p")))
21004 ;;;***
21005 \f
21006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-decode" "gnus/mm-decode.el" (0 0 0 0))
21007 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-decode.el
21009 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-decode" '("mm-")))
21011 ;;;***
21012 \f
21013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (0 0 0 0))
21014 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
21016 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
21017 Return a default encoding for FILE.
21019 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21021 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-encode" '("mm-")))
21023 ;;;***
21024 \f
21025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (0 0 0 0))
21026 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
21028 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
21029 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
21031 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
21033 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
21034 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
21035 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
21036 the entire message.
21037 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
21039 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
21041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-extern" '("mm-extern-")))
21043 ;;;***
21044 \f
21045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (0 0 0 0))
21046 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
21048 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
21049 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
21050 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
21051 the entire message.
21052 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
21054 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
21056 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-partial" '("mm-partial-find-parts")))
21058 ;;;***
21059 \f
21060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
21061 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
21063 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
21064 Insert file contents of URL.
21065 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
21067 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
21069 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
21070 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
21072 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
21074 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-url" '("mm-url-")))
21076 ;;;***
21077 \f
21078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-util" "gnus/mm-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
21079 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-util.el
21081 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-util" '("mm-")))
21083 ;;;***
21084 \f
21085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
21086 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
21088 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
21089 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
21090 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
21091 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
21092 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
21094 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
21096 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
21097 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
21098 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
21100 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
21102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-uu" '("mm-uu-" "mm-dissect-disposition")))
21104 ;;;***
21105 \f
21106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-view" "gnus/mm-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
21107 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-view.el
21109 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-view" '("mm-")))
21111 ;;;***
21112 \f
21113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (0 0 0 0))
21114 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
21116 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
21117 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
21119 \(fn)" nil nil)
21121 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
21122 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
21123 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
21127 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
21129 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
21130 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
21134 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
21136 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml" '("mml-" "mml--possibly-alter-image" "mime-to-mml")))
21138 ;;;***
21139 \f
21140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml-sec" "gnus/mml-sec.el" (0 0 0 0))
21141 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml-sec.el
21143 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml-sec" '("mml-")))
21145 ;;;***
21146 \f
21147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml-smime" "gnus/mml-smime.el" (0 0 0 0))
21148 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml-smime.el
21150 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml-smime" '("mml-smime-")))
21152 ;;;***
21153 \f
21154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (0 0 0 0))
21155 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
21157 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
21160 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
21162 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
21165 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
21167 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml1991" '("mml1991-")))
21169 ;;;***
21170 \f
21171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (0 0 0 0))
21172 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
21174 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
21177 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21179 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
21182 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21184 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
21187 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21189 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
21192 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21194 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
21197 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
21199 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
21202 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
21204 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
21207 \(fn)" nil nil)
21209 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml2015" '("mml2015-")))
21211 ;;;***
21212 \f
21213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (0 0 0 0))
21214 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
21216 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
21218 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mode-local" '("define-" "overload-" "describe-mode-local-" "with-mode-" "xref-mode-" "mode-" "get-mode-local-parent" "set-mode-local-parent" "new-mode-local-bindings" "activate-mode-local-bindings" "deactivate-mode-local-bindings" "setq-mode-local" "defvar-mode-local" "defconst-mode-local" "make-obsolete-overload" "fetch-overload" "function-overload-p")))
21220 ;;;***
21221 \f
21222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (0 0 0 0))
21223 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
21225 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
21227 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
21228 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
21229 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
21230 followed by the first character of the construct.
21247 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
21248 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
21249 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
21251 \(fn)" t nil)
21253 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "modula2" '("m2-" "m3-font-lock-keywords" "m3-font-lock-keywords-2" "m3-font-lock-keywords-1")))
21255 ;;;***
21256 \f
21257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (0 0 0 0))
21258 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
21260 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
21261 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
21263 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21265 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
21266 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
21268 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21270 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
21271 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
21273 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21275 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
21276 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
21278 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21280 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "morse" '("morse-code" "nato-alphabet")))
21282 ;;;***
21283 \f
21284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-copy" "mouse-copy.el" (0 0 0 0))
21285 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-copy.el
21287 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mouse-copy" '("mouse-copy-last-paste-" "mouse-drag-secondary-" "mouse-copy-have-drag-bug" "mouse-copy-work-around-drag-bug" "mouse-kill-preserving-secondary")))
21289 ;;;***
21290 \f
21291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (0 0 0 0))
21292 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
21294 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
21298 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
21299 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
21301 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
21302 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
21303 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
21306 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
21308 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
21309 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
21310 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
21311 hemisphere you're in.)
21313 To test this function, evaluate:
21316 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
21318 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
21321 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
21324 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
21325 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
21326 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
21329 middle button in Tk text widgets.
21331 To test this function, evaluate:
21334 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
21336 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mouse-drag" '("mouse-drag-" "mouse-throw-magnifier-base" "mouse-throw-magnifier-max" "mouse-throw-magnifier-min" "mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar")))
21338 ;;;***
21339 \f
21340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (0 0 0 0))
21341 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
21343 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
21344 Main entry point for MPC.
21346 \(fn)" t nil)
21348 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mpc" '("mpc-" "mpc--" "tag-browser-tagtypes")))
21350 ;;;***
21351 \f
21352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (0 0 0 0))
21353 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
21355 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
21356 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
21358 \(fn)" t nil)
21360 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mpuz" '("mpuz-")))
21362 ;;;***
21363 \f
21364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (0 0 0 0))
21365 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
21367 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
21368 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
21369 See the `msb-mode' command
21370 for a description of this minor mode.
21371 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21372 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21373 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
21375 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
21377 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
21378 Toggle Msb mode.
21379 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
21380 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
21381 if ARG is omitted or nil.
21383 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
21384 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
21386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21388 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "msb" '("msb--" "msb-" "mouse-select-buffer" "msb")))
21390 ;;;***
21391 \f
21392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mspools" "mail/mspools.el" (0 0 0 0))
21393 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mspools.el
21395 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mspools" '("mspools-")))
21397 ;;;***
21398 \f
21399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (0
21400 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21401 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
21403 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
21404 Display a list of all character sets.
21406 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
21407 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
21408 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
21409 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
21410 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
21412 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
21413 but still shows the full information.
21415 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21417 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
21418 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
21419 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
21421 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
21422 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
21423 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
21424 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
21425 meanings of these arguments.
21427 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
21429 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
21430 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
21432 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
21434 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
21435 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
21437 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
21439 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
21440 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
21442 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21444 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
21445 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
21448 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
21449 in place of `..':
21450 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
21451 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
21452 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
21453 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
21454 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
21455 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
21456 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
21457 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
21458 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
21459 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
21460 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
21461 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
21462 `default-process-coding-system' for read
21463 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
21464 `default-process-coding-system' for write
21465 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
21467 \(fn)" t nil)
21469 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
21470 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
21472 \(fn)" t nil)
21474 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
21475 Display a list of all coding systems.
21476 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
21478 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
21479 but still contains full information about each coding system.
21481 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21483 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
21484 Display a list of all coding categories.
21486 \(fn)" nil nil)
21488 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
21489 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
21490 The font must be already used by Emacs.
21492 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
21494 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
21495 Display information about FONTSET.
21496 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
21498 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
21500 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
21501 Display a list of all fontsets.
21502 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
21503 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
21504 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
21506 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21508 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
21509 Display information about all input methods.
21511 \(fn)" t nil)
21513 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
21514 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
21516 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
21517 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
21518 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
21519 system which uses fontsets).
21521 \(fn)" t nil)
21523 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
21524 Show log of font listing and opening.
21525 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
21526 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
21528 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
21530 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mule-diag" '("print-" "list-" "sort-listed-character-sets" "non-iso-charset-alist" "decode-codepage-char" "charset-history" "describe-font-internal" "insert-section")))
21532 ;;;***
21533 \f
21534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (0
21535 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21536 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
21538 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
21539 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
21541 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
21542 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
21544 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
21545 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
21547 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
21549 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
21550 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
21551 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
21552 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
21553 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
21554 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
21555 buffer; see also `char-width'.
21557 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
21558 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
21559 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
21560 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
21561 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
21562 middle of a character in STR.
21564 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
21565 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
21567 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
21568 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
21569 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
21570 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
21571 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
21573 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
21575 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
21576 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
21578 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
21579 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
21580 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
21582 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
21583 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
21584 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
21586 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
21587 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
21588 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
21589 are considered.
21590 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
21591 longer than KEYSEQ.
21592 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
21594 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
21596 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
21597 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
21598 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
21599 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
21600 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
21601 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
21602 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
21603 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
21604 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
21605 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
21606 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
21608 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
21610 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
21611 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
21613 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21615 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
21616 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
21618 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21620 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
21621 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
21623 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21625 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
21626 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
21628 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21630 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
21631 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
21632 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
21633 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
21634 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
21636 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
21637 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
21639 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
21640 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
21641 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
21642 coding systems ordered by priority.
21644 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
21646 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
21648 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
21649 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
21650 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
21651 language environment LANG-ENV.
21653 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
21655 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
21656 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
21657 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
21658 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
21659 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
21660 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
21662 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
21664 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
21665 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
21666 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
21667 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
21668 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
21669 QUALITY can be:
21670 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
21671 excessive work.
21672 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
21673 part of the file/buffer.
21674 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
21676 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21678 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
21679 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
21680 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
21681 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
21682 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
21683 QUALITY can be:
21684 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
21685 excessive work.
21686 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
21687 part of the file/buffer.
21688 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
21690 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21692 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mule-util" '("truncate-string-ellipsis" "filepos-to-bufferpos--dos")))
21694 ;;;***
21695 \f
21696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (0 0 0 0))
21697 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
21699 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mwheel" '("mouse-wheel-" "mwheel-")))
21701 ;;;***
21702 \f
21703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
21704 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
21706 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
21707 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
21709 \(fn)" t nil)
21711 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
21712 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
21714 \(fn)" t nil)
21716 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
21717 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
21719 \(fn)" t nil)
21721 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
21722 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
21724 \(fn)" t nil)
21726 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
21727 Run route and display diagnostic output.
21729 \(fn)" t nil)
21731 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
21732 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
21734 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
21736 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
21737 Ping HOST.
21738 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
21739 `ping-program-options'.
21741 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21743 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
21744 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
21746 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21748 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
21749 Run nslookup program.
21751 \(fn)" t nil)
21753 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
21754 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
21756 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21758 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
21759 Run dig program.
21761 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21763 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
21764 Run ftp program.
21766 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
21768 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
21769 Finger USER on HOST.
21771 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
21773 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
21774 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
21775 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
21776 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
21778 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
21780 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
21783 \(fn)" t nil)
21785 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
21786 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
21788 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
21790 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
21791 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
21793 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
21795 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "net-utils" '("nslookup-" "ftp-" "smbclient-" "whois-" "dns-lookup-" "traceroute-" "ping-" "ifconfig-" "iwconfig-" "netstat-" "arp-" "route-" "net-" "network-" "dig-program" "ipconfig" "smbclient" "run-network-program" "finger-X.500-host-regexps")))
21797 ;;;***
21798 \f
21799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (0 0 0 0))
21800 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
21802 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
21803 Return a user name/password pair.
21804 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
21805 listed in the PORTS list.
21807 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
21809 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "netrc" '("netrc-")))
21811 ;;;***
21812 \f
21813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (0
21814 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21815 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
21817 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
21818 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
21819 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
21820 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
21821 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
21822 closes it.
21824 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
21825 make it unique.
21826 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
21827 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
21828 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
21829 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
21830 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer or
21831 integer string specifying a port number to connect to.
21833 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
21834 values:
21836 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
21837 nil or `network'
21838 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
21839 the parameters :success and :capability-command
21840 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
21841 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
21842 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
21843 an unencrypted connection.
21844 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
21845 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
21846 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
21847 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
21848 returned object is a killed process.
21849 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
21850 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
21851 `shell' -- A shell connection.
21853 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
21854 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
21855 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
21856 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
21857 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
21858 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
21859 or nil if none could be found.
21860 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
21861 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
21863 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
21865 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
21866 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
21867 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
21869 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
21870 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
21873 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
21874 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
21877 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
21878 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
21879 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
21880 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
21882 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
21883 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
21885 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
21886 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
21887 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
21888 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
21889 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
21890 or STARTTLS connections.
21892 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
21893 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
21895 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
21896 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
21898 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
21899 a greeting from the server.
21901 :nowait, if non-nil, says the connection should be made
21902 asynchronously, if possible.
21904 :tls-parameters is a list that should be supplied if you're
21905 opening a TLS connection. The first element is the TLS
21906 type (either `gnutls-x509pki' or `gnutls-anon'), and the
21907 remaining elements should be a keyword list accepted by
21908 gnutls-boot (as returned by `gnutls-boot-parameters').
21910 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
21912 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
21914 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "network-stream" '("network-stream-open-" "network-stream-certificate" "network-stream-command" "network-stream-get-response")))
21916 ;;;***
21917 \f
21918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (0 0
21919 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21920 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
21922 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
21923 Check whether newsticker is running.
21924 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
21925 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
21927 \(fn)" nil nil)
21929 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
21930 Start the newsticker.
21931 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
21932 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
21933 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
21934 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
21936 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
21938 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-backend" '("newsticker--" "newsticker-")))
21940 ;;;***
21941 \f
21942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
21943 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
21944 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
21946 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
21947 Start newsticker plainview.
21949 \(fn)" t nil)
21951 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-plainview" '("newsticker-" "newsticker--")))
21953 ;;;***
21954 \f
21955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (0 0 0
21956 ;;;;;; 0))
21957 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
21959 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
21960 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
21962 \(fn)" t nil)
21964 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-reader" '("newsticker-" "newsticker--")))
21966 ;;;***
21967 \f
21968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (0 0 0
21969 ;;;;;; 0))
21970 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
21972 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
21973 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
21974 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
21975 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
21976 empty.
21978 \(fn)" nil nil)
21980 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
21981 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
21982 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
21983 running already.
21985 \(fn)" t nil)
21987 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-ticker" '("newsticker--" "newsticker-hide-" "newsticker-stop-ticker" "newsticker-scroll-smoothly" "newsticker-ticker-interval")))
21989 ;;;***
21990 \f
21991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (0
21992 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21993 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
21995 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
21996 Start newsticker treeview.
21998 \(fn)" t nil)
22000 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-treeview" '("newsticker-treeview-" "newsticker--" "newsticker-group-" "newsticker-groups-filename" "newsticker-groups")))
22002 ;;;***
22003 \f
22004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (0 0 0 0))
22005 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
22007 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newsticker" '("newsticker-version")))
22009 ;;;***
22010 \f
22011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnagent" "gnus/nnagent.el" (0 0 0 0))
22012 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnagent.el
22014 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnagent" '("nnagent-")))
22016 ;;;***
22017 \f
22018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnbabyl" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" (0 0 0 0))
22019 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnbabyl.el
22021 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnbabyl" '("nnbabyl-")))
22023 ;;;***
22024 \f
22025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (0 0 0 0))
22026 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
22028 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
22029 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
22031 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
22033 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndiary" '("nndiary-")))
22035 ;;;***
22036 \f
22037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndir" "gnus/nndir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22038 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndir.el
22040 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndir" '("nndir-")))
22042 ;;;***
22043 \f
22044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22045 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
22047 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
22048 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
22049 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
22050 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
22051 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
22052 symbol in the alist.
22054 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
22056 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndoc" '("nndoc-")))
22058 ;;;***
22059 \f
22060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndraft" "gnus/nndraft.el" (0 0 0 0))
22061 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndraft.el
22063 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndraft" '("nndraft-")))
22065 ;;;***
22066 \f
22067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nneething" "gnus/nneething.el" (0 0 0 0))
22068 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nneething.el
22070 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nneething" '("nneething-")))
22072 ;;;***
22073 \f
22074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (0 0 0 0))
22075 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
22077 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
22078 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
22079 This command does not work if you use short group names.
22081 \(fn)" t nil)
22083 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnfolder" '("nnfolder-")))
22085 ;;;***
22086 \f
22087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nngateway" "gnus/nngateway.el" (0 0 0 0))
22088 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nngateway.el
22090 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nngateway" '("nngateway-")))
22092 ;;;***
22093 \f
22094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnheader" "gnus/nnheader.el" (0 0 0 0))
22095 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnheader.el
22097 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnheader" '("nnheader-" "mail-header-" "gnus-" "make-" "nntp-")))
22099 ;;;***
22100 \f
22101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnimap" "gnus/nnimap.el" (0 0 0 0))
22102 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnimap.el
22104 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnimap" '("nnimap-" "nnimap")))
22106 ;;;***
22107 \f
22108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnir" "gnus/nnir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22109 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnir.el
22111 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnir" '("nnir-" "gnus-nnir-group-p" "gnus-group-make-nnir-group" "gnus-summary-create-nnir-group" "gnus-summary-make-nnir-group")))
22113 ;;;***
22114 \f
22115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmail" "gnus/nnmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
22116 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmail.el
22118 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmail" '("nnmail-")))
22120 ;;;***
22121 \f
22122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmaildir" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22123 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmaildir.el
22125 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmaildir" '("nnmaildir--" "nnmaildir-")))
22127 ;;;***
22128 \f
22129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmairix" "gnus/nnmairix.el" (0 0 0 0))
22130 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmairix.el
22132 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmairix" '("nnmairix-")))
22134 ;;;***
22135 \f
22136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmbox" "gnus/nnmbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
22137 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmbox.el
22139 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmbox" '("nnmbox-")))
22141 ;;;***
22142 \f
22143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmh" "gnus/nnmh.el" (0 0 0 0))
22144 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmh.el
22146 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmh" '("nnmh-")))
22148 ;;;***
22149 \f
22150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22151 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
22153 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
22154 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
22156 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
22158 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnml" '("nnml-")))
22160 ;;;***
22161 \f
22162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnnil" "gnus/nnnil.el" (0 0 0 0))
22163 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnnil.el
22165 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnnil" '("nnnil-")))
22167 ;;;***
22168 \f
22169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnoo" "gnus/nnoo.el" (0 0 0 0))
22170 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnoo.el
22172 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnoo" '("nnoo-" "deffoo" "defvoo")))
22174 ;;;***
22175 \f
22176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnregistry" "gnus/nnregistry.el" (0 0 0 0))
22177 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnregistry.el
22179 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnregistry" '("nnregistry-")))
22181 ;;;***
22182 \f
22183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnrss" "gnus/nnrss.el" (0 0 0 0))
22184 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnrss.el
22186 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnrss" '("nnrss-")))
22188 ;;;***
22189 \f
22190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnspool" "gnus/nnspool.el" (0 0 0 0))
22191 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnspool.el
22193 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnspool" '("nnspool-" "news-inews-program")))
22195 ;;;***
22196 \f
22197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nntp" "gnus/nntp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22198 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nntp.el
22200 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nntp" '("nntp-" "nntp--report-1")))
22202 ;;;***
22203 \f
22204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnvirtual" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" (0 0 0 0))
22205 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnvirtual.el
22207 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnvirtual" '("nnvirtual-")))
22209 ;;;***
22210 \f
22211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnweb" "gnus/nnweb.el" (0 0 0 0))
22212 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnweb.el
22214 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnweb" '("nnweb-")))
22216 ;;;***
22217 \f
22218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "notifications" "notifications.el" (0 0 0 0))
22219 ;;; Generated autoloads from notifications.el
22221 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "notifications" '("notifications-")))
22223 ;;;***
22224 \f
22225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (0 0 0 0))
22226 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
22228 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
22230 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
22231 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
22232 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
22234 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
22237 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
22239 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
22240 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
22241 COMMAND must be a symbol.
22242 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
22243 to future sessions.
22245 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
22247 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
22248 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
22249 COMMAND must be a symbol.
22250 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
22251 future sessions.
22253 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
22255 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "novice" '("en/disable-command")))
22257 ;;;***
22258 \f
22259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (0 0
22260 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22261 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
22263 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
22264 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
22266 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
22267 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
22268 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
22270 \(fn)" t nil)
22272 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nroff-mode" '("nroff-")))
22274 ;;;***
22275 \f
22276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nsm" "net/nsm.el" (0 0 0 0))
22277 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/nsm.el
22279 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nsm" '("nsm-" "network-security-level")))
22281 ;;;***
22282 \f
22283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (0 0 0 0))
22284 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
22285 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22287 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ntlm" '("ntlm-")))
22289 ;;;***
22290 \f
22291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-enc" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22292 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-enc.el
22294 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-enc" '("nxml-")))
22296 ;;;***
22297 \f
22298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-maint" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" (0 0 0 0))
22299 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-maint.el
22301 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-maint" '("nxml-insert-target-repertoire-glyph-set")))
22303 ;;;***
22304 \f
22305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
22306 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
22308 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
22309 Major mode for editing XML.
22312 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
22313 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
22315 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
22316 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
22317 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
22322 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
22324 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
22325 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
22326 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
22327 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
22328 instead of C-c.
22330 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
22331 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
22332 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
22333 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
22335 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
22338 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
22339 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
22342 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
22345 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
22350 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
22351 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
22352 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
22353 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
22355 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
22357 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
22360 \(fn)" t nil)
22361 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
22363 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-mode" '("nxml-")))
22365 ;;;***
22366 \f
22367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-ns" "nxml/nxml-ns.el" (0 0 0 0))
22368 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-ns.el
22370 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-ns" '("nxml-ns-")))
22372 ;;;***
22373 \f
22374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-outln" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" (0 0 0 0))
22375 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-outln.el
22377 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-outln" '("nxml-")))
22379 ;;;***
22380 \f
22381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-parse" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
22382 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-parse.el
22384 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-parse" '("nxml-parse-" "nxml-validate-" "nxml-make-name" "nxml-current-text-string" "nxml-check-xmltok-errors")))
22386 ;;;***
22387 \f
22388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-rap" "nxml/nxml-rap.el" (0 0 0 0))
22389 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-rap.el
22391 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-rap" '("nxml-")))
22393 ;;;***
22394 \f
22395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-util" "nxml/nxml-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
22396 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-util.el
22398 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-util" '("nxml-")))
22400 ;;;***
22401 \f
22402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-C" "org/ob-C.el" (0 0 0 0))
22403 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-C.el
22405 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-C" '("org-babel-")))
22407 ;;;***
22408 \f
22409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-R" "org/ob-R.el" (0 0 0 0))
22410 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-R.el
22412 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-R" '("org-babel-")))
22414 ;;;***
22415 \f
22416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-asymptote" "org/ob-asymptote.el" (0 0 0
22417 ;;;;;; 0))
22418 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-asymptote.el
22420 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-asymptote" '("org-babel-asymptote-" "org-babel-default-header-args:asymptote" "org-babel-execute:asymptote" "org-babel-prep-session:asymptote" "org-babel-variable-assignments:asymptote")))
22422 ;;;***
22423 \f
22424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-awk" "org/ob-awk.el" (0 0 0 0))
22425 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-awk.el
22427 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-awk" '("org-babel-expand-body:awk" "org-babel-execute:awk" "org-babel-awk-command" "org-babel-awk-var-to-awk" "org-babel-awk-table-or-string")))
22429 ;;;***
22430 \f
22431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-calc" "org/ob-calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22432 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-calc.el
22434 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-calc" '("org-babel-default-header-args:calc" "org-babel-expand-body:calc" "org-babel-execute:calc" "org-babel-calc-maybe-resolve-var")))
22436 ;;;***
22437 \f
22438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-clojure" "org/ob-clojure.el" (0 0 0 0))
22439 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-clojure.el
22441 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-clojure" '("org-babel-default-header-args:clojure" "org-babel-header-args:clojure" "org-babel-expand-body:clojure" "org-babel-execute:clojure")))
22443 ;;;***
22444 \f
22445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-comint" "org/ob-comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
22446 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-comint.el
22448 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-comint" '("org-babel-comint-")))
22450 ;;;***
22451 \f
22452 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-core" "org/ob-core.el"
22453 ;;;;;; (22328 19625 652549 735000))
22454 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-core.el
22456 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-core" '("org-babel-" "org-confirm-babel-evaluate")))
22458 ;;;***
22459 \f
22460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-css" "org/ob-css.el" (0 0 0 0))
22461 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-css.el
22463 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-css" '("org-babel-default-header-args:css" "org-babel-execute:css" "org-babel-prep-session:css")))
22465 ;;;***
22466 \f
22467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ditaa" "org/ob-ditaa.el" (0 0 0 0))
22468 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ditaa.el
22470 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ditaa" '("org-babel-" "org-ditaa-jar-option" "org-ditaa-jar-path" "org-ditaa-eps-jar-path")))
22472 ;;;***
22473 \f
22474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-dot" "org/ob-dot.el" (0 0 0 0))
22475 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-dot.el
22477 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-dot" '("org-babel-default-header-args:dot" "org-babel-expand-body:dot" "org-babel-execute:dot" "org-babel-prep-session:dot")))
22479 ;;;***
22480 \f
22481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-emacs-lisp" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" (0 0
22482 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22483 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-emacs-lisp.el
22485 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-emacs-lisp" '("org-babel-execute:emacs-lisp" "org-babel-expand-body:emacs-lisp" "org-babel-default-header-args:emacs-lisp")))
22487 ;;;***
22488 \f
22489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-eval" "org/ob-eval.el" (0 0 0 0))
22490 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-eval.el
22492 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-eval" '("org-babel-eval-" "org-babel-error-buffer-name" "org-babel-eval" "org-babel--shell-command-on-region")))
22494 ;;;***
22495 \f
22496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-exp" "org/ob-exp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22497 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-exp.el
22499 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-exp" '("org-babel-exp-" "org-babel-in-example-or-verbatim" "org-export-babel-evaluate")))
22501 ;;;***
22502 \f
22503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-fortran" "org/ob-fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
22504 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-fortran.el
22506 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-fortran" '("org-babel-")))
22508 ;;;***
22509 \f
22510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-gnuplot" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" (0 0 0 0))
22511 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-gnuplot.el
22513 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-gnuplot" '("org-babel-" "*org-babel-gnuplot-missing*" "*org-babel-gnuplot-terms*")))
22515 ;;;***
22516 \f
22517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-haskell" "org/ob-haskell.el" (0 0 0 0))
22518 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-haskell.el
22520 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-haskell" '("org-babel-")))
22522 ;;;***
22523 \f
22524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-io" "org/ob-io.el" (0 0 0 0))
22525 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-io.el
22527 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-io" '("org-babel-io-" "org-babel-default-header-args:io" "org-babel-execute:io" "org-babel-prep-session:io")))
22529 ;;;***
22530 \f
22531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-java" "org/ob-java.el" (0 0 0 0))
22532 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-java.el
22534 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-java" '("org-babel-execute:java" "org-babel-java-command" "org-babel-java-compiler")))
22536 ;;;***
22537 \f
22538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-js" "org/ob-js.el" (0 0 0 0))
22539 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-js.el
22541 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-js" '("org-babel-js-" "org-babel-default-header-args:js" "org-babel-execute:js" "org-babel-prep-session:js" "org-babel-variable-assignments:js")))
22543 ;;;***
22544 \f
22545 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
22546 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 139192 607000))
22547 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
22549 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-keys" '("org-babel-map" "org-babel-key-prefix" "org-babel-key-bindings")))
22551 ;;;***
22552 \f
22553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-latex" "org/ob-latex.el" (0 0 0 0))
22554 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-latex.el
22556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-latex" '("org-babel-" "convert-pdf")))
22558 ;;;***
22559 \f
22560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ledger" "org/ob-ledger.el" (0 0 0 0))
22561 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ledger.el
22563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ledger" '("org-babel-default-header-args:ledger" "org-babel-execute:ledger" "org-babel-prep-session:ledger")))
22565 ;;;***
22566 \f
22567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lilypond" "org/ob-lilypond.el" (0 0 0 0))
22568 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lilypond.el
22570 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lilypond" '("org-babel-" "lilypond-mode")))
22572 ;;;***
22573 \f
22574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lisp" "org/ob-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22575 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lisp.el
22577 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lisp" '("org-babel-lisp-" "org-babel-default-header-args:lisp" "org-babel-header-args:lisp" "org-babel-expand-body:lisp" "org-babel-execute:lisp")))
22579 ;;;***
22580 \f
22581 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el"
22582 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 143192 607000))
22583 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
22585 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lob" '("org-babel-lob-" "org-babel-inline-lob-one-liner-regexp" "org-babel-block-lob-one-liner-regexp" "org-babel-default-lob-header-args" "org-babel-library-of-babel")))
22587 ;;;***
22588 \f
22589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-makefile" "org/ob-makefile.el" (0 0 0 0))
22590 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-makefile.el
22592 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-makefile" '("org-babel-default-header-args:makefile" "org-babel-execute:makefile" "org-babel-prep-session:makefile")))
22594 ;;;***
22595 \f
22596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-maxima" "org/ob-maxima.el" (0 0 0 0))
22597 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-maxima.el
22599 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-maxima" '("org-babel-maxima-" "org-babel-default-header-args:maxima" "org-babel-execute:maxima" "org-babel-prep-session:maxima")))
22601 ;;;***
22602 \f
22603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-mscgen" "org/ob-mscgen.el" (0 0 0 0))
22604 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-mscgen.el
22606 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-mscgen" '("org-babel-default-header-args:mscgen" "org-babel-execute:mscgen" "org-babel-prep-session:mscgen")))
22608 ;;;***
22609 \f
22610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ocaml" "org/ob-ocaml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22611 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ocaml.el
22613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ocaml" '("org-babel-ocaml-" "org-babel-default-header-args:ocaml" "org-babel-execute:ocaml" "org-babel-prep-session:ocaml" "org-babel-variable-assignments:ocaml")))
22615 ;;;***
22616 \f
22617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-octave" "org/ob-octave.el" (0 0 0 0))
22618 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-octave.el
22620 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-octave" '("org-babel-")))
22622 ;;;***
22623 \f
22624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-org" "org/ob-org.el" (0 0 0 0))
22625 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-org.el
22627 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-org" '("org-babel-default-header-args:org" "org-babel-org-default-header" "org-babel-expand-body:org" "org-babel-execute:org" "org-babel-prep-session:org")))
22629 ;;;***
22630 \f
22631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-perl" "org/ob-perl.el" (0 0 0 0))
22632 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-perl.el
22634 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-perl" '("org-babel-")))
22636 ;;;***
22637 \f
22638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-picolisp" "org/ob-picolisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22639 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-picolisp.el
22641 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-picolisp" '("org-babel-picolisp-initiate-session" "org-babel-picolisp-cmd" "org-babel-picolisp-eoe" "org-babel-execute:picolisp" "org-babel-expand-body:picolisp")))
22643 ;;;***
22644 \f
22645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-plantuml" "org/ob-plantuml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22646 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-plantuml.el
22648 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-plantuml" '("org-babel-default-header-args:plantuml" "org-babel-execute:plantuml" "org-babel-prep-session:plantuml" "org-plantuml-jar-path")))
22650 ;;;***
22651 \f
22652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-python" "org/ob-python.el" (0 0 0 0))
22653 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-python.el
22655 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-python" '("org-babel-")))
22657 ;;;***
22658 \f
22659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ref" "org/ob-ref.el" (0 0 0 0))
22660 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ref.el
22662 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ref" '("org-babel-ref-" "org-babel-update-intermediate")))
22664 ;;;***
22665 \f
22666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ruby" "org/ob-ruby.el" (0 0 0 0))
22667 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ruby.el
22669 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ruby" '("org-babel-")))
22671 ;;;***
22672 \f
22673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sass" "org/ob-sass.el" (0 0 0 0))
22674 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sass.el
22676 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sass" '("org-babel-default-header-args:sass" "org-babel-execute:sass" "org-babel-prep-session:sass")))
22678 ;;;***
22679 \f
22680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-scala" "org/ob-scala.el" (0 0 0 0))
22681 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-scala.el
22683 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-scala" '("org-babel-scala-" "org-babel-default-header-args:scala" "org-babel-execute:scala" "org-babel-prep-session:scala")))
22685 ;;;***
22686 \f
22687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-scheme" "org/ob-scheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
22688 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-scheme.el
22690 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-scheme" '("org-babel-scheme-" "org-babel-default-header-args:scheme" "org-babel-expand-body:scheme" "org-babel-execute:scheme")))
22692 ;;;***
22693 \f
22694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-screen" "org/ob-screen.el" (0 0 0 0))
22695 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-screen.el
22697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-screen" '("org-babel-screen-" "org-babel-default-header-args:screen" "org-babel-execute:screen" "org-babel-prep-session:screen")))
22699 ;;;***
22700 \f
22701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sh" "org/ob-sh.el" (0 0 0 0))
22702 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sh.el
22704 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sh" '("org-babel-")))
22706 ;;;***
22707 \f
22708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-shen" "org/ob-shen.el" (0 0 0 0))
22709 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-shen.el
22711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-shen" '("org-babel-default-header-args:shen" "org-babel-expand-body:shen" "org-babel-shen-var-to-shen" "org-babel-execute:shen")))
22713 ;;;***
22714 \f
22715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sql" "org/ob-sql.el" (0 0 0 0))
22716 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sql.el
22718 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sql" '("org-babel-" "dbstring-mysql")))
22720 ;;;***
22721 \f
22722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sqlite" "org/ob-sqlite.el" (0 0 0 0))
22723 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sqlite.el
22725 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sqlite" '("org-babel-")))
22727 ;;;***
22728 \f
22729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-table" "org/ob-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
22730 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-table.el
22732 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-table" '("org-babel-table-truncate-at-newline" "org-sbe")))
22734 ;;;***
22735 \f
22736 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
22737 ;;;;;; (22328 19625 716549 735000))
22738 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
22740 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-tangle" '("org-babel-")))
22742 ;;;***
22743 \f
22744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (0 0 0 0))
22745 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
22747 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
22748 Major mode for editing Octave code.
22750 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
22751 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
22752 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
22753 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
22755 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
22757 Key bindings:
22760 \(fn)" t nil)
22762 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
22763 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
22764 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
22766 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
22768 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
22769 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
22771 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
22772 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
22773 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
22775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22777 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
22779 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "octave" '("octave-" "inferior-octave-" "octave--indent-new-comment-line" "octave--block-offset-keywords")))
22781 ;;;***
22782 \f
22783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ogonek" "international/ogonek.el" (0 0 0 0))
22784 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ogonek.el
22786 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ogonek" '("ogonek-")))
22788 ;;;***
22789 \f
22790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (0 0 0 0))
22791 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
22793 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
22795 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
22803 Customization:
22805 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
22806 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
22807 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
22808 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
22809 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
22810 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
22811 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
22812 Directories to search when finding external units.
22813 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
22814 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
22816 Coloring:
22818 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
22819 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
22821 \(fn)" t nil)
22823 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "opascal" '("opascal-" "opascal--literal-start-re" "opascal--syntax-propertize")))
22825 ;;;***
22826 \f
22827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (0 0 0 0))
22828 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
22830 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
22831 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
22833 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
22835 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
22836 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
22837 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
22838 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
22839 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
22840 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
22842 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
22844 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
22845 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
22846 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
22847 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
22848 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
22850 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
22852 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
22853 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
22855 \(fn)" nil nil)
22857 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
22858 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
22860 \(fn)" nil nil)
22862 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
22863 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
22866 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
22867 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
22868 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
22869 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
22870 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
22871 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
22872 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
22873 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
22874 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
22875 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
22877 The following commands are available:
22881 \(fn)" t nil)
22883 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
22884 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
22886 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
22887 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
22888 in special contexts.
22890 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
22891 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
22892 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
22893 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
22894 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
22895 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
22896 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
22897 properties in the buffer.
22898 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
22899 including any drawers.
22901 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
22903 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
22904 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
22905 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
22906 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
22907 From this state, you can move to one of the children
22908 and zoom in further.
22909 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
22910 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
22912 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
22913 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
22914 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
22915 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
22916 times right after creating a new headline.
22918 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
22919 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
22920 is negative, go up that many levels.
22922 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
22923 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
22924 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
22926 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
22927 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
22928 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
22929 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
22931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22933 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
22934 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
22936 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
22938 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22939 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
22941 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
22942 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
22943 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
22944 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
22945 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
22946 defined by Org-mode).
22948 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22950 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
22951 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
22953 \(fn)" nil nil)
22955 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
22956 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
22958 \(fn)" nil nil)
22960 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
22961 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
22962 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
22963 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
22964 call CMD.
22966 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
22968 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
22970 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
22973 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
22974 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
22975 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
22977 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
22978 part of Org's core.
22980 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
22981 active region.
22983 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22985 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
22986 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
22987 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
22989 \(fn)" t nil)
22991 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
22992 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
22993 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
22994 Org-mode syntax.
22996 \(fn)" t nil)
22998 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
22999 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
23001 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
23003 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
23004 Switch between Org buffers.
23005 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
23006 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
23008 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
23009 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
23011 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23013 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
23015 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
23017 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
23018 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
23019 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
23020 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
23022 \(fn)" t nil)
23024 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
23025 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
23027 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
23029 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
23030 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
23031 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
23033 \(fn)" t nil)
23035 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
23036 Reload all org lisp files.
23037 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
23039 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
23041 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
23042 Call the customize function with org as argument.
23044 \(fn)" t nil)
23046 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org" '("org-" "orgstruct-" "orgstruct++-mode" "org<>" "turn-on-org-cdlatex")))
23048 ;;;***
23049 \f
23050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (0 0 0 0))
23051 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
23053 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23054 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
23056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23058 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23059 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
23060 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
23061 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
23063 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
23064 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
23065 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
23066 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
23067 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
23068 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
23069 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
23070 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
23071 e Export views to associated files.
23072 s Search entries for keywords.
23073 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
23074 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
23075 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
23076 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
23077 Press several times to get the desired effect.
23078 > Remove a previous restriction.
23081 C Configure custom agenda commands.
23083 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
23084 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
23085 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
23087 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
23088 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
23090 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
23091 \(if active).
23093 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
23095 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23096 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
23097 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
23098 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
23099 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
23100 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
23101 before running the agenda command.
23103 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23105 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
23106 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
23107 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
23108 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
23109 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
23110 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
23111 before running the agenda command.
23113 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
23114 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
23116 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
23118 category The category of the item
23119 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
23120 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
23121 todo selected in TODO match
23122 tagsmatch selected in tags match
23123 diary imported from diary
23124 deadline a deadline on given date
23125 scheduled scheduled on given date
23126 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
23127 closed entry was closed on given date
23128 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
23129 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
23130 block entry has date block including g. date
23131 todo The todo keyword, if any
23132 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
23133 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
23134 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
23135 extra Sting with extra planning info
23136 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
23137 priority-n The computed numerical priority
23138 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
23140 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23142 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
23143 Store agenda views.
23145 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
23147 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
23148 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
23150 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23152 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
23153 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
23154 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
23155 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
23157 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
23158 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
23159 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
23161 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
23162 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
23164 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
23165 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
23167 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
23169 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
23170 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
23172 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
23173 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
23174 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
23175 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
23176 EDIT-AT.
23178 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
23179 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
23180 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
23181 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
23182 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
23185 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
23186 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
23187 including newlines.
23189 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
23190 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
23191 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
23192 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
23193 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
23194 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
23195 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
23197 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
23199 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
23200 as a whole, to include whitespace.
23202 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
23203 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
23204 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
23205 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
23206 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
23207 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
23208 Boolean search must match as full words.
23210 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
23211 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
23213 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
23215 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
23216 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
23217 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
23219 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
23220 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
23222 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23224 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
23225 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
23226 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
23228 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
23230 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
23231 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
23232 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
23233 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
23234 `org-stuck-projects'.
23236 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
23238 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
23239 Return diary information from org files.
23241 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
23242 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
23243 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
23244 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
23246 The call in the diary file should look like this:
23248 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
23250 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
23251 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
23253 &%%(org-diary)
23255 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
23256 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
23257 So the example above may also be written as
23259 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
23261 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
23262 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
23263 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
23265 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23267 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
23268 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
23270 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
23272 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
23273 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
23274 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if TYPE is the
23275 universal prefix `(4)', or if the cursor is before the first headline
23276 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
23278 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
23280 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23281 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
23282 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
23284 \(fn)" t nil)
23286 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
23287 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
23289 appointments.
23291 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
23292 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
23294 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
23295 for filtering entries out.
23297 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
23298 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
23299 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
23301 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
23302 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
23307 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
23310 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
23311 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
23312 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
23313 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
23314 details and examples.
23316 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
23317 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
23319 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23321 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-agenda" '("org-")))
23323 ;;;***
23324 \f
23325 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-archive"
23326 ;;;;;; "org/org-archive.el" (22164 57535 151192 607000))
23327 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
23329 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-archive" '("org-archive-" "org-extract-archive-heading" "org-extract-archive-file" "org-all-archive-files" "org-get-local-archive-location")))
23331 ;;;***
23332 \f
23333 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el"
23334 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 151192 607000))
23335 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
23337 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-attach" '("org-attach-")))
23339 ;;;***
23340 \f
23341 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
23342 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 151192 607000))
23343 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
23345 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-bbdb" '("org-bbdb-")))
23347 ;;;***
23348 \f
23349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-bibtex" "org/org-bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
23350 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bibtex.el
23352 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-bibtex" '("org-bibtex-" "org-create-file-search-in-bibtex" "org-execute-file-search-in-bibtex" "org-bibtex")))
23354 ;;;***
23355 \f
23356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (0 0 0 0))
23357 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
23359 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
23360 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
23362 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
23364 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
23365 Capture something.
23367 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
23368 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
23369 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
23371 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
23374 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
23375 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
23376 stored.
23378 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
23380 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
23381 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
23382 will be bypassed.
23384 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
23385 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
23386 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
23387 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
23389 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
23391 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
23392 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
23394 \(fn)" t nil)
23396 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-capture" '("org-capture-" "org-capture--expand-keyword-in-embedded-elisp" "org-mks")))
23398 ;;;***
23399 \f
23400 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el"
23401 ;;;;;; (22328 19625 764549 735000))
23402 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
23404 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-clock" '("org-")))
23406 ;;;***
23407 \f
23408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (0 0 0 0))
23409 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
23411 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
23412 Remove all currently active column overlays.
23414 \(fn)" t nil)
23416 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
23419 \(fn)" nil nil)
23421 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
23422 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
23423 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
23425 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
23427 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
23428 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
23430 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
23432 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
23433 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
23435 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
23437 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
23438 Write the column view table.
23439 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
23441 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
23442 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
23443 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
23444 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
23445 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
23447 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
23448 using `org-id-find'.
23449 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
23450 a hline before each level <= that number.
23451 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
23452 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
23453 :skip-empty-rows
23454 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
23455 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
23457 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
23459 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
23460 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
23462 \(fn)" t nil)
23464 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
23465 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
23467 \(fn)" t nil)
23469 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-colview" '("org-")))
23471 ;;;***
23472 \f
23473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
23474 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
23476 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
23477 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
23479 \(fn)" nil t)
23481 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-compat" '("org-")))
23483 ;;;***
23484 \f
23485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-crypt" "org/org-crypt.el" (0 0 0 0))
23486 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-crypt.el
23488 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-crypt" '("org-crypt-" "org-encrypt-" "org-at-encrypted-entry-p" "org-decrypt-entries" "org-decrypt-entry")))
23490 ;;;***
23491 \f
23492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-ctags" "org/org-ctags.el" (0 0 0 0))
23493 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ctags.el
23495 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-ctags" '("org-ctags-" "y-or-n-minibuffer")))
23497 ;;;***
23498 \f
23499 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-datetree"
23500 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (22164 57535 155192 607000))
23501 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
23503 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-datetree" '("org-datetree-")))
23505 ;;;***
23506 \f
23507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-docview" "org/org-docview.el" (0 0 0 0))
23508 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docview.el
23510 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-docview" '("org-docview-export" "org-docview-open" "org-docview-store-link" "org-docview-complete-link")))
23512 ;;;***
23513 \f
23514 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-element"
23515 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" (22189 60738 609741 19000))
23516 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-element.el
23518 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-element" '("org-element-" "org-element--")))
23520 ;;;***
23521 \f
23522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-entities" "org/org-entities.el" (0 0 0
23523 ;;;;;; 0))
23524 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-entities.el
23526 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-entities" '("org-entities-" "org-entity-" "replace-amp" "org-entities")))
23528 ;;;***
23529 \f
23530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-eshell" "org/org-eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
23531 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-eshell.el
23533 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-eshell" '("org-eshell-open" "org-eshell-store-link")))
23535 ;;;***
23536 \f
23537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-faces" "org/org-faces.el" (0 0 0 0))
23538 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-faces.el
23540 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-faces" '("org-")))
23542 ;;;***
23543 \f
23544 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el"
23545 ;;;;;; (22328 19625 780549 735000))
23546 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
23548 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-feed" '("org-feed-")))
23550 ;;;***
23551 \f
23552 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-footnote"
23553 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (22164 57535 159192 607000))
23554 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
23556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-footnote" '("org-footnote-")))
23558 ;;;***
23559 \f
23560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-gnus" "org/org-gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
23561 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-gnus.el
23563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-gnus" '("org-gnus-")))
23565 ;;;***
23566 \f
23567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-habit" "org/org-habit.el" (0 0 0 0))
23568 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-habit.el
23570 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-habit" '("org-habit-" "org-is-habit-p")))
23572 ;;;***
23573 \f
23574 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
23575 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 159192 607000))
23576 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
23578 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-id" '("org-id-")))
23580 ;;;***
23581 \f
23582 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
23583 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 159192 607000))
23584 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
23586 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-indent" '("org-indent-" "org-hide-leading-stars-before-indent-mode")))
23588 ;;;***
23589 \f
23590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-info" "org/org-info.el" (0 0 0 0))
23591 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-info.el
23593 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-info" '("org-info-store-link" "org-info-open" "org-info-follow-link")))
23595 ;;;***
23596 \f
23597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-inlinetask" "org/org-inlinetask.el" (0
23598 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
23599 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-inlinetask.el
23601 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-inlinetask" '("org-inlinetask-")))
23603 ;;;***
23604 \f
23605 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
23606 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 163192 607000))
23607 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
23609 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-irc" '("org-irc-")))
23611 ;;;***
23612 \f
23613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-list" "org/org-list.el" (0 0 0 0))
23614 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-list.el
23616 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-list" '("org-")))
23618 ;;;***
23619 \f
23620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macro" "org/org-macro.el" (0 0 0 0))
23621 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macro.el
23623 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-macro" '("org-macro-templates" "org-macro-initialize-templates" "org-macro-expand" "org-macro-replace-all" "org-macro--collect-macros")))
23625 ;;;***
23626 \f
23627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
23628 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
23630 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
23631 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
23633 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
23635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-macs" '("org-")))
23637 ;;;***
23638 \f
23639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-mhe" "org/org-mhe.el" (0 0 0 0))
23640 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mhe.el
23642 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mhe" '("org-mhe-get-" "org-mhe-follow-link" "org-mhe-open" "org-mhe-store-link" "org-mhe-search-all-folders")))
23644 ;;;***
23645 \f
23646 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el"
23647 ;;;;;; (22189 60738 629741 19000))
23648 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
23650 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mobile" '("org-mobile-")))
23652 ;;;***
23653 \f
23654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-mouse" "org/org-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
23655 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mouse.el
23657 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mouse" '("org-mouse-")))
23659 ;;;***
23660 \f
23661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-pcomplete" "org/org-pcomplete.el" (0 0
23662 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23663 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-pcomplete.el
23665 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-pcomplete" '("pcomplete/org-mode/" "org-pcomplete-" "org-thing-at-point" "org-command-at-point" "org-parse-arguments")))
23667 ;;;***
23668 \f
23669 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
23670 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 163192 607000))
23671 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
23673 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-plot" '("org-plot/" "org-plot-quote-tsv-field" "org-plot-quote-timestamp-field" "org-plot-timestamp-fmt")))
23675 ;;;***
23676 \f
23677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-protocol" "org/org-protocol.el" (0 0 0
23678 ;;;;;; 0))
23679 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-protocol.el
23681 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-protocol" '("org-protocol-")))
23683 ;;;***
23684 \f
23685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-rmail" "org/org-rmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
23686 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-rmail.el
23688 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-rmail" '("org-rmail-store-link" "org-rmail-open" "org-rmail-follow-link")))
23690 ;;;***
23691 \f
23692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-src" "org/org-src.el" (0 0 0 0))
23693 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-src.el
23695 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-src" '("org-src-" "org-escape-code-in-" "org-unescape-code-in-" "org-edit-" "org-coderef-label-format")))
23697 ;;;***
23698 \f
23699 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-table" "org/org-table.el"
23700 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 167192 607000))
23701 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
23703 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-table" '("orgtbl-" "org-" "*orgtbl-")))
23705 ;;;***
23706 \f
23707 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
23708 ;;;;;; (22320 25516 956613 268000))
23709 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
23711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-timer" '("org-timer-")))
23713 ;;;***
23714 \f
23715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (0 0 0 0))
23716 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
23718 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
23719 The release version of org-mode.
23720 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
23722 \(fn)" nil nil)
23724 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
23725 The Git version of org-mode.
23726 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
23728 \(fn)" nil nil)
23730 ;;;***
23731 \f
23732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-w3m" "org/org-w3m.el" (0 0 0 0))
23733 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-w3m.el
23735 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-w3m" '("org-w3m-get-" "org-w3m-store-link" "org-w3m-copy-for-org-mode" "org-w3m-no-next-link-p" "org-w3m-no-prev-link-p")))
23737 ;;;***
23738 \f
23739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (0 0 0 0))
23740 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
23741 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
23742 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
23744 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
23745 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
23746 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
23747 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
23749 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
23750 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
23751 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
23752 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
23755 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
23756 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
23757 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
23758 are used when point is on a heading line.
23760 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
23761 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
23762 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
23764 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
23765 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
23767 \(fn)" t nil)
23769 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
23770 Toggle Outline minor mode.
23771 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
23772 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23773 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23775 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
23777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23778 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
23780 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "outline" '("outline-")))
23782 ;;;***
23783 \f
23784 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox" "org/ox.el"
23785 ;;;;;; (22189 60739 13741 19000))
23786 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox.el
23788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox" '("org-export-" "org-export--")))
23790 ;;;***
23791 \f
23792 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-ascii" "org/ox-ascii.el"
23793 ;;;;;; (22189 60738 961741 19000))
23794 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-ascii.el
23796 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-ascii" '("org-ascii-" "org-ascii--")))
23798 ;;;***
23799 \f
23800 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-beamer" "org/ox-beamer.el"
23801 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 195192 607000))
23802 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-beamer.el
23804 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-beamer" '("org-beamer-" "org-beamer--")))
23806 ;;;***
23807 \f
23808 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-html" "org/ox-html.el"
23809 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 195192 607000))
23810 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-html.el
23812 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-html" '("org-html-" "org-html--")))
23814 ;;;***
23815 \f
23816 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-icalendar"
23817 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" (22274 16187 224759 99000))
23818 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-icalendar.el
23820 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-icalendar" '("org-icalendar-" "org-icalendar--")))
23822 ;;;***
23823 \f
23824 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-latex" "org/ox-latex.el"
23825 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 199192 607000))
23826 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-latex.el
23828 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-latex" '("org-latex-" "org-latex--")))
23830 ;;;***
23831 \f
23832 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-man" "org/ox-man.el"
23833 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 199192 607000))
23834 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-man.el
23836 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-man" '("org-man-" "org-man--wrap-label" "org-man--caption/label-string")))
23838 ;;;***
23839 \f
23840 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-md" "org/ox-md.el"
23841 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 199192 607000))
23842 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-md.el
23844 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-md" '("org-md-")))
23846 ;;;***
23847 \f
23848 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-odt" "org/ox-odt.el"
23849 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 203192 607000))
23850 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-odt.el
23852 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-odt" '("org-odt-" "org-odt--")))
23854 ;;;***
23855 \f
23856 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-org" "org/ox-org.el"
23857 ;;;;;; (22328 19625 860549 735000))
23858 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-org.el
23860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-org" '("org-org-section" "org-org-keyword" "org-org-headline" "org-org-identity" "org-org-htmlized-css-url")))
23862 ;;;***
23863 \f
23864 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-publish" "org/ox-publish.el"
23865 ;;;;;; (22189 60738 997741 19000))
23866 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-publish.el
23868 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-publish" '("org-publish-")))
23870 ;;;***
23871 \f
23872 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-texinfo" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
23873 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 203192 607000))
23874 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-texinfo.el
23876 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-texinfo" '("org-texinfo-" "org-texinfo--")))
23878 ;;;***
23879 \f
23880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (0 0 0 0))
23881 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
23882 (push (purecopy '(package 1 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23884 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
23885 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
23886 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
23887 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
23891 activate the package system at any time.")
23893 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
23895 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
23896 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
23897 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
23898 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
23899 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
23900 it to the file.
23901 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
23902 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
23903 loading packages twice.
23904 It is not necessary to adjust `load-path' or `require' the
23905 individual packages after calling `package-initialize' -- this is
23906 taken care of by `package-initialize'.
23908 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
23910 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
23911 Import keys from FILE.
23913 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
23915 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
23916 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
23917 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
23918 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
23919 and make them available for download.
23920 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
23921 downloads in the background.
23923 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
23925 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
23926 Install the package PKG.
23927 PKG can be a package-desc or a symbol naming one of the available packages
23928 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
23930 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
23931 `package-selected-packages'.
23933 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
23934 to install it but still mark it as selected.
23936 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
23938 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
23939 Install a package from the current buffer.
23940 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
23941 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
23942 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
23944 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
23945 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
23946 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
23948 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
23950 \(fn)" t nil)
23952 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
23953 Install a package from a file.
23954 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
23955 directory.
23957 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
23959 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
23960 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
23961 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
23963 \(fn)" t nil)
23965 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
23966 Reinstall package PKG.
23967 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
23968 object.
23970 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
23972 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
23973 Remove packages that are no more needed.
23975 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
23976 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
23977 will be deleted.
23979 \(fn)" t nil)
23981 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
23982 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
23984 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
23986 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
23987 Display a list of packages.
23988 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
23989 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
23990 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
23992 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
23994 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
23996 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "package" '("package--" "package-" "describe-package-1" "bad-signature" "define-package")))
23998 ;;;***
23999 \f
24000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package-x" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" (0 0
24001 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24002 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package-x.el
24004 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "package-x" '("package-" "package--archive-contents-from-" "package--make-" "package--update-" "package--encode")))
24006 ;;;***
24007 \f
24008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "page-ext" "textmodes/page-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
24009 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/page-ext.el
24011 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "page-ext" '("pages-" "sort-pages-" "set-page-delimiter" "original-page-delimiter" "search-pages" "add-new-page" "previous-page" "next-page" "ctl-x-ctl-p-map")))
24013 ;;;***
24014 \f
24015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (0 0 0 0))
24016 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
24018 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
24019 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
24020 See the `show-paren-mode' command
24021 for a description of this minor mode.
24022 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24023 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24024 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
24026 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
24028 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
24029 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
24030 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
24031 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24032 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24034 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
24035 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
24036 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
24038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24040 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "paren" '("show-paren-" "show-paren--")))
24042 ;;;***
24043 \f
24044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (0 0
24045 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24046 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
24047 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
24049 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
24050 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
24051 STRING should be on something resembling an RFC2822 string, a la
24053 somewhat liberal in what format it accepts, and will attempt to
24055 The values returned are identical to those of `decode-time', but
24056 any values that are unknown are returned as nil.
24058 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24060 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "parse-time" '("parse-time-" "parse-iso8601-time-string")))
24062 ;;;***
24063 \f
24064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (0 0 0 0))
24065 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
24067 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
24069 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24071 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
24074 Other useful functions are:
24086 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
24088 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
24089 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
24090 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
24091 Indentation for case statements.
24092 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
24093 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
24094 mark after an end.
24095 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
24096 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
24097 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
24098 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
24099 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24100 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
24101 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
24102 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
24103 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
24104 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
24106 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
24107 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
24109 \(fn)" t nil)
24111 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pascal" '("pascal-" "electric-pascal-" "pascal--extra-indent" "pascal--syntax-propertize")))
24113 ;;;***
24114 \f
24115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (0 0 0
24116 ;;;;;; 0))
24117 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
24119 (defvar password-cache t "\
24120 Whether to cache passwords.")
24122 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
24124 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
24125 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
24126 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
24128 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
24130 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
24131 Check if KEY is in the cache.
24133 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
24135 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "password-cache" '("password-read-" "password-cache-" "password-data" "password-read" "password-reset")))
24137 ;;;***
24138 \f
24139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (0 0 0 0))
24140 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
24142 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
24143 Evaluate EXP and attempt to match it against structural patterns.
24144 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
24146 A structural PATTERN describes a template that identifies a class
24148 two element list, binding its elements to symbols named `foo' and
24149 `bar' -- in much the same way that `cl-destructuring-bind' would.
24151 A significant difference from `cl-destructuring-bind' is that, if
24152 a pattern match fails, the next case is tried until either a
24153 successful match is found or there are no more cases.
24155 Another difference is that pattern elements may be quoted,
24157 matches only against two element lists containing the symbols
24158 `foo' and `bar' in that order. (As a short-hand, atoms always
24159 match themselves, such as numbers or strings, and need not be
24160 quoted.)
24162 Lastly, a pattern can be logical, such as (pred numberp), that
24163 matches any number-like element; or the symbol `_', that matches
24164 anything. Also, when patterns are backquoted, a comma may be
24165 used to introduce logical patterns inside backquoted patterns.
24167 The complete list of standard patterns is as follows:
24169 _ matches anything.
24170 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
24171 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern
24172 the second occurrence becomes an `eq'uality test.
24173 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
24174 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
24177 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
24178 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
24179 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
24180 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
24181 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
24183 Additional patterns can be defined using `pcase-defmacro'.
24185 The FUN argument in the `app' pattern may have the following forms:
24186 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
24187 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
24188 which is the value being matched.
24189 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to (FUN).
24190 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
24192 See Info node `(elisp) Pattern matching case statement' in the
24193 Emacs Lisp manual for more information and examples.
24195 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
24197 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24199 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
24200 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
24202 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
24204 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24206 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
24207 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
24208 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
24209 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
24210 variable name being but a special case of it).
24212 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
24214 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
24216 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
24218 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
24219 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
24220 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
24221 of the form (PAT EXP).
24223 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24225 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24227 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
24228 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
24229 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
24230 of the form (PAT EXP).
24231 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
24232 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
24233 any kind of error.
24235 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24237 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24239 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
24242 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
24244 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24246 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
24247 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
24248 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
24249 to this macro.
24251 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24253 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
24255 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
24257 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcase" '("pcase-MACRO" "pcase-codegen" "pcase-mutually-exclusive-predicates" "pcase--")))
24259 ;;;***
24260 \f
24261 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24262 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
24264 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
24265 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
24267 \(fn)" nil nil)
24269 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-cvs" '("pcmpl-cvs-entries" "pcmpl-cvs-tags" "pcmpl-cvs-modules" "pcmpl-cvs-commands" "pcmpl-cvs-binary")))
24271 ;;;***
24272 \f
24273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (0 0 0 0))
24274 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
24276 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24277 Completion for `gzip'.
24279 \(fn)" nil nil)
24281 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24282 Completion for `bzip2'.
24284 \(fn)" nil nil)
24286 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24287 Completion for GNU `make'.
24289 \(fn)" nil nil)
24291 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24292 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
24294 \(fn)" nil nil)
24296 (autoload 'pcomplete/find "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24297 Completion for the GNU find utility.
24299 \(fn)" nil nil)
24301 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
24303 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-gnu" '("pcmpl-gnu-")))
24305 ;;;***
24306 \f
24307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (0 0 0 0))
24308 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
24310 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
24311 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
24313 \(fn)" nil nil)
24315 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
24316 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
24318 \(fn)" nil nil)
24320 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
24321 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
24323 \(fn)" nil nil)
24325 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-linux" '("pcmpl-linux-fs-types" "pcmpl-linux-mounted-directories" "pcmpl-linux-mountable-directories" "pcomplete-pare-list")))
24327 ;;;***
24328 \f
24329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (0 0 0 0))
24330 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
24332 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
24333 Completion for the `rpm' command.
24335 \(fn)" nil nil)
24337 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-rpm" '("pcmpl-rpm-")))
24339 ;;;***
24340 \f
24341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (0 0 0 0))
24342 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
24344 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
24345 Completion for `cd'.
24347 \(fn)" nil nil)
24349 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
24351 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
24352 Completion for `rmdir'.
24354 \(fn)" nil nil)
24356 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
24357 Completion for `rm'.
24359 \(fn)" nil nil)
24361 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
24362 Completion for `xargs'.
24364 \(fn)" nil nil)
24366 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
24368 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
24369 Completion for `which'.
24371 \(fn)" nil nil)
24373 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
24374 Completion for the `chown' command.
24376 \(fn)" nil nil)
24378 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
24379 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
24381 \(fn)" nil nil)
24383 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
24384 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
24386 \(fn)" nil nil)
24388 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
24389 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
24390 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
24392 \(fn)" nil nil)
24394 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-unix" '("pcmpl-unix-" "pcmpl-ssh-config-" "pcmpl-ssh-known-hosts" "pcmpl-ssh-known-hosts-file" "pcmpl-ssh-hosts")))
24396 ;;;***
24397 \f
24398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
24399 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
24401 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
24402 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
24404 \(fn)" nil nil)
24406 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
24407 Completion for the `ack' command.
24408 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
24409 long options.
24411 \(fn)" nil nil)
24413 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
24415 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
24416 Completion for the `ag' command.
24418 \(fn)" nil nil)
24420 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-x" '("pcmpl-x-ack-" "pcmpl-x-tlmgr-" "pcmpl-x-ag-options")))
24422 ;;;***
24423 \f
24424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
24425 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
24427 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
24428 Support extensible programmable completion.
24429 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
24430 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
24432 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
24434 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
24435 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
24437 \(fn)" t nil)
24439 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
24440 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
24441 This will modify the current buffer.
24443 \(fn)" t nil)
24445 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
24446 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
24448 \(fn)" t nil)
24450 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
24451 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
24452 This will modify the current buffer.
24454 \(fn)" t nil)
24456 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
24457 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
24459 \(fn)" t nil)
24461 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
24462 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
24464 \(fn)" t nil)
24466 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
24467 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
24468 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
24469 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
24470 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
24472 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
24474 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
24475 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
24477 \(fn)" nil nil)
24479 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcomplete" '("pcomplete-" "pcomplete--")))
24481 ;;;***
24482 \f
24483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24484 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
24486 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
24487 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
24488 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
24489 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24491 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
24493 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
24495 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
24496 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
24497 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
24499 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24500 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
24501 FLAGS is ignored.
24503 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
24505 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
24506 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
24507 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
24508 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24509 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
24511 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24512 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
24514 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
24516 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
24517 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
24518 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24521 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24522 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
24523 passed to cvs.
24525 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
24527 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
24528 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
24529 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
24530 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
24532 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
24533 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
24535 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
24537 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
24538 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
24539 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
24541 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
24543 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
24544 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
24545 A value of nil means never do it.
24546 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
24547 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
24548 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
24550 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
24552 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
24553 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
24554 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
24556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs" '("cvs-" "defun-cvs-mode")))
24558 ;;;***
24559 \f
24560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24561 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
24563 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
24564 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
24566 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-defs" '("cvs-")))
24568 ;;;***
24569 \f
24570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-info" "vc/pcvs-info.el" (0 0 0 0))
24571 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-info.el
24573 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-info" '("cvs-")))
24575 ;;;***
24576 \f
24577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-parse" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
24578 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-parse.el
24580 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-parse" '("cvs-")))
24582 ;;;***
24583 \f
24584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-util" "vc/pcvs-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
24585 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-util.el
24587 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-util" '("cvs-")))
24589 ;;;***
24590 \f
24591 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (0 0 0
24592 ;;;;;; 0))
24593 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
24594 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24595 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24596 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24597 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24598 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24599 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
24601 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
24602 Major mode for editing Perl code.
24603 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
24604 Tab indents for Perl code.
24606 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
24607 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24609 Variables controlling indentation style:
24610 `perl-tab-always-indent'
24611 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
24612 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24613 `perl-tab-to-comment'
24614 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
24615 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
24616 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
24617 `perl-nochange'
24618 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
24619 `perl-indent-level'
24620 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
24621 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
24622 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
24623 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
24624 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
24625 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
24626 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
24627 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
24628 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
24629 `perl-brace-offset'
24630 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
24631 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
24632 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
24633 this far to the right of the start of its line.
24634 `perl-label-offset'
24635 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
24636 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
24637 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
24639 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
24640 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
24641 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
24642 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
24643 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
24644 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
24645 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
24647 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
24649 \(fn)" t nil)
24651 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "perl-mode" '("perl-" "perl--prettify-symbols-alist" "indent-perl-exp" "mark-perl-function")))
24653 ;;;***
24654 \f
24655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (0 0 0 0))
24656 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
24658 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
24659 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
24661 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
24662 afterwards settable by these commands:
24679 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
24680 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
24681 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
24682 with these commands:
24686 Move to column following last
24694 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
24696 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
24700 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
24703 You can manipulate text with these commands:
24708 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
24711 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
24721 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
24722 by supplying an argument.
24724 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
24726 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
24727 they are not by default assigned to keys.
24729 \(fn)" t nil)
24731 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
24733 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "picture" '("picture-")))
24735 ;;;***
24736 \f
24737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (0 0 0 0))
24738 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
24739 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
24741 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
24742 Start a Pinentry service.
24744 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
24745 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
24747 If the optional QUIET argument is non-nil, messages at startup
24748 will not be shown.
24750 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
24752 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pinentry" '("pinentry--" "pinentry-")))
24754 ;;;***
24755 \f
24756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "plstore.el" (0 0 0 0))
24757 ;;; Generated autoloads from plstore.el
24759 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
24760 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
24762 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
24764 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
24765 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
24767 \(fn)" t nil)
24769 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "plstore" '("plstore-" "plstore--")))
24771 ;;;***
24772 \f
24773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (0 0 0 0))
24774 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
24776 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
24777 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
24778 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
24780 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
24782 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "po" '("po-find-charset" "po-find-file-coding-system-guts" "po-content-type-charset-alist")))
24784 ;;;***
24785 \f
24786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (0 0 0 0))
24787 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
24789 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
24790 Play pong and waste time.
24791 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
24792 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
24798 \(fn)" t nil)
24800 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pong" '("pong-")))
24802 ;;;***
24803 \f
24804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "net/pop3.el" (0 0 0 0))
24805 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pop3.el
24807 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
24808 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
24809 Use streaming commands.
24811 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
24813 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pop3" '("pop3-")))
24815 ;;;***
24816 \f
24817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (0 0 0 0))
24818 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
24820 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
24821 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
24822 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
24823 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
24825 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
24827 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
24828 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
24830 \(fn)" nil nil)
24832 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
24833 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
24834 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
24835 can handle, whenever this is possible.
24836 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
24838 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
24840 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
24841 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
24842 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
24844 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
24846 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
24847 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
24849 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
24851 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
24852 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
24853 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
24854 Ignores leading comment characters.
24856 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24858 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
24859 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
24860 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
24861 Ignores leading comment characters.
24863 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24865 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pp" '("pp-last-sexp" "pp-display-expression" "pp-escape-newlines")))
24867 ;;;***
24868 \f
24869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (0 0 0 0))
24870 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
24871 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
24873 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
24874 Activate the printing interface buffer.
24876 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
24880 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24882 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
24883 Preview directory using ghostview.
24885 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
24886 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
24887 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
24888 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24890 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
24891 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
24892 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
24893 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
24894 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
24895 file name.
24897 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
24899 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24901 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
24902 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
24904 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
24905 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
24906 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
24907 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24909 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
24910 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
24911 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
24912 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
24913 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
24914 file name.
24916 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
24918 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24920 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
24921 Print directory using PostScript printer.
24923 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
24924 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
24925 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
24926 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24928 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
24929 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
24930 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
24931 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
24932 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
24933 file name.
24935 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
24937 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24939 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
24940 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
24942 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
24944 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
24945 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
24946 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
24947 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24949 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
24950 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
24951 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
24952 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
24953 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
24954 file name.
24956 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
24958 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24960 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
24961 Preview buffer using ghostview.
24963 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
24964 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
24965 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
24967 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
24968 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
24969 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
24970 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
24972 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24974 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
24975 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
24977 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
24978 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
24979 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
24981 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
24982 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
24983 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
24984 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
24986 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
24988 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
24989 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
24991 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
24992 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
24993 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
24995 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
24996 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
24997 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
24998 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25000 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25002 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
25003 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25005 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
25007 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25008 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25009 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25011 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25012 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25013 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25014 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25016 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25018 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
25019 Preview region using ghostview.
25021 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
25023 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25025 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25026 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
25028 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
25030 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25032 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
25033 Print region using PostScript printer.
25035 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
25037 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25039 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
25040 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25042 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
25044 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25046 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
25047 Preview major mode using ghostview.
25049 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
25051 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25053 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25054 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
25056 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
25058 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25060 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
25061 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
25063 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
25065 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25067 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
25068 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
25070 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
25072 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25074 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
25075 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
25076 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25077 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25079 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
25080 matching.
25082 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
25083 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
25085 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25087 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
25089 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
25090 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
25091 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25092 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25094 \(fn)" t nil)
25096 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
25097 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
25098 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25099 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25101 \(fn)" t nil)
25103 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
25104 Print directory using text printer.
25106 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
25107 matching.
25109 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
25110 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
25112 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25114 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
25116 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
25117 Print buffer using text printer.
25119 \(fn)" t nil)
25121 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
25122 Print region using text printer.
25124 \(fn)" t nil)
25126 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
25127 Print major mode using text printer.
25129 \(fn)" t nil)
25131 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
25132 Preview spooled PostScript.
25134 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25135 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25136 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25138 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25139 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25140 PostScript image in a file with that name.
25142 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25144 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25145 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
25147 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25148 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25149 instead of sending it to the printer.
25151 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25152 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25153 image in a file with that name.
25155 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25157 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
25158 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
25160 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25161 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25162 instead of sending it to the printer.
25164 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25165 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25166 image in a file with that name.
25168 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25170 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
25171 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
25173 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25174 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25175 instead of sending it to the printer.
25177 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25178 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25179 image in a file with that name.
25181 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25183 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
25184 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
25186 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25188 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
25189 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
25191 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
25193 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25194 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
25196 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25198 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
25199 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
25201 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25203 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
25204 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
25206 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25208 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
25209 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
25211 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
25212 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25213 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
25214 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25216 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25217 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
25218 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
25219 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
25220 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
25221 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
25222 file name.
25224 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
25226 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
25227 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
25229 \(fn)" t nil)
25231 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
25232 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
25234 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
25235 right.
25236 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
25237 bottom.
25239 \(fn)" t nil)
25241 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
25242 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
25244 \(fn)" t nil)
25246 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
25247 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
25249 \(fn)" t nil)
25251 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
25252 Toggle printing with faces.
25254 \(fn)" t nil)
25256 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
25257 Toggle spooling.
25259 \(fn)" t nil)
25261 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
25262 Toggle duplex.
25264 \(fn)" t nil)
25266 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
25267 Toggle tumble.
25269 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
25270 right.
25271 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
25272 bottom.
25274 \(fn)" t nil)
25276 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
25277 Toggle landscape.
25279 \(fn)" t nil)
25281 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
25282 Toggle upside-down.
25284 \(fn)" t nil)
25286 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
25287 Toggle line number.
25289 \(fn)" t nil)
25291 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
25292 Toggle zebra stripes.
25294 \(fn)" t nil)
25296 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
25297 Toggle printing header.
25299 \(fn)" t nil)
25301 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
25302 Toggle printing header frame.
25304 \(fn)" t nil)
25306 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
25307 Toggle menu lock.
25309 \(fn)" t nil)
25311 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
25312 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
25314 \(fn)" t nil)
25316 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
25317 Toggle auto mode.
25319 \(fn)" t nil)
25321 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
25322 Customization of the `printing' group.
25324 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25326 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
25327 Customization of the `lpr' group.
25329 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25331 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
25332 Help for the printing package.
25334 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25336 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
25337 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
25339 \(fn)" t nil)
25341 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
25342 Interactively select a text printer.
25344 \(fn)" t nil)
25346 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
25347 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
25349 \(fn)" t nil)
25351 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
25352 Show current ps-print settings.
25354 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25356 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
25357 Show current printing settings.
25359 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25361 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
25362 Show current lpr settings.
25364 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25366 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
25367 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
25369 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
25370 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
25371 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
25372 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
25375 Interactively, you have the following situations:
25377 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25378 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
25379 immediately be done using the current active printer.
25381 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25382 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25383 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
25384 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
25385 current active printer.
25387 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25388 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
25389 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
25390 printer.
25392 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25393 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
25394 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
25395 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
25396 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25399 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
25400 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
25402 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
25404 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
25405 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
25406 be done using the new current active printer.
25408 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
25409 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
25410 printer.
25412 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
25413 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
25414 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
25415 instead of sending it to the printer.
25417 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
25418 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
25419 printer.
25421 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
25424 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
25425 are both set to t.
25427 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
25429 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
25430 Fast fire function for text printing.
25432 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
25433 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
25434 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
25435 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
25437 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25438 user for a new active text printer.
25440 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
25442 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
25444 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
25445 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
25446 printer.
25448 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
25450 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
25451 are both set to t.
25453 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
25455 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "printing" '("pr-" "lpr-setup")))
25457 ;;;***
25458 \f
25459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (0 0 0 0))
25460 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
25462 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
25463 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
25465 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
25466 the process information.
25468 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
25470 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
25471 Proced buffers.
25473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25475 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "proced" '("proced-")))
25477 ;;;***
25478 \f
25479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (0 0 0 0))
25480 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
25482 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
25483 Start/restart profilers.
25484 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
25485 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
25486 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
25488 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
25490 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
25491 Open profile FILENAME.
25493 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25495 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
25496 Open profile FILENAME.
25498 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25500 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
25501 Open profile FILENAME.
25503 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25505 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "profiler" '("profiler-")))
25507 ;;;***
25508 \f
25509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (0 0 0 0))
25510 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
25512 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
25513 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
25514 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
25515 the user for a different directory to look in. If that directory
25516 is not a part of a detectable project either, return a
25517 `transient' project instance rooted in it.
25519 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
25521 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
25522 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project's roots.
25524 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
25526 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25528 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-regexp "project" "\
25529 Find all matches for REGEXP in the project roots or external roots.
25531 pattern to search for.
25533 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
25535 (autoload 'project-find-file "project" "\
25536 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots.
25537 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
25538 recognized.
25540 \(fn)" t nil)
25542 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-file "project" "\
25543 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots or external roots.
25544 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
25545 recognized.
25547 \(fn)" t nil)
25549 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "project" '("project-" "project--find-" "project--value-in-dir" "project--read-regexp" "project--completing-read-strict")))
25551 ;;;***
25552 \f
25553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (0 0 0 0))
25554 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
25556 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
25557 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
25559 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
25560 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
25562 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
25564 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
25567 Commands:
25570 \(fn)" t nil)
25572 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
25573 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
25574 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
25576 \(fn)" t nil)
25578 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
25579 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
25580 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
25582 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25584 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "prolog" '("prolog-" "mercury-mode-map")))
25586 ;;;***
25587 \f
25588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (0 0 0 0))
25589 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
25591 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
25592 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
25595 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
25597 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-bdf" '("bdf-")))
25599 ;;;***
25600 \f
25601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
25602 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
25603 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
25605 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
25606 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
25608 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
25610 The following variables hold user options, and can
25611 be set through the `customize' command:
25613 `ps-mode-tab'
25614 `ps-mode-paper-size'
25615 `ps-mode-print-function'
25616 `ps-run-prompt'
25617 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
25618 `ps-run-x'
25619 `ps-run-dumb'
25620 `ps-run-init'
25621 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
25622 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
25631 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
25632 The keymap for this second window is:
25637 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
25638 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
25639 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
25640 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
25641 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
25643 \(fn)" t nil)
25645 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-mode" '("ps-mode-" "ps-run-" "ps-mode--syntax-propertize-special" "ps-mode--string-syntax-table")))
25647 ;;;***
25648 \f
25649 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el"
25650 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 655192 607000))
25651 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
25653 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-mule" '("ps-mule-")))
25655 ;;;***
25656 \f
25657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (0 0 0 0))
25658 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
25659 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25661 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
25662 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
25663 See `ps-paper-type'.")
25665 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
25667 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
25668 Specify the size of paper to format for.
25669 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
25670 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
25672 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
25674 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
25675 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
25677 Valid values are:
25679 nil Do not print colors.
25681 t Print colors.
25683 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
25684 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
25686 Any other value is treated as t.")
25688 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
25690 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
25691 Customization of ps-print group.
25693 \(fn)" t nil)
25695 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
25696 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
25698 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
25699 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
25700 sending it to the printer.
25702 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25703 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25704 image in a file with that name.
25706 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25708 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25709 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
25710 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
25711 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
25712 so it has a way to determine color values.
25714 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25716 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
25717 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
25718 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
25720 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25722 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25723 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
25724 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
25725 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
25726 so it has a way to determine color values.
25728 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25730 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
25731 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
25732 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
25733 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
25735 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25737 \(fn)" t nil)
25739 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25740 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
25741 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
25742 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
25743 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
25745 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25747 \(fn)" t nil)
25749 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
25750 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
25751 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
25753 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25755 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25757 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
25758 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
25759 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
25760 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
25761 so it has a way to determine color values.
25763 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
25765 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25767 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
25768 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
25770 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
25771 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25772 instead of sending it to the printer.
25774 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25775 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25776 image in a file with that name.
25778 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25780 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
25781 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
25782 Done using the current ps-print setup.
25786 \(fn)" t nil)
25788 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
25789 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
25790 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
25792 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
25794 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
25795 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
25796 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
25798 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
25800 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
25801 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
25803 \(fn)" nil nil)
25805 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
25806 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
25808 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
25809 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
25811 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
25812 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
25814 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
25816 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
25818 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
25820 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
25821 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
25823 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
25824 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
25826 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
25827 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
25829 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
25831 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
25833 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
25835 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
25836 foreground and background colors respectively.
25838 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
25839 bold - use bold font.
25840 italic - use italic font.
25841 underline - put a line under text.
25842 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
25843 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
25844 shadow - text will have a shadow.
25845 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
25846 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
25848 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
25850 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
25852 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-print" '("ps-")))
25854 ;;;***
25855 \f
25856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-samp" "ps-samp.el" (0 0 0 0))
25857 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-samp.el
25859 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-samp" '("ps-")))
25861 ;;;***
25862 \f
25863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (0 0 0 0))
25864 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
25865 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
25867 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
25868 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
25869 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
25871 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
25873 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
25874 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
25875 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
25877 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
25879 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pulse" '("pulse-")))
25881 ;;;***
25882 \f
25883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "puny" "net/puny.el" (0 0 0 0))
25884 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/puny.el
25886 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "puny" '("puny-")))
25888 ;;;***
25889 \f
25890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (0 0 0 0))
25891 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
25892 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
25896 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
25898 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
25899 Run an inferior Python process.
25901 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
25902 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
25903 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
25904 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
25905 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
25907 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
25908 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
25909 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
25910 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
25912 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
25914 process buffer for a list of commands.)
25916 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
25918 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
25919 Major mode for editing Python files.
25923 \(fn)" t nil)
25925 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "python" '("python-" "python--prettify-symbols-alist" "inferior-python-mode" "run-python-internal")))
25927 ;;;***
25928 \f
25929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "mail/qp.el" (0 0 0 0))
25930 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/qp.el
25932 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
25933 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
25934 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
25935 coding-system.
25937 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
25940 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
25941 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
25942 them into characters should be done separately.
25944 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
25946 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "qp" '("quoted-printable-decode-string" "quoted-printable-encode-region" "quoted-printable-encode-string")))
25948 ;;;***
25949 \f
25950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (0 0 0 0))
25951 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
25953 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
25954 Return the title of the current Quail package.
25956 \(fn)" nil nil)
25958 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
25959 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
25960 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
25962 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
25963 `quail-activate', which see.
25965 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
25967 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
25968 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
25969 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
25970 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
25971 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
25972 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
25973 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
25975 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
25976 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
25977 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
25978 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
25979 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
25980 shown.
25981 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
25983 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
25984 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
25987 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
25988 list of candidates.
25990 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
25991 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
25992 command to be called.
25994 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
25995 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
25996 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
25997 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
25999 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
26000 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
26001 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
26002 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
26003 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
26004 to t.
26006 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
26007 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
26008 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
26009 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
26011 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
26012 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
26013 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
26014 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
26015 defines no translations for single character keys.
26017 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
26018 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
26019 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
26020 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
26021 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
26022 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
26024 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
26025 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
26028 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
26031 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
26032 covers Quail translation region.
26034 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
26035 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
26036 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
26037 for it) is inserted.
26039 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
26040 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
26041 vs. corresponding command to be called.
26043 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
26044 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
26045 non-Quail commands.
26047 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
26049 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
26050 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
26052 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
26053 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
26054 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
26055 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
26056 you type is correctly handled.
26058 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
26060 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
26061 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
26063 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
26064 keyboard type.
26066 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
26068 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
26069 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
26070 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
26071 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
26072 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
26073 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
26074 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
26075 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
26076 for the translation.
26077 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
26079 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
26080 it is used to handle KEY.
26082 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
26083 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
26084 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
26085 the following annotation types are supported.
26087 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
26088 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
26090 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
26091 candidate list.
26093 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
26094 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
26095 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
26096 inserted.
26098 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
26099 generated for the following translations.
26101 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
26103 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
26104 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
26106 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
26107 which to install MAP.
26109 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
26111 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
26113 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
26114 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
26116 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
26117 which to install MAP.
26119 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
26121 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
26123 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
26124 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
26125 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
26126 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
26127 a function, or a cons.
26128 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
26129 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
26130 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
26131 for the translation.
26132 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
26133 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
26134 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
26135 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
26136 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
26138 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
26139 it is used to handle KEY.
26141 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
26142 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
26143 current Quail package.
26145 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
26146 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
26148 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
26150 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
26151 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
26153 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
26154 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
26156 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
26158 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
26159 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
26161 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
26163 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
26164 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
26165 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
26166 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
26167 of the Emacs source tree.
26169 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
26172 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
26173 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
26174 of each directory.
26176 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
26178 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail" '("quail-")))
26180 ;;;***
26181 \f
26182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/ethiopic" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" (0
26183 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26184 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/ethiopic.el
26186 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/ethiopic" '("ethio-select-a-translation")))
26188 ;;;***
26189 \f
26190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (0 0
26191 ;;;;;; 0 0))
26192 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
26194 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
26195 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
26196 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
26197 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
26199 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26201 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/hangul" '("hangul-" "hangul390-" "hangul3-" "hangul2-" "alphabetp" "notzerop")))
26203 ;;;***
26204 \f
26205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/indian" "leim/quail/indian.el" (0 0
26206 ;;;;;; 0 0))
26207 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/indian.el
26209 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/indian" '("quail-tamil-itrans-" "quail-define-" "inscript-tml-keytable" "inscript-mlm-keytable" "inscript-dev-keytable")))
26211 ;;;***
26212 \f
26213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/ipa" "leim/quail/ipa.el" (0 0 0 0))
26214 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/ipa.el
26216 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/ipa" '("ipa-x-sampa-underscore-implosive" "ipa-x-sampa-prepend-to-keymap-entry" "ipa-x-sampa-implosive-submap")))
26218 ;;;***
26219 \f
26220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/japanese" "leim/quail/japanese.el" (0
26221 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26222 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/japanese.el
26224 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/japanese" '("quail-japanese-")))
26226 ;;;***
26227 \f
26228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/lao" "leim/quail/lao.el" (0 0 0 0))
26229 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/lao.el
26231 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/lao" '("lao-" "quail-lao-update-translation")))
26233 ;;;***
26234 \f
26235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/lrt" "leim/quail/lrt.el" (0 0 0 0))
26236 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/lrt.el
26238 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/lrt" '("quail-lrt-update-translation")))
26240 ;;;***
26241 \f
26242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/sisheng" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" (0
26243 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26244 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/sisheng.el
26246 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/sisheng" '("quail-make-sisheng-rules" "sisheng-regexp" "sisheng-vowel-table" "sisheng-syllable-table")))
26248 ;;;***
26249 \f
26250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/thai" "leim/quail/thai.el" (0 0 0 0))
26251 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/thai.el
26253 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/thai" '("thai-generate-quail-map")))
26255 ;;;***
26256 \f
26257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/tibetan" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" (0
26258 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26259 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/tibetan.el
26261 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/tibetan" '("tibetan-" "quail-tibkey-to-transcription" "quail-tibkey-characters" "quail-tibkey-update-translation" "quail-tibetan-update-translation")))
26263 ;;;***
26264 \f
26265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
26266 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26267 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
26269 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
26270 Activate UCS input method.
26271 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
26273 While this input method is active, the variable
26274 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
26276 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
26278 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/uni-input" '("ucs-input-insert-char" "ucs-input-method" "ucs-input-deactivate" "ucs-input-help")))
26280 ;;;***
26281 \f
26282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/viqr" "leim/quail/viqr.el" (0 0 0 0))
26283 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/viqr.el
26285 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/viqr" '("viet-quail-define-rules")))
26287 ;;;***
26288 \f
26289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (0 0 0 0))
26290 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
26292 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
26293 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
26294 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
26295 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
26297 To make use of this do something like:
26299 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
26301 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
26303 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
26304 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
26306 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
26307 buffer, this default action can be modified via
26308 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
26310 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
26312 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
26313 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
26315 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
26317 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
26318 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
26320 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
26321 is decided.
26323 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
26325 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
26326 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
26328 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
26329 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
26330 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
26332 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
26334 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
26335 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
26337 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
26339 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
26340 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
26342 \(fn)" t nil)
26344 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
26345 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
26347 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
26351 \(fn)" t nil)
26353 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
26354 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
26356 \(fn)" t nil)
26358 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quickurl" '("quickurl-")))
26360 ;;;***
26361 \f
26362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "radix-tree" "emacs-lisp/radix-tree.el" (0
26363 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26364 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/radix-tree.el
26366 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "radix-tree" '("radix-tree-")))
26368 ;;;***
26369 \f
26370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (0 0 0 0))
26371 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
26373 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
26374 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
26376 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
26378 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
26380 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26382 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
26384 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
26387 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION SERVER-ALIAS)" nil nil)
26389 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
26390 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
26391 See the `rcirc-track-minor-mode' command
26392 for a description of this minor mode.
26393 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26394 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26395 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
26397 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
26399 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
26400 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
26401 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
26402 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
26403 if ARG is omitted or nil.
26405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26407 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rcirc" '("rcirc-" "with-rcirc-" "set-rcirc-" "rcirc--connection-open-p" "defun-rcirc-command")))
26409 ;;;***
26410 \f
26411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (0
26412 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26413 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
26415 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
26417 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
26418 Construct a regexp interactively.
26421 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
26424 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
26426 \(fn)" t nil)
26428 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "re-builder" '("reb-" "re-builder-unload-function")))
26430 ;;;***
26431 \f
26432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (0 0 0 0))
26433 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
26435 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
26436 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
26437 See the `recentf-mode' command
26438 for a description of this minor mode.
26439 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26440 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26441 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
26443 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
26445 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
26447 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
26448 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26449 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26453 were operated on recently.
26455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26457 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "recentf" '("recentf-")))
26459 ;;;***
26460 \f
26461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
26462 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
26464 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
26465 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
26466 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
26467 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
26468 ends.
26470 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26471 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
26472 to be deleted.
26474 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26476 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
26477 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
26478 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
26480 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26481 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
26482 deleted.
26484 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
26486 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
26487 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
26488 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
26490 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
26492 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
26493 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
26495 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26496 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
26498 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
26499 deleted.
26501 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
26502 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
26503 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
26504 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
26505 even beep.)
26507 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26509 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
26510 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
26512 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26514 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
26515 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
26517 \(fn)" t nil)
26519 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
26520 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
26521 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
26522 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
26523 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
26524 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
26525 and point is at the lower right corner.
26527 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
26529 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
26530 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
26532 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
26533 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
26535 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26536 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
26537 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
26539 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26541 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
26543 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
26544 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
26545 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
26546 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
26547 rectangle, all contiguous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
26549 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26550 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
26552 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26554 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
26555 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
26556 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
26558 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
26560 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
26562 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
26564 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
26565 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
26567 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26568 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
26569 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
26571 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
26573 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
26574 Blank out the region-rectangle.
26575 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
26577 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
26578 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
26579 rectangle which were empty.
26581 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
26583 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
26584 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
26586 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
26587 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
26588 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
26589 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
26591 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
26593 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
26594 Toggle the region as rectangular.
26595 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
26597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26599 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rect" '("rectangle--" "rectangle-" "delete-" "spaces-" "string-rectangle-" "extract-rectangle-" "clear-rectangle-line" "open-rectangle-line" "killed-rectangle" "apply-on-rectangle" "operate-on-rectangle")))
26601 ;;;***
26602 \f
26603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refbib" "textmodes/refbib.el" (0 0 0 0))
26604 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refbib.el
26606 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refbib" '("r2b-")))
26608 ;;;***
26609 \f
26610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refer" "textmodes/refer.el" (0 0 0 0))
26611 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refer.el
26613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refer" '("refer-")))
26615 ;;;***
26616 \f
26617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (0 0 0 0))
26618 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
26620 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
26621 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
26622 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
26623 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26624 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26626 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
26627 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
26628 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
26629 auto-filling.
26633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refill" '("refill-")))
26637 ;;;***
26638 \f
26639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (0 0 0 0))
26640 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
26641 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
26642 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
26643 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
26644 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
26646 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
26647 Turn on RefTeX mode.
26649 \(fn)" nil nil)
26651 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
26658 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
26659 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
26663 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
26666 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
26667 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
26670 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
26671 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
26673 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
26677 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
26678 on the menu bar.
26680 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
26682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26684 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
26685 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
26686 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
26688 \(fn)" nil nil)
26690 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex" '("reftex-" "reftex--prepare-syntax-tables")))
26692 ;;;***
26693 \f
26694 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-auc" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
26695 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26696 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-auc.el
26698 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-auc" '("reftex-plug-flag" "reftex-what-index-tag")))
26700 ;;;***
26701 \f
26702 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-cite"
26703 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26704 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
26706 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-cite" '("reftex-" "reftex--query-search-regexps")))
26708 ;;;***
26709 \f
26710 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-dcr" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
26711 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26712 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-dcr.el
26714 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-dcr" '("reftex-")))
26716 ;;;***
26717 \f
26718 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-global"
26719 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26720 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
26722 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-global" '("reftex-isearch-" "reftex-grep-history" "reftex-grep-command" "reftex-translate" "reftex-ensure-write-access")))
26724 ;;;***
26725 \f
26726 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-index"
26727 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26728 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
26730 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-index" '("reftex-")))
26732 ;;;***
26733 \f
26734 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-parse"
26735 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" (22164 57535 811192 607000))
26736 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
26738 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-parse" '("reftex-")))
26740 ;;;***
26741 \f
26742 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-ref" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
26743 ;;;;;; (22189 60739 277741 19000))
26744 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-ref.el
26746 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-ref" '("reftex-")))
26748 ;;;***
26749 \f
26750 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-sel" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
26751 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 815192 607000))
26752 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-sel.el
26754 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-sel" '("reftex-select-" "reftex-last-line" "reftex-last-data")))
26756 ;;;***
26757 \f
26758 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-toc" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
26759 ;;;;;; (22164 57535 815192 607000))
26760 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-toc.el
26762 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-toc" '("reftex-" "reftex--rebuilding-toc")))
26764 ;;;***
26765 \f
26766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (0
26767 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26768 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
26769 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
26770 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
26771 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
26772 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
26774 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-vars" '("reftex-")))
26776 ;;;***
26777 \f
26778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (0
26779 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26780 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
26782 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
26783 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
26784 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
26785 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
26786 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
26787 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
26792 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
26794 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
26797 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
26799 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
26800 Return the depth of REGEXP.
26801 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
26802 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
26804 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
26806 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "regexp-opt" '("regexp-opt-charset" "regexp-opt-group")))
26808 ;;;***
26809 \f
26810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (0 0 0 0))
26811 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
26812 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
26814 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "regi" '("regi-pos" "regi-mapcar" "regi-interpret")))
26816 ;;;***
26817 \f
26818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "registry" "registry.el" (0 0 0 0))
26819 ;;; Generated autoloads from registry.el
26821 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "registry" '("registry-db" "registry-db-version" "registry--match")))
26823 ;;;***
26824 \f
26825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (0 0 0 0))
26826 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
26827 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
26829 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
26830 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
26831 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
26832 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
26834 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
26836 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
26838 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
26839 Call `remember' in another frame.
26841 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
26843 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
26844 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
26845 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
26847 \(fn)" t nil)
26849 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
26850 Extract diary entries from the region.
26852 \(fn)" nil nil)
26854 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
26855 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
26856 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
26857 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
26859 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
26861 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
26862 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
26863 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
26864 minor mode.
26866 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
26868 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
26869 Return the buffer.
26871 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
26873 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
26875 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
26877 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "remember" '("remember-")))
26879 ;;;***
26880 \f
26881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (0 0 0 0))
26882 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
26883 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
26885 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
26886 Repeat most recently executed command.
26887 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
26888 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
26889 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
26891 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
26892 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
26893 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
26894 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
26896 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
26900 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
26902 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "repeat" '("repeat-")))
26904 ;;;***
26905 \f
26906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (0 0 0 0))
26907 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
26909 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
26910 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
26912 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
26913 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
26914 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
26915 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
26916 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
26917 and point is left after the salutation.
26919 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
26920 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
26921 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
26922 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
26923 left after that text.
26925 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
26926 is non-nil.
26928 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
26929 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
26930 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
26931 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
26933 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
26935 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reporter" '("reporter-")))
26937 ;;;***
26938 \f
26939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (0 0 0 0))
26940 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
26942 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
26943 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
26944 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
26945 visibility of comments that precede it.
26946 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
26947 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
26948 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
26949 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
26950 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
26951 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
26952 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
26953 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
26954 the comment lines.
26955 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
26956 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
26957 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
26958 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
26959 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
26961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26963 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reposition" '("repos-count-screen-lines-signed" "repos-count-screen-lines")))
26965 ;;;***
26966 \f
26967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (0 0 0 0))
26968 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
26970 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
26971 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
26972 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
26973 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26974 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26976 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
26977 reveals invisible text around point.
26979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26981 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
26982 Non-nil if Global Reveal mode is enabled.
26983 See the `global-reveal-mode' command
26984 for a description of this minor mode.
26985 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26986 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26987 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
26989 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
26991 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
26992 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
26993 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
26995 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
26996 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26997 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27001 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reveal" '("reveal-")))
27003 ;;;***
27004 \f
27005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc1843" "international/rfc1843.el" (0 0 0
27006 ;;;;;; 0))
27007 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/rfc1843.el
27009 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc1843" '("rfc1843-decode-" "rfc1843-hzp-word-" "rfc1843-word-" "rfc1843-decode" "rfc1843-newsgroups-regexp")))
27011 ;;;***
27012 \f
27013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2045" "mail/rfc2045.el" (0 0 0 0))
27014 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2045.el
27016 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2045" '("rfc2045-encode-string")))
27018 ;;;***
27019 \f
27020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2047" "mail/rfc2047.el" (0 0 0 0))
27021 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2047.el
27023 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2047" '("rfc2047-")))
27025 ;;;***
27026 \f
27027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2104" "net/rfc2104.el" (0 0 0 0))
27028 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rfc2104.el
27030 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2104" '("rfc2104-ipad" "rfc2104-opad" "rfc2104-nybbles" "rfc2104-hash")))
27032 ;;;***
27033 \f
27034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2231" "mail/rfc2231.el" (0 0 0 0))
27035 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2231.el
27037 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2231" '("rfc2231-parse-qp-string" "rfc2231-parse-string" "rfc2231-get-value" "rfc2231-decode-encoded-string" "rfc2231-encode-string")))
27039 ;;;***
27040 \f
27041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2368" "mail/rfc2368.el" (0 0 0 0))
27042 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2368.el
27044 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2368" '("rfc2368-mailto-" "rfc2368-unhexify-string" "rfc2368-parse-mailto-url")))
27046 ;;;***
27047 \f
27048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc822" "mail/rfc822.el" (0 0 0 0))
27049 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc822.el
27051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc822" '("rfc822-")))
27053 ;;;***
27054 \f
27055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (0 0 0 0))
27056 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
27058 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
27059 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
27061 \(fn X)" nil nil)
27063 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
27064 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
27066 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
27068 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ring" '("ring-")))
27070 ;;;***
27071 \f
27072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (0 0 0 0))
27073 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
27075 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
27076 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
27077 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
27078 other arguments for `rlogin'.
27080 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
27082 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
27083 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
27084 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
27085 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
27087 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
27088 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
27090 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
27091 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
27093 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
27094 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
27095 INPUT-ARGS.
27097 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
27098 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
27099 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
27100 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
27101 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
27103 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
27104 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
27105 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
27106 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
27108 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
27109 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
27110 variable.
27112 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27114 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rlogin" '("rlogin-")))
27116 ;;;***
27117 \f
27118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
27119 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
27121 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
27122 Name of user's primary mail file.")
27124 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
27126 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
27128 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
27129 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
27130 Its name should end with a slash.")
27132 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
27133 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
27135 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
27136 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
27137 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
27139 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
27141 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
27142 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
27143 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
27144 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
27145 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
27146 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
27147 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
27149 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
27150 sent by you under different user names.
27151 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
27153 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
27155 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
27157 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
27159 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
27160 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
27161 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
27162 explicitly.")
27164 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
27166 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
27167 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
27168 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
27169 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
27170 which normally happens once for each message,
27171 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
27172 To make a change in this variable take effect
27173 for a message that you have already viewed,
27176 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
27178 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
27179 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
27180 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
27181 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
27183 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
27185 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
27186 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
27188 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
27191 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
27192 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
27194 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
27196 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
27197 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
27198 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
27199 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
27200 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
27203 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
27205 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
27206 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
27208 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
27211 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
27213 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
27215 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
27216 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
27218 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
27219 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
27221 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
27223 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
27224 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
27226 This is set to nil by default.")
27228 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
27229 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
27230 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
27231 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
27232 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
27233 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
27234 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
27236 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
27237 Read and edit incoming mail.
27238 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
27239 file in RMAIL Mode.
27242 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
27243 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
27244 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
27245 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
27247 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
27249 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
27251 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
27253 All normal editing commands are turned off.
27254 Instead, these commands are available:
27270 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
27271 till a deleted message is found.
27272 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
27285 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
27290 (label defaults to last one specified).
27291 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
27301 \(fn)" t nil)
27303 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
27304 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
27306 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
27308 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
27309 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
27311 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
27313 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmail" '("rmail-" "mail-unsent-separator" "mail-mime-unsent-header")))
27315 ;;;***
27316 \f
27317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail-spam-filter" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
27318 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27319 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail-spam-filter.el
27321 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmail-spam-filter" '("rsf-" "rmail-use-spam-filter" "rmail-spam-filter" "rmail-get-new-mail-filter-spam")))
27323 ;;;***
27324 \f
27325 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
27326 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 831192 607000))
27327 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
27329 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailedit" '("rmail-edit-" "rmail-abort-edit" "rmail-cease-edit" "rmail-old-headers" "rmail-old-pruned")))
27331 ;;;***
27332 \f
27333 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailkwd" "mail/rmailkwd.el"
27334 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 831192 607000))
27335 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
27337 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailkwd" '("rmail-set-label" "rmail-make-label" "rmail-label-obarray")))
27339 ;;;***
27340 \f
27341 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailmm" "mail/rmailmm.el"
27342 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 831192 607000))
27343 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmm.el
27345 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailmm" '("rmail-mime-" "rmail-insert-mime-" "rmail-mm-get-boundary-error-message" "rmail-show-mime" "rmail-search-mime-message")))
27347 ;;;***
27348 \f
27349 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (0 0 0 0))
27350 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
27351 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
27353 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
27354 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
27355 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
27356 case it writes Babyl.
27358 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
27359 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
27360 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
27361 `rmail-default-file'.
27363 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
27364 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
27365 buffer, updates it accordingly.
27367 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
27368 the header display is currently pruned.
27370 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
27371 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
27372 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
27373 messages after output.
27375 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
27377 message (if writing a file directly).
27379 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
27380 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
27382 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
27384 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
27385 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
27386 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
27387 i) the header is output as currently seen
27388 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
27389 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
27391 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
27392 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
27393 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
27395 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
27397 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
27398 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
27399 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
27401 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
27402 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
27403 `rmail-default-body-file'.
27405 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
27406 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
27407 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
27409 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
27411 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailout" '("rmail-output-" "rmail-nuke-pinhead-header" "rmail-convert-to-babyl-format" "rmail-delete-unwanted-fields" "rmail-fields-not-to-output")))
27413 ;;;***
27414 \f
27415 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el"
27416 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 831192 607000))
27417 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
27419 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailsort" '("rmail-select-correspondent" "rmail-sort-messages" "rmail-make-date-sortable")))
27421 ;;;***
27422 \f
27423 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
27424 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 835192 607000))
27425 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
27427 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailsum" '("rmail-" "rmail--decode-and-apply")))
27429 ;;;***
27430 \f
27431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (0 0 0 0))
27432 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
27434 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
27435 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
27436 Return a pattern.
27438 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
27440 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-cmpct" '("rng-c-" "rng-token-datatype" "rng-string-datatype")))
27442 ;;;***
27443 \f
27444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-dt" "nxml/rng-dt.el" (0 0 0 0))
27445 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-dt.el
27447 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-dt" '("rng-dt-builtin-compile" "rng-dt-make-value" "rng-dt-namespace-context-getter" "rng-dt-error" "rng-dt-error-reporter")))
27449 ;;;***
27450 \f
27451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-loc" "nxml/rng-loc.el" (0 0 0 0))
27452 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-loc.el
27454 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-loc" '("rng-")))
27456 ;;;***
27457 \f
27458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-maint" "nxml/rng-maint.el" (0 0 0 0))
27459 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-maint.el
27461 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-maint" '("rng-")))
27463 ;;;***
27464 \f
27465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-match" "nxml/rng-match.el" (0 0 0 0))
27466 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-match.el
27468 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-match" '("rng-" "rng--ipattern-datatype" "rng--ipattern-after" "rng--ipattern-value-object")))
27470 ;;;***
27471 \f
27472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (0 0 0 0))
27473 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
27475 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
27476 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
27477 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
27478 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
27480 \(fn)" t nil)
27482 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-nxml" '("rng-")))
27484 ;;;***
27485 \f
27486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-parse" "nxml/rng-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
27487 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-parse.el
27489 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-parse" '("rng-parse-prev-was-start-tag" "rng-parse-validate-file" "rng-parse-do-validate" "rng-parse-to-match-name")))
27491 ;;;***
27492 \f
27493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-pttrn" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" (0 0 0 0))
27494 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-pttrn.el
27496 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-pttrn" '("rng-make-" "rng-ref-" "rng-any-" "rng-schema-change-hook" "rng-current-schema")))
27498 ;;;***
27499 \f
27500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-uri" "nxml/rng-uri.el" (0 0 0 0))
27501 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-uri.el
27503 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-uri" '("rng-")))
27505 ;;;***
27506 \f
27507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-util" "nxml/rng-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
27508 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-util.el
27510 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-util" '("rng-")))
27512 ;;;***
27513 \f
27514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (0 0 0 0))
27515 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
27517 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
27518 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
27520 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
27521 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
27522 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
27523 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
27524 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
27526 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
27527 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
27528 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
27529 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
27531 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
27532 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
27534 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
27535 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
27536 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
27537 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
27538 to use for finding the schema.
27540 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
27542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-valid" '("rng-")))
27544 ;;;***
27545 \f
27546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (0 0 0 0))
27547 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
27549 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile #'rng-xsd-compile)
27551 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
27552 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
27553 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
27554 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
27555 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
27556 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls `rng-dt-error'
27557 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
27558 `rng-dt-error' will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
27559 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
27560 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
27561 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
27562 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
27563 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
27564 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
27565 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
27566 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
27567 must be equal.
27569 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
27571 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-xsd" '("rng-xsd-" "xsd-duration-reference-dates")))
27573 ;;;***
27574 \f
27575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (0 0 0 0))
27576 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
27578 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
27579 Define a robin package.
27581 NAME is the string of this robin package.
27582 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
27583 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
27584 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
27586 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
27587 one replaces the old one.
27589 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
27591 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
27592 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
27594 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
27595 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
27596 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
27598 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
27600 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
27601 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
27603 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
27605 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "robin" '("robin-")))
27607 ;;;***
27608 \f
27609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (0 0 0 0))
27610 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
27612 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
27613 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
27615 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
27617 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
27618 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
27620 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27622 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
27623 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
27625 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27627 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
27628 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
27629 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
27631 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
27632 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
27633 in ROT13.
27635 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
27637 \(fn)" t nil)
27639 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
27640 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
27642 \(fn)" t nil)
27644 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rot13" '("rot13-translate-table" "rot13-display-table")))
27646 ;;;***
27647 \f
27648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (0 0 0 0))
27649 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
27652 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
27653 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
27656 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
27657 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
27658 highlighting.
27662 \(fn)" t nil)
27664 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
27665 Toggle ReST minor mode.
27666 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
27667 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27668 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27670 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
27671 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
27672 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
27674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27676 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rst" '("rst-")))
27678 ;;;***
27679 \f
27680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rtree" "rtree.el" (0 0 0 0))
27681 ;;; Generated autoloads from rtree.el
27683 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rtree" '("rtree-")))
27685 ;;;***
27686 \f
27687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (0 0 0
27688 ;;;;;; 0))
27689 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
27690 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
27692 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
27693 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
27697 \(fn)" t nil)
27699 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
27701 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
27703 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ruby-mode" '("ruby-" "ruby--")))
27705 ;;;***
27706 \f
27707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
27708 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
27709 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
27711 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
27712 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
27713 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
27715 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
27716 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
27717 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
27718 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
27719 if ARG is omitted or nil.
27721 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27723 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ruler-mode" '("ruler-mode-" "ruler--save-header-line-format")))
27725 ;;;***
27726 \f
27727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (0 0 0 0))
27728 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
27730 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
27731 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
27732 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
27733 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
27735 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
27737 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
27738 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
27739 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
27741 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
27742 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
27743 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
27745 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
27746 notation.
27748 STRING
27749 matches string STRING literally.
27751 CHAR
27752 matches character CHAR literally.
27754 `not-newline', `nonl'
27755 matches any character except a newline.
27757 `anything'
27758 matches any character
27760 `(any SET ...)'
27761 `(in SET ...)'
27762 `(char SET ...)'
27763 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
27764 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
27765 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
27767 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
27768 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
27769 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
27770 `word', or one of their synonyms.
27772 `(not (any SET ...))'
27773 matches any character not in SET ...
27775 `line-start', `bol'
27776 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
27777 in the text being matched
27779 `line-end', `eol'
27780 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
27782 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
27783 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
27784 string being matched against.
27786 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
27787 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
27788 string being matched against.
27790 `buffer-start'
27791 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
27792 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
27794 `buffer-end'
27795 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
27796 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
27798 `point'
27799 matches the empty string, but only at point.
27801 `word-start', `bow'
27802 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
27804 `word-end', `eow'
27805 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
27807 `word-boundary'
27808 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
27809 word.
27811 `(not word-boundary)'
27812 `not-word-boundary'
27813 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
27814 word.
27816 `symbol-start'
27817 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
27819 `symbol-end'
27820 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
27822 `digit', `numeric', `num'
27823 matches 0 through 9.
27825 `control', `cntrl'
27826 matches ASCII control characters.
27828 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
27829 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
27831 `blank'
27832 matches space and tab only.
27834 `graphic', `graph'
27835 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
27836 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
27837 unassigned by Unicode.
27839 `printing', `print'
27840 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
27842 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
27843 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
27844 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
27846 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
27847 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
27848 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
27850 `ascii'
27851 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
27853 `nonascii'
27854 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
27856 `lower', `lower-case'
27857 matches anything lower-case.
27859 `upper', `upper-case'
27860 matches anything upper-case.
27862 `punctuation', `punct'
27863 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
27864 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
27866 `space', `whitespace', `white'
27867 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
27869 `word', `wordchar'
27870 matches anything that has word syntax.
27872 `not-wordchar'
27873 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
27875 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
27876 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
27877 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
27896 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
27897 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
27899 `(category CATEGORY)'
27900 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
27901 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
27943 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
27944 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
27946 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27947 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27948 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27949 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27950 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
27952 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27953 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27954 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
27955 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
27957 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27958 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27959 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
27960 group number N.
27962 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27963 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
27964 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
27965 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
27966 regular expression.
27968 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
27969 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
27971 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
27972 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
27974 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
27975 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
27977 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
27978 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
27980 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
27981 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
27982 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
27984 `(* SEXP ...)'
27985 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
27986 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
27988 `(*? SEXP ...)'
27989 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
27990 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
27992 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
27993 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
27994 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
27996 `(+ SEXP ...)'
27997 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
27999 `(+? SEXP ...)'
28000 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
28002 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
28003 `(optional SEXP ...)'
28004 `(opt SEXP ...)'
28005 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
28007 `(? SEXP ...)'
28008 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
28010 `(?? SEXP ...)'
28011 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
28013 `(repeat N SEXP)'
28014 `(= N SEXP ...)'
28015 matches N occurrences.
28017 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
28018 matches N or more occurrences.
28020 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
28021 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
28022 matches N to M occurrences.
28024 `(backref N)'
28025 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
28027 `(eval FORM)'
28028 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
28029 `regexp-quote' it.
28031 `(regexp REGEXP)'
28032 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
28034 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
28036 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rx" '("rx-")))
28038 ;;;***
28039 \f
28040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl" "net/sasl.el" (0 0 0 0))
28041 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl.el
28043 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl" '("sasl-")))
28045 ;;;***
28046 \f
28047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-cram" "net/sasl-cram.el" (0 0 0 0))
28048 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-cram.el
28050 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-cram" '("sasl-cram-md5-steps" "sasl-cram-md5-response")))
28052 ;;;***
28053 \f
28054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-digest" "net/sasl-digest.el" (0 0 0 0))
28055 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-digest.el
28057 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-digest" '("sasl-digest-md5-")))
28059 ;;;***
28060 \f
28061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (0 0 0 0))
28062 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
28063 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
28065 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-ntlm" '("sasl-ntlm-response" "sasl-ntlm-request" "sasl-ntlm-steps")))
28067 ;;;***
28068 \f
28069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-scram-rfc" "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" (0
28070 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
28071 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-scram-rfc.el
28073 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-scram-rfc" '("sasl-scram-sha-1-" "sasl-scram-client-first-message" "sasl-scram--authenticate-server" "sasl-scram--client-first-message-bare" "sasl-scram--client-final-message")))
28075 ;;;***
28076 \f
28077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (0 0 0 0))
28078 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
28079 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
28081 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
28082 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
28083 See the `savehist-mode' command
28084 for a description of this minor mode.
28085 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28086 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28087 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
28089 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
28091 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
28092 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
28093 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
28094 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28095 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28097 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
28098 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
28099 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
28100 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
28102 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
28103 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
28104 histories, which is probably undesirable.
28106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28108 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "savehist" '("savehist-")))
28110 ;;;***
28111 \f
28112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (0 0 0 0))
28113 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
28115 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
28116 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
28117 See the `save-place-mode' command
28118 for a description of this minor mode.
28119 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28120 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28121 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
28123 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
28125 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
28126 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
28127 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
28128 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
28130 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28132 (autoload 'save-place-local-mode "saveplace" "\
28133 Toggle whether to save your place in this file between sessions.
28134 If this mode is enabled, point is recorded when you kill the buffer
28135 or exit Emacs. Visiting this file again will go to that position,
28136 even in a later Emacs session.
28138 If called with a prefix arg, the mode is enabled if and only if
28139 the argument is positive.
28141 To save places automatically in all files, put this in your init
28142 file:
28144 \(save-place-mode 1)
28146 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28148 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "saveplace" '("save-place-" "load-save-place-alist-from-file" "save-place--setup-hooks" "save-places-to-alist")))
28150 ;;;***
28151 \f
28152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sb-image" "sb-image.el" (0 0 0 0))
28153 ;;; Generated autoloads from sb-image.el
28155 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sb-image" '("speedbar-image-dump" "speedbar-insert-image-button-maybe" "speedbar-expand-image-button-alist" "speedbar-use-images" "defimage-speedbar")))
28157 ;;;***
28158 \f
28159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
28160 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
28162 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
28163 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
28164 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
28166 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
28167 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
28168 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
28169 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
28171 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
28173 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
28175 Commands:
28176 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28177 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
28180 \(fn)" t nil)
28182 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
28183 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
28184 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
28186 Commands:
28187 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28188 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
28190 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
28191 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
28192 that variable's value is a string.
28194 \(fn)" t nil)
28196 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scheme" '("scheme-" "dsssl-sgml-declaration" "dsssl-mode-hook" "dsssl-imenu-generic-expression" "dsssl-font-lock-keywords")))
28198 ;;;***
28199 \f
28200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
28201 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
28203 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
28204 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
28205 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
28209 \(fn)" t nil)
28211 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "score-mode" '("gnus-score-" "score-mode-syntax-table" "score-mode-coding-system")))
28213 ;;;***
28214 \f
28215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (0 0 0 0))
28216 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
28218 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
28219 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
28220 See the `scroll-all-mode' command
28221 for a description of this minor mode.
28222 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28223 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28224 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
28226 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
28228 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
28229 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
28230 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
28231 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28232 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28234 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
28235 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
28237 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28239 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-all" '("scroll-all-")))
28241 ;;;***
28242 \f
28243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-bar" "scroll-bar.el" (0 0 0 0))
28244 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-bar.el
28246 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-bar" '("scroll-bar-" "horizontal-scroll-" "toggle-" "previous-scroll-bar-mode" "set-scroll-bar-mode" "get-scroll-bar-mode")))
28248 ;;;***
28249 \f
28250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
28251 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
28253 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
28254 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
28255 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28256 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28257 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
28258 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
28259 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
28260 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
28262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28264 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-lock" '("scroll-lock-")))
28266 ;;;***
28267 \f
28268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (0 0 0 0))
28269 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
28270 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
28271 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
28273 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "secrets" '("secrets-")))
28275 ;;;***
28276 \f
28277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (0 0 0 0))
28278 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
28279 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
28281 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
28282 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
28283 The possible elements of this list include the following:
28285 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
28286 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
28287 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
28288 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
28289 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
28290 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
28291 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
28292 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
28293 keybinding for tag names.
28294 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
28295 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
28296 of the symbol under point.
28297 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
28298 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
28299 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
28300 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
28301 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
28302 syntax tokens.
28303 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
28305 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
28307 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
28308 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
28309 See the `semantic-mode' command
28310 for a description of this minor mode.
28311 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28312 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28313 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
28315 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
28317 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
28318 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
28319 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
28320 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28321 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28323 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
28324 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
28325 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
28326 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
28327 Semantic mode.
28331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28333 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic" '("semantic-" "semantic--" "bovinate")))
28335 ;;;***
28336 \f
28337 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze"
28338 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" (22164 57533 947192 607000))
28339 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze.el
28341 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze" '("semantic-analyze-" "semantic-adebug-analyze")))
28343 ;;;***
28344 \f
28345 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze/complete"
28346 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" (22164 57533 947192
28347 ;;;;;; 607000))
28348 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el
28350 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/complete" '("semantic-analyze-type-constants-default" "semantic-analyze-tags-of-class-list" "semantic-analyze-possible-completions-default")))
28352 ;;;***
28353 \f
28354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/analyze/debug" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
28355 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28356 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el
28358 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/debug" '("semantic-analyzer-debug-" "semantic-analyze-debug-assist")))
28360 ;;;***
28361 \f
28362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/analyze/fcn" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
28363 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28364 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el
28366 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/fcn" '("semantic-analyze-")))
28368 ;;;***
28369 \f
28370 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze/refs"
28371 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" (22164 57533 947192 607000))
28372 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el
28374 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/refs" '("semantic--analyze-refs-find-" "semantic--analyze-refs-full-" "semantic-analyze-tag-references-default" "semantic-analyze-tag-references" "semantic-analyze-references")))
28376 ;;;***
28377 \f
28378 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine"
28379 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" (22164 57533 947192 607000))
28380 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine.el
28382 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine" '("semantic-bovinate-nonterminal-check" "semantic-bovinate-nonterminal-db-nt" "semantic-bovinate-nonterminal-check-obarray" "semantic-lambda" "semantic-bovinate-symbol-nonterminal-p")))
28384 ;;;***
28385 \f
28386 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/c"
28387 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" (22164 57533 947192 607000))
28388 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el
28390 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/c" '("semantic-" "semantic--tag-" "semanticdb-" "c++-mode" "c-mode")))
28392 ;;;***
28393 \f
28394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/debug" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
28395 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28396 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el
28398 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/debug" '("semantic-create-bovine-debug-error-frame" "semantic-bovine-debug-frame" "semantic-bovine-debug-create-frame" "semantic-bovine-debug-error-frame" "semantic-bovine-debug-parser")))
28400 ;;;***
28401 \f
28402 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/el"
28403 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" (22257 7109 249189 216000))
28404 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el
28406 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/el" '("semantic-" "semantic--elisp-parse-table" "emacs-lisp-mode" "lisp-mode")))
28408 ;;;***
28409 \f
28410 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/gcc"
28411 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" (22164 57533 951192 607000))
28412 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el
28414 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/gcc" '("semantic-cpp-defs" "semantic-gcc-setup-data" "semantic-gcc-fields" "semantic-gcc-get-include-paths" "semantic-gcc-query")))
28416 ;;;***
28417 \f
28418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
28419 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28420 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
28422 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
28423 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
28425 \(fn)" t nil)
28427 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/grammar" '("bovine-grammar-" "bovine--grammar-macros" "bovine--make-parser-1" "bovine-make-parsers" "bovine-batch-make-parser")))
28429 ;;;***
28430 \f
28431 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/make"
28432 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" (22164 57533 951192 607000))
28433 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el
28435 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/make" '("semantic-" "makefile-mode")))
28437 ;;;***
28438 \f
28439 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/scm"
28440 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" (22164 57533 951192 607000))
28441 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el
28443 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/scm" '("semantic-format-tag-prototype" "semantic-documentation-for-tag" "semantic-insert-foreign-tag" "semantic-lex-scheme-symbol" "semantic-scheme-lexer")))
28445 ;;;***
28446 \f
28447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/chart" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
28448 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28449 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/chart.el
28451 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/chart" '("semantic-chart-analyzer" "semantic-chart-tag-complexity" "semantic-chart-token-complexity" "semantic-chart-database-size" "semantic-chart-tags-by-class")))
28453 ;;;***
28454 \f
28455 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/complete"
28456 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" (22164 57533 951192 607000))
28457 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/complete.el
28459 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/complete" '("semantic-complete-" "semantic-completion-" "semantic-collector-" "semantic-displayor-")))
28461 ;;;***
28462 \f
28463 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ctxt"
28464 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" (22164 57533 951192 607000))
28465 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ctxt.el
28467 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ctxt" '("semantic-")))
28469 ;;;***
28470 \f
28471 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db"
28472 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28473 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db.el
28475 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db" '("semanticdb-")))
28477 ;;;***
28478 \f
28479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-debug" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
28480 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28481 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-debug.el
28483 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-debug" '("semanticdb-adebug-" "semanticdb-database-sanity-check" "semanticdb-dump-all-table-summary" "semanticdb-table-sanity-check" "semanticdb-table-oob-sanity-check")))
28485 ;;;***
28486 \f
28487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-ebrowse" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
28488 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28489 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el
28491 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-ebrowse" '("semanticdb-" "c++-mode")))
28493 ;;;***
28494 \f
28495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
28496 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28497 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-el.el
28499 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-el" '("semanticdb-elisp-sym-" "semanticdb-project-database-emacs-lisp" "semanticdb-table-emacs-lisp" "emacs-lisp-mode" "semanticdb-elisp-mapatom-collector")))
28501 ;;;***
28502 \f
28503 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-file"
28504 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" (22220 16330 615423 271000))
28505 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-file.el
28507 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-file" '("semanticdb-")))
28509 ;;;***
28510 \f
28511 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-find"
28512 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" (22164 57533 951192 607000))
28513 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-find.el
28515 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-find" '("semanticdb-")))
28517 ;;;***
28518 \f
28519 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-global"
28520 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28521 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-global.el
28523 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-global" '("semanticdb-enable-gnu-global-hook" "semanticdb-enable-gnu-global-in-buffer" "semanticdb-project-database-global" "semanticdb-table-global")))
28525 ;;;***
28526 \f
28527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-javascript" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
28528 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28529 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el
28531 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-javascript" '("semanticdb-javascript-" "javascript-mode" "semanticdb-table-javascript" "semanticdb-project-database-javascript" "semanticdb-find-translate-path")))
28533 ;;;***
28534 \f
28535 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-mode"
28536 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" (22220 16330 615423 271000))
28537 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-mode.el
28539 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-mode" '("semanticdb-")))
28541 ;;;***
28542 \f
28543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-ref" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el"
28544 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28545 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-ref.el
28547 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-ref" '("semanticdb-ref-test" "semanticdb-ref-adebug")))
28549 ;;;***
28550 \f
28551 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-typecache"
28552 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28553 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el
28555 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-typecache" '("semanticdb-typecache-" "semanticdb-expand-nested-tag" "semanticdb-db-typecache-dump")))
28557 ;;;***
28558 \f
28559 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/debug"
28560 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/debug.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28561 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/debug.el
28563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/debug" '("semantic-debug-")))
28565 ;;;***
28566 \f
28567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/decorate" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
28568 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28569 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate.el
28571 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate" '("semantic-" "semantic--tag-link-secondary-overlays" "semantic--tag-unlink-copy-secondary-overlays" "semantic--tag-unlink-secondary-overlays")))
28573 ;;;***
28574 \f
28575 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/decorate/include"
28576 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" (22164 57533 955192
28577 ;;;;;; 607000))
28578 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el
28580 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate/include" '("semantic-decoration-")))
28582 ;;;***
28583 \f
28584 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/decorate/mode"
28585 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28586 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el
28588 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate/mode" '("semantic-" "define-semantic-decoration-style")))
28590 ;;;***
28591 \f
28592 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/dep"
28593 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28594 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/dep.el
28596 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/dep" '("semantic-dependency-include-path" "semantic-dependency-system-include-path" "semantic-dependency-find-file-on-path" "defcustom-mode-local-semantic-dependency-system-include-path" "semantic--dependency-find-file-on-path")))
28598 ;;;***
28599 \f
28600 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/doc"
28601 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/doc.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28602 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/doc.el
28604 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/doc" '("semantic-documentation-comment-preceding-tag" "semantic-doc-snarf-comment-for-tag")))
28606 ;;;***
28607 \f
28608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/ede-grammar" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
28609 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28610 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el
28612 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ede-grammar" '("semantic-ede-grammar-compiler-" "semantic-ede-proj-target-grammar" "semantic-ede-source-grammar-bovine" "semantic-ede-source-grammar-wisent")))
28614 ;;;***
28615 \f
28616 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/edit"
28617 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" (22164 57533 955192 607000))
28618 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/edit.el
28620 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/edit" '("semantic-")))
28622 ;;;***
28623 \f
28624 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/find"
28625 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/find.el" (22164 57533 959192 607000))
28626 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/find.el
28628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/find" '("semantic-" "semantic--find-tags-by-macro" "semantic--find-tags-by-function")))
28630 ;;;***
28631 \f
28632 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/format"
28633 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/format.el" (22164 57533 959192 607000))
28634 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/format.el
28636 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/format" '("semantic-format-" "semantic--format-" "semantic-uml-" "semantic-function-argument-separator")))
28638 ;;;***
28639 \f
28640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/fw" "cedet/semantic/fw.el" (0 0 0
28641 ;;;;;; 0))
28642 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/fw.el
28644 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/fw" '("semantic-" "semanticdb-without-unloaded-file-searches" "semantic--on-input-start-marker")))
28646 ;;;***
28647 \f
28648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/grammar" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
28649 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28650 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/grammar.el
28652 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/grammar" '("semantic--grammar-" "semantic-")))
28654 ;;;***
28655 \f
28656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/grammar-wy" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el"
28657 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28658 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el
28660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/grammar-wy" '("semantic-grammar-wy--")))
28662 ;;;***
28663 \f
28664 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/html"
28665 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" (22164 57533 971192 607000))
28666 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/html.el
28668 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/html" '("semantic-html-" "semantic-parse-region" "semantic-parse-changes" "html-helper-mode" "semantic-sb-tag-children-to-expand")))
28670 ;;;***
28671 \f
28672 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ia"
28673 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia.el" (22164 57533 975192 607000))
28674 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ia.el
28676 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ia" '("semantic-ia-completion-" "semantic-ia-get-" "semantic-ia-insert-tag-default" "semantic-ia-insert-tag" "semantic-ia--fast-jump-helper")))
28678 ;;;***
28679 \f
28680 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ia-sb"
28681 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" (22164 57533 971192 607000))
28682 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el
28684 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ia-sb" '("semantic-ia-sb-" "semantic-ia-speedbar")))
28686 ;;;***
28687 \f
28688 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/idle"
28689 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" (22164 57533 975192 607000))
28690 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/idle.el
28692 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/idle" '("semantic-" "global-semantic-idle-summary-mode" "define-semantic-idle-service")))
28694 ;;;***
28695 \f
28696 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/imenu"
28697 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" (22164 57533 975192 607000))
28698 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/imenu.el
28700 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/imenu" '("semantic-imenu-" "semantic-create-imenu-" "semantic-default-which-function" "semantic-which-function-use-color" "semantic-which-function")))
28702 ;;;***
28703 \f
28704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/java" "cedet/semantic/java.el" (0
28705 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
28706 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/java.el
28708 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/java" '("semantic-java-" "semantic-tag-" "semantic-ctxt-scoped-types" "semantic-format-tag-prototype" "semantic-documentation-for-tag")))
28710 ;;;***
28711 \f
28712 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/lex"
28713 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex.el" (22164 57533 979192 607000))
28714 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/lex.el
28716 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/lex" '("define-lex-" "semantic-" "define-lex")))
28718 ;;;***
28719 \f
28720 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/lex-spp"
28721 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" (22164 57533 979192 607000))
28722 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el
28724 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/lex-spp" '("semantic-lex-spp-" "define-lex-spp-macro-" "define-lex-spp-include-analyzer" "semantic-lex-make-spp-table" "semantic-lex-with-macro-used")))
28726 ;;;***
28727 \f
28728 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/mru-bookmark"
28729 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" (22164 57533 979192 607000))
28730 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el
28732 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/mru-bookmark" '("semantic-" "global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode")))
28734 ;;;***
28735 \f
28736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/sb" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" (0 0 0
28737 ;;;;;; 0))
28738 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/sb.el
28740 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/sb" '("semantic-sb-")))
28742 ;;;***
28743 \f
28744 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/scope"
28745 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/scope.el" (22164 57533 983192 607000))
28746 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/scope.el
28748 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/scope" '("semantic-analyze-scoped-" "semantic-scope-" "semantic-analyze-scope-" "semantic-completable-tags-from-type")))
28750 ;;;***
28751 \f
28752 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/senator"
28753 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" (22189 60738 73741 19000))
28754 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/senator.el
28756 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/senator" '("senator-" "semantic-up-reference" "semantic-up-reference-default" "senator--search-filter")))
28758 ;;;***
28759 \f
28760 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/sort"
28761 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" (22164 57533 983192 607000))
28762 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/sort.el
28764 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/sort" '("semantic-")))
28766 ;;;***
28767 \f
28768 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref"
28769 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref.el" (22325 43443 618604 871000))
28770 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref.el
28772 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref" '("semantic-symref-")))
28774 ;;;***
28775 \f
28776 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/cscope"
28777 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" (22294 1450 520812 63000))
28778 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el
28780 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/cscope" '("semantic-symref-cscope--line-re")))
28782 ;;;***
28783 \f
28784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/symref/filter" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
28785 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28786 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el
28788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/filter" '("semantic-symref-rename-local-variable" "semantic-symref-test-count-hits-in-tag" "semantic-symref-hits-in-region" "semantic-symref-filter-hit")))
28790 ;;;***
28791 \f
28792 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/global"
28793 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" (22294 1450 536812 63000))
28794 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/global.el
28796 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/global" '("semantic-symref-global--line-re")))
28798 ;;;***
28799 \f
28800 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/grep"
28801 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" (22294 1450 612812 63000))
28802 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el
28804 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/grep" '("semantic-symref-grep-" "semantic-symref-grep--line-re" "semantic-symref-derive-find-filepatterns" "semantic-symref-filepattern-alist")))
28806 ;;;***
28807 \f
28808 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/idutils"
28809 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" (22294 1450 612812 63000))
28810 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el
28812 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/idutils" '("semantic-symref-idutils--line-re")))
28814 ;;;***
28815 \f
28816 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/list"
28817 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" (22164 57533 987192 607000))
28818 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/list.el
28820 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/list" '("semantic-symref-")))
28822 ;;;***
28823 \f
28824 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag"
28825 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" (22164 57533 991192 607000))
28826 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag.el
28828 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag" '("semantic--tag-" "semantic-")))
28830 ;;;***
28831 \f
28832 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-file"
28833 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" (22164 57533 987192 607000))
28834 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-file.el
28836 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-file" '("semantic-prototype-file")))
28838 ;;;***
28839 \f
28840 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-ls"
28841 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" (22164 57533 991192 607000))
28842 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el
28844 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-ls" '("semantic-tag-" "semantic--tag-attribute-similar-" "semantic--tag-similar-names-" "semantic--tag-similar-types-p" "semantic--tag-similar-types-p-default")))
28846 ;;;***
28847 \f
28848 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-write"
28849 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el" (22164 57533 991192 607000))
28850 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-write.el
28852 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-write" '("semantic-tag-write-tag-list" "semantic-tag-write-one-value" "semantic-tag-write-one-attribute" "semantic-tag-write-one-tag")))
28854 ;;;***
28855 \f
28856 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/texi"
28857 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/texi.el" (22257 7109 253189 216000))
28858 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/texi.el
28860 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/texi" '("semantic-")))
28862 ;;;***
28863 \f
28864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/util" "cedet/semantic/util.el" (0
28865 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
28866 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/util.el
28868 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/util" '("semantic-")))
28870 ;;;***
28871 \f
28872 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/util-modes"
28873 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el" (22164 57534 3192 607000))
28874 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/util-modes.el
28876 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/util-modes" '("semantic-")))
28878 ;;;***
28879 \f
28880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el"
28881 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28882 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent.el
28884 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent" '("wisent-" "define-wisent-lexer")))
28886 ;;;***
28887 \f
28888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/comp" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
28889 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28890 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el
28892 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/comp" '("wisent-")))
28894 ;;;***
28895 \f
28896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
28897 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28898 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
28900 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
28901 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
28903 \(fn)" t nil)
28905 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/grammar" '("wisent-grammar-" "wisent-make-" "wisent--grammar-macros" "wisent--make-parser-1" "wisent-batch-make-parser")))
28907 ;;;***
28908 \f
28909 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/java-tags"
28910 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" (22164 57534 7192 607000))
28911 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el
28913 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/java-tags" '("semantic-analyze-split-name" "semantic-analyze-unsplit-name" "wisent-java-parse-error" "semantic-get-local-variables")))
28915 ;;;***
28916 \f
28917 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/javascript"
28918 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el" (22164 57534 7192 607000))
28919 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el
28921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/javascript" '("semantic-" "js-mode" "wisent-javascript-jv-expand-tag")))
28923 ;;;***
28924 \f
28925 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/python"
28926 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" (22164 57534 7192 607000))
28927 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el
28929 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/python" '("wisent-python-" "semantic-" "python-3-mode" "python-2-mode")))
28931 ;;;***
28932 \f
28933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/wisent" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
28934 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28935 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el
28937 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/wisent" '("wisent-" "$action" "$nterm" "$region")))
28939 ;;;***
28940 \f
28941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
28942 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
28944 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
28947 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
28948 king@grassland.com
28949 If `parens', they look like:
28950 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
28951 If `angles', they look like:
28952 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
28954 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
28955 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
28957 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
28959 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
28960 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
28961 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
28962 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
28964 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
28965 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
28966 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
28967 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
28969 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
28971 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
28972 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
28973 This is done when the message is initialized,
28974 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
28976 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
28978 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
28979 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
28980 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
28982 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
28984 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
28985 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
28986 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
28987 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
28988 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
28989 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
28990 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
28992 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
28994 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
28995 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
28997 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
28999 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
29000 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
29001 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
29002 be a Babyl file.")
29004 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
29006 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
29007 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
29008 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
29009 when you first send mail.")
29011 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
29013 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
29014 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
29015 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
29016 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
29017 This file need not actually exist.")
29019 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
29021 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
29022 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
29024 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
29026 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
29027 Alist of mail address aliases,
29028 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
29029 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
29030 can specify a different file name.)
29031 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
29032 alias ALIAS MEANING")
29034 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
29035 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
29036 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
29038 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
29040 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
29041 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
29042 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
29044 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
29046 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
29047 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
29048 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
29049 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
29050 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
29051 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
29052 in the cited portion of the message.
29054 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
29055 instead of no action.")
29057 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
29059 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
29060 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
29061 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
29062 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
29063 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
29065 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
29067 (defvar mail-signature t "\
29068 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
29069 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
29070 If a string, that string is inserted.
29072 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
29073 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
29074 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
29076 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
29078 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
29079 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
29081 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
29083 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
29084 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
29085 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
29087 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
29088 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
29090 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
29092 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
29093 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
29094 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
29095 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
29097 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
29099 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
29100 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
29101 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
29103 \(fn)" nil nil)
29105 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
29107 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
29110 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29112 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
29113 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
29114 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
29119 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
29131 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
29132 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
29134 \(fn)" t nil)
29136 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
29137 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
29139 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
29141 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
29143 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
29144 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
29145 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
29146 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
29147 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
29148 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
29150 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
29151 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
29152 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
29154 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
29155 User should not set this variable manually,
29156 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
29157 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
29158 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
29160 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
29161 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
29162 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
29163 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
29165 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
29166 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
29171 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
29172 to move to message header fields:
29175 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
29176 when the message is initialized.
29178 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
29179 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
29181 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
29182 is inserted.
29184 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
29185 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
29187 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
29188 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
29189 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
29190 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
29191 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
29192 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
29193 buffer without erasing the contents.
29195 The second through fifth arguments,
29196 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
29197 the initial contents of those header fields.
29198 These arguments should not have final newlines.
29199 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
29200 original message being replied to, or else an action
29201 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
29202 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
29203 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
29204 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
29205 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
29206 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
29208 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
29210 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
29211 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
29213 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
29215 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
29216 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
29218 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
29220 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sendmail" '("mail-" "sendmail-")))
29222 ;;;***
29223 \f
29224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (0 0 0 0))
29225 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
29226 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 14)) package--builtin-versions)
29228 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "seq" '("seq-" "seq--make-pcase-" "seq--activate-font-lock-keywords" "seq--elt-safe" "seq--count-successive")))
29230 ;;;***
29231 \f
29232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (0 0 0 0))
29233 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
29235 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
29237 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
29239 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
29241 (defvar server-name "server" "\
29242 The name of the Emacs server, if this Emacs process creates one.
29243 The command `server-start' makes use of this. It should not be
29244 changed while a server is running.")
29246 (custom-autoload 'server-name "server" t)
29248 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
29249 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
29250 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
29252 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
29255 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
29256 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
29258 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
29259 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
29260 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
29265 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
29267 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
29268 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
29269 If server is running, it is first stopped.
29270 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
29272 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29274 (defvar server-mode nil "\
29275 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
29276 See the `server-mode' command
29277 for a description of this minor mode.
29278 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29279 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29280 or call the function `server-mode'.")
29282 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
29284 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
29285 Toggle Server mode.
29286 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
29287 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29288 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29290 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
29291 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
29292 `server-start' for details.
29294 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29296 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
29297 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
29298 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
29300 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
29301 only these files will be asked to be saved.
29303 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
29305 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "server" '("server-" "server--on-display-p")))
29307 ;;;***
29308 \f
29309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (0 0 0 0))
29310 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
29312 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
29313 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
29315 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
29316 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
29317 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
29318 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
29319 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
29321 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
29322 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
29323 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
29324 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
29325 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
29326 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
29328 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
29329 displayed.
29331 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
29332 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
29333 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
29336 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
29338 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
29339 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
29342 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
29343 part):
29345 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
29346 formula:
29349 \(fn)" t nil)
29351 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ses" '("ses-" "ses--" "ses+" "noreturn" "1value")))
29353 ;;;***
29354 \f
29355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (0 0 0
29356 ;;;;;; 0))
29357 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
29359 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
29360 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
29361 Makes > match <.
29363 `sgml-quick-keys'.
29365 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
29366 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
29367 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
29370 in your init file.
29378 \(fn)" t nil)
29380 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
29381 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
29382 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
29383 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
29385 which this is based.
29387 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
29389 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
29390 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
29391 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
29392 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
29394 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
29395 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
29396 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
29398 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
29399 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
29400 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
29401 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
29406 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
29410 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
29411 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
29412 To work around that, do:
29417 \(fn)" t nil)
29419 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sgml-mode" '("sgml-" "html-")))
29421 ;;;***
29422 \f
29423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (0 0 0
29424 ;;;;;; 0))
29425 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
29426 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
29427 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
29429 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
29430 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
29431 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
29432 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
29433 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
29434 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
29436 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
29437 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
29438 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
29439 shell-specific features. Shell script files can use the `sh-shell' local
29440 variable to indicate the shell variant to be used for the file.
29442 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
29443 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
29444 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
29457 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
29461 would indent to the way it currently is.
29463 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
29472 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
29473 unquoted < insert a here document. You can control this behavior by
29474 modifying `sh-mode-hook'.
29476 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
29477 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
29478 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
29481 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
29483 \(fn)" t nil)
29485 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
29487 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sh-script" '("sh-" "sh--inside-noncommand-expression" "sh--vars-before-point" "sh--cmd-completion-table" "sh--maybe-here-document")))
29489 ;;;***
29490 \f
29491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (0 0 0 0))
29492 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
29494 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
29495 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
29497 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
29498 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
29499 else prints messages listing any shadows.
29501 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
29502 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
29503 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
29505 the earlier.
29507 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
29511 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
29512 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
29515 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
29516 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
29518 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
29519 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
29520 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
29521 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
29522 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
29523 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
29524 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
29525 Emacs version).
29527 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
29528 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
29529 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
29530 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
29531 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
29533 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
29534 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
29536 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
29538 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shadow" '("load-path-shadows-")))
29540 ;;;***
29541 \f
29542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (0 0 0 0))
29543 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
29545 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
29546 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
29547 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
29548 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
29549 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
29550 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
29551 sites in the cluster.
29553 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
29555 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
29556 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
29557 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
29558 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
29559 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
29561 \(fn)" t nil)
29563 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
29564 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
29565 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
29566 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
29567 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
29568 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
29569 `shadow-define-cluster').
29571 \(fn)" t nil)
29573 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
29574 Set up file shadowing.
29576 \(fn)" t nil)
29578 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shadowfile" '("shadow-" "shadowfile-unload-function")))
29580 ;;;***
29581 \f
29582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (0 0 0 0))
29583 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
29586 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
29587 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
29588 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
29589 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
29590 arguments.")
29592 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
29594 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
29595 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
29596 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
29597 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
29598 to change if called with a prefix arg.
29600 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
29601 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
29602 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
29603 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
29604 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
29605 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
29606 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
29607 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
29608 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
29609 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
29610 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
29612 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
29615 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
29616 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
29617 `default-process-coding-system'.
29619 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
29620 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
29621 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
29622 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
29626 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shell" '("shell-" "shell--" "explicit-" "dirs")))
29630 ;;;***
29631 \f
29632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (0 0 0 0))
29633 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
29635 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
29636 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
29638 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29640 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
29641 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
29642 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
29643 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
29645 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
29647 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shr" '("shr-" "shr--")))
29649 ;;;***
29650 \f
29651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr-color" "net/shr-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
29652 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr-color.el
29654 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shr-color" '("shr-color-")))
29656 ;;;***
29657 \f
29658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "net/sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
29659 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve.el
29661 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
29664 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
29666 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
29669 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29671 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
29674 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29676 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
29679 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29681 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve" '("sieve-")))
29683 ;;;***
29684 \f
29685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-manage" "net/sieve-manage.el" (0 0 0
29686 ;;;;;; 0))
29687 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve-manage.el
29689 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve-manage" '("sieve-manage-" "sieve-sasl-auth")))
29691 ;;;***
29692 \f
29693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "net/sieve-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29694 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve-mode.el
29696 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
29697 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
29698 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
29699 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
29700 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
29702 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
29704 \(fn)" t nil)
29706 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve-mode" '("sieve-")))
29708 ;;;***
29709 \f
29710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (0 0 0 0))
29711 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
29713 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
29714 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
29716 Variables controlling indentation style:
29717 `simula-tab-always-indent'
29718 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
29719 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29720 `simula-indent-level'
29721 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
29722 `simula-substatement-offset'
29723 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
29724 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
29725 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
29726 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
29727 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
29728 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
29729 `simula-label-offset' -4711
29730 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
29731 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
29732 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
29733 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
29734 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
29735 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
29736 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
29737 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
29738 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
29739 `simula-electric-indent' nil
29740 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
29741 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
29742 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
29743 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
29744 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
29745 or nil if they should not be changed.
29746 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
29747 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
29748 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
29749 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
29751 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
29752 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
29754 \(fn)" t nil)
29756 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "simula" '("simula-")))
29758 ;;;***
29759 \f
29760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (0 0 0 0))
29761 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
29763 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
29764 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
29766 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
29767 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
29768 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
29769 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
29771 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
29773 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
29775 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
29776 Insert SKELETON.
29777 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
29778 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
29779 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
29780 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
29783 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
29784 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
29786 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
29788 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
29789 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
29791 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
29792 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
29793 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
29794 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
29796 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
29797 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
29798 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
29799 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
29801 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
29802 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
29803 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
29805 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
29806 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
29808 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
29809 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
29812 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
29813 is at bol/eol
29814 _ interesting point, interregion here
29815 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
29816 interesting point set by _
29817 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
29818 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
29819 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
29820 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
29821 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
29822 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
29823 nil skipped
29825 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
29826 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
29829 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
29831 as the first element when at bol.
29833 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
29834 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
29835 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
29837 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
29839 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
29840 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
29842 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
29843 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
29844 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
29845 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
29846 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
29847 available:
29849 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
29850 then: insert previously read string once more
29851 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
29852 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
29853 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
29855 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
29856 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
29858 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
29860 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
29861 Insert the character you type ARG times.
29863 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
29864 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
29865 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
29866 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
29867 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
29868 such as backslash.
29870 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
29871 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
29872 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
29873 twice for the others.
29875 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29877 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "skeleton" '("skeleton-")))
29879 ;;;***
29880 \f
29881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29882 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
29884 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
29885 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
29886 NAME-UPPER, NAME-LOWER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
29887 buffer names.
29889 \(fn &optional NAME-UPPER NAME-LOWER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
29891 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
29892 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
29893 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
29894 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
29895 if ARG is omitted or nil.
29898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29900 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
29901 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
29902 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
29904 \(fn)" t nil)
29906 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smerge-mode" '("smerge-" "smerge--get-marker")))
29908 ;;;***
29909 \f
29910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smie" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" (0 0 0 0))
29911 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/smie.el
29913 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smie" '("smie-" "smie--")))
29915 ;;;***
29916 \f
29917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (0 0 0 0))
29918 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
29920 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
29921 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
29922 A list of images is returned.
29924 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29926 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
29927 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
29928 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
29930 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29932 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smiley" '("smiley-" "gnus-smiley-file-types")))
29934 ;;;***
29935 \f
29936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smime" "gnus/smime.el" (0 0 0 0))
29937 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smime.el
29939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smime" '("smime-" "smime")))
29941 ;;;***
29942 \f
29943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
29944 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
29946 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
29949 \(fn)" nil nil)
29951 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
29952 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
29954 \(fn)" t nil)
29956 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smtpmail" '("smtpmail-")))
29958 ;;;***
29959 \f
29960 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (0 0 0 0))
29961 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
29963 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
29964 Play the Snake game.
29965 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
29967 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
29969 Snake mode keybindings:
29979 \(fn)" t nil)
29981 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "snake" '("snake-")))
29983 ;;;***
29984 \f
29985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29986 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
29988 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
29989 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
29990 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
29991 Tab indents for C code.
29992 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
29993 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29995 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
29996 `snmp-mode-hook'.
29998 \(fn)" t nil)
30000 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
30001 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
30002 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
30003 Tab indents for C code.
30004 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
30005 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30007 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
30008 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
30010 \(fn)" t nil)
30012 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "snmp-mode" '("snmp-" "snmpv2-mode-hook" "snmpv2-mode-abbrev-table" "snmpv2-tempo-tags")))
30014 ;;;***
30015 \f
30016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (0 0 0 0))
30017 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
30018 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 1 1)) package--builtin-versions)
30020 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soap-client" '("soap-")))
30022 ;;;***
30023 \f
30024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-inspect" "net/soap-inspect.el" (0 0 0
30025 ;;;;;; 0))
30026 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-inspect.el
30028 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soap-inspect" '("soap-inspect-" "soap-sample-" "soap-client-describe-" "soap-inspect" "soap-insert-describe-button")))
30030 ;;;***
30031 \f
30032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "socks" "net/socks.el" (0 0 0 0))
30033 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/socks.el
30035 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "socks" '("socks-")))
30037 ;;;***
30038 \f
30039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (0 0 0 0))
30040 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
30042 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
30043 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
30044 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
30045 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
30046 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
30048 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
30050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30052 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "solar" '("solar-" "calendar-" "diary-sunrise-sunset")))
30054 ;;;***
30055 \f
30056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (0 0 0 0))
30057 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
30059 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
30060 Play Solitaire.
30064 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
30068 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
30069 check after each move or undo.)
30071 What is Solitaire?
30073 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
30074 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
30075 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
30077 Le Solitaire
30078 ============
30080 o o o
30082 o o o
30084 o o o o o o o
30086 o o o . o o o
30088 o o o o o o o
30090 o o o
30092 o o o
30094 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
30095 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
30096 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
30097 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
30099 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
30100 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
30101 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
30102 this: o o .
30104 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
30105 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
30107 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
30109 o o o
30111 . o o
30113 o o . o o o o
30115 o . o o o o o
30117 o o o o o o o
30119 o o o
30121 o o o
30123 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
30127 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
30129 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "solitaire" '("solitaire-")))
30131 ;;;***
30132 \f
30133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (0 0 0 0))
30134 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
30135 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
30137 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
30138 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
30140 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
30141 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
30142 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
30143 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
30144 contiguous.
30146 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
30147 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
30148 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30149 the sort order.
30151 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
30152 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
30154 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
30155 It moves point to the start of the next record.
30156 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
30157 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
30158 is called.
30160 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
30161 It should move point to the end of the record.
30163 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
30164 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
30165 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
30166 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
30167 starts at the beginning of the record.
30169 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
30170 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
30171 same as ENDRECFUN.
30173 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
30174 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
30175 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
30176 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
30177 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
30178 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
30179 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
30181 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
30183 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
30184 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30185 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30186 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30187 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30188 the sort order.
30190 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30192 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
30193 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30194 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30195 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30196 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30197 the sort order.
30199 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30201 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
30202 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30203 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30204 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30205 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30206 the sort order.
30208 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30209 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
30211 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
30212 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
30213 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
30214 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
30216 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
30217 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
30218 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30219 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
30221 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
30223 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
30224 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
30225 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
30226 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
30227 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30228 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
30229 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30230 the sort order.
30232 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
30234 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
30235 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
30236 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
30237 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
30239 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
30242 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
30243 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
30245 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
30247 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
30248 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
30249 found within a record, that record is ignored.
30251 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
30253 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30254 the sort order.
30256 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
30260 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
30262 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
30263 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
30264 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
30265 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
30266 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
30267 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
30268 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30269 the sort order.
30271 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
30272 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
30273 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
30274 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
30277 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
30279 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
30280 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
30281 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
30283 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
30285 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
30286 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
30287 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
30288 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
30289 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
30290 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
30291 each repeated line.
30293 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
30294 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
30295 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
30296 on large regions that have already been sorted.
30298 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
30299 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
30301 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
30302 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
30304 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
30306 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sort" '("sort-")))
30308 ;;;***
30309 \f
30310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soundex" "soundex.el" (0 0 0 0))
30311 ;;; Generated autoloads from soundex.el
30313 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soundex" '("soundex-alist" "soundex")))
30315 ;;;***
30316 \f
30317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (0 0 0 0))
30318 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
30320 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
30321 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
30322 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
30323 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
30324 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
30325 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
30327 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
30329 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam" '("spam-")))
30331 ;;;***
30332 \f
30333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (0 0 0
30334 ;;;;;; 0))
30335 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
30337 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
30338 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
30340 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
30341 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
30342 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
30344 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
30346 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
30347 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
30348 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
30349 server.
30351 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
30353 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
30354 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
30355 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
30357 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
30359 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
30360 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
30362 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
30363 Agent is plugged.
30365 \(fn)" t nil)
30367 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
30368 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
30369 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
30372 \(fn)" t nil)
30374 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-report" '("spam-report-")))
30376 ;;;***
30377 \f
30378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-stat" "gnus/spam-stat.el" (0 0 0 0))
30379 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-stat.el
30381 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-stat" '("spam-stat-" "with-spam-stat-max-buffer-size" "spam-stat")))
30383 ;;;***
30384 \f
30385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-wash" "gnus/spam-wash.el" (0 0 0 0))
30386 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-wash.el
30388 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-wash" '("spam-treat-parts" "spam-wash")))
30390 ;;;***
30391 \f
30392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (0 0 0 0))
30393 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
30395 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
30397 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
30398 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
30399 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
30400 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
30401 supported at a time.
30402 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
30403 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
30405 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30407 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
30408 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
30409 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
30410 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
30412 \(fn)" t nil)
30414 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "speedbar" '("speedbar-")))
30416 ;;;***
30417 \f
30418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (0 0 0 0))
30419 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
30421 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
30422 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
30424 \(fn)" t nil)
30426 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
30427 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
30429 \(fn)" nil nil)
30431 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spook" '("spook-phrases-file" "spook-phrase-default-count")))
30433 ;;;***
30434 \f
30435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (0 0 0 0))
30436 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
30437 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
30439 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
30440 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
30442 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
30443 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
30444 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
30445 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
30446 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
30447 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
30448 of the current highlighting list.
30450 For example:
30455 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
30456 `_t' as data types.
30458 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
30460 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
30461 Major mode to edit SQL.
30463 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
30465 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
30468 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
30470 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
30471 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
30474 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
30477 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
30478 `sql-interactive-mode'.
30480 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
30481 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
30482 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
30485 (lambda ()
30488 \(fn)" t nil)
30490 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
30491 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
30493 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
30494 their settings.
30496 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
30497 is specified in the connection settings.
30499 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
30501 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
30502 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
30504 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30505 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
30507 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
30514 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
30516 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
30517 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
30519 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30520 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30521 `*SQL*'.
30523 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
30524 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
30525 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
30526 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
30528 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30529 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30534 buffer.
30536 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30539 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30540 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30541 `default-process-coding-system'.
30545 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30547 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
30548 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
30550 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30551 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30552 `*SQL*'.
30554 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
30555 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
30556 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30557 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
30559 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30560 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30565 buffer.
30567 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30570 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30571 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30572 `default-process-coding-system'.
30576 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30578 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
30579 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
30581 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30582 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30583 `*SQL*'.
30585 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
30586 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
30588 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30589 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30594 buffer.
30596 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30599 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30600 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30601 `default-process-coding-system'.
30605 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30607 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
30608 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
30610 SQLite is free software.
30612 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30613 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30614 `*SQL*'.
30616 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
30617 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
30618 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30619 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
30621 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30622 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30627 buffer.
30629 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30632 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30633 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30634 `default-process-coding-system'.
30638 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30640 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
30641 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
30643 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
30645 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30646 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30647 `*SQL*'.
30649 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
30650 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
30651 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30652 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
30654 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30655 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30660 buffer.
30662 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30665 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30666 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30667 `default-process-coding-system'.
30671 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30673 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
30674 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
30676 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30677 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30678 `*SQL*'.
30680 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
30681 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
30682 defaults, if set.
30684 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30685 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30690 buffer.
30692 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30695 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30696 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30697 `default-process-coding-system'.
30701 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30703 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
30704 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
30706 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30707 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30708 `*SQL*'.
30710 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
30711 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
30713 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30714 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30719 buffer.
30721 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30724 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30725 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30726 `default-process-coding-system'.
30730 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30732 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
30733 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
30735 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30736 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30737 `*SQL*'.
30739 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
30740 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
30741 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
30742 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
30744 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30745 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30750 buffer.
30752 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30755 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30756 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30757 `default-process-coding-system'.
30761 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30763 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
30764 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
30766 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30767 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30768 `*SQL*'.
30770 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
30771 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
30772 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
30773 `sql-postgres-options'.
30775 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30776 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30781 buffer.
30783 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30786 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30787 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30788 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
30789 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
30790 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
30792 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
30797 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30799 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
30800 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
30802 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30803 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30804 `*SQL*'.
30806 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
30807 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
30808 defaults, if set.
30810 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30811 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30816 buffer.
30818 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30821 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30822 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30823 `default-process-coding-system'.
30827 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30829 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
30830 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
30832 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30833 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30834 `*SQL*'.
30836 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
30837 automatic login.
30839 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30840 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30843 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
30844 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
30845 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
30850 buffer.
30852 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30855 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
30856 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30857 `default-process-coding-system'.
30861 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30863 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
30864 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
30866 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
30867 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
30868 `*SQL*'.
30870 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
30871 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
30872 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
30873 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
30874 parameters.
30876 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
30877 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
30878 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
30879 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
30880 an empty password.
30882 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
30883 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
30888 buffer.
30892 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30894 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
30895 Run vsql as an inferior process.
30897 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30899 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sql" '("sql-" "sql--completion-table" "sql--make-help-docstring" "sql--help-docstring" "sql--oracle-show-reserved-words")))
30901 ;;;***
30902 \f
30903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (0 0 0 0))
30904 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
30905 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
30907 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode" '("srecode-version")))
30909 ;;;***
30910 \f
30911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/args" "cedet/srecode/args.el" (0 0
30912 ;;;;;; 0 0))
30913 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/args.el
30915 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/args" '("srecode-semantic-handle-:" "srecode-handle-region-when-non-active-flag")))
30917 ;;;***
30918 \f
30919 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/compile"
30920 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" (22164 57534 7192 607000))
30921 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/compile.el
30923 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/compile" '("srecode-compile-" "srecode-template" "srecode-flush-active-templates" "srecode-template-inserter" "srecode-dump-code-list")))
30925 ;;;***
30926 \f
30927 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/cpp"
30928 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" (22164 57534 7192 607000))
30929 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/cpp.el
30931 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/cpp" '("srecode-semantic-handle-:using-namespaces" "srecode-semantic-apply-tag-to-dict" "srecode-cpp-namespaces" "srecode-c-apply-templates")))
30933 ;;;***
30934 \f
30935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/ctxt" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" (0 0
30936 ;;;;;; 0 0))
30937 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/ctxt.el
30939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/ctxt" '("srecode-calculate-context-default" "srecode-calculate-context-font-lock" "srecode-semantic-handle-:ctxt" "srecode-calculate-nearby-things" "srecode-calculate-context")))
30941 ;;;***
30942 \f
30943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/dictionary" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el"
30944 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
30945 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/dictionary.el
30947 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/dictionary" '("srecode-create-" "srecode-dictionary-" "srecode-adebug-dictionary" "srecode-field-value" "srecode-dictionary")))
30949 ;;;***
30950 \f
30951 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/document"
30952 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/document.el" (22164 57534 11192 607000))
30953 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/document.el
30955 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/document" '("srecode-document-")))
30957 ;;;***
30958 \f
30959 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/el" "cedet/srecode/el.el"
30960 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 11192 607000))
30961 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/el.el
30963 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/el" '("srecode-semantic-apply-tag-to-dict")))
30965 ;;;***
30966 \f
30967 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/expandproto"
30968 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" (22164 57534 11192 607000))
30969 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/expandproto.el
30971 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/expandproto" '("srecode-find-prototype-for-expansion" "srecode-expandproto-template-file-alist")))
30973 ;;;***
30974 \f
30975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/extract" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
30976 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
30977 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/extract.el
30979 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/extract" '("srecode-extract-state" "srecode-extract-code-stream" "srecode-extract")))
30981 ;;;***
30982 \f
30983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/fields" "cedet/srecode/fields.el"
30984 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
30985 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/fields.el
30987 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/fields" '("srecode-")))
30989 ;;;***
30990 \f
30991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/filters" "cedet/srecode/filters.el"
30992 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
30993 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/filters.el
30995 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/filters" '("srecode-comment-prefix")))
30997 ;;;***
30998 \f
30999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/find" "cedet/srecode/find.el" (0 0
31000 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31001 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/find.el
31003 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/find" '("srecode-")))
31005 ;;;***
31006 \f
31007 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/getset"
31008 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" (22164 57534 15192 607000))
31009 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/getset.el
31011 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/getset" '("srecode-position-new-" "srecode-auto-choose-" "srecode-insert-getset-fully-automatic-flag" "srecode-strip-fieldname" "srecode-query-for-field")))
31013 ;;;***
31014 \f
31015 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/insert"
31016 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/insert.el" (22328 19625 560549 735000))
31017 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/insert.el
31019 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/insert" '("srecode-" "srecode--insert-into-buffer")))
31021 ;;;***
31022 \f
31023 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/map"
31024 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" (22164 57534 15192 607000))
31025 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/map.el
31027 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/map" '("srecode-map-" "srecode-maps-dump-file-list" "srecode-adebug-maps" "srecode-map" "srecode-current-map")))
31029 ;;;***
31030 \f
31031 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/mode"
31032 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/mode.el" (22164 57534 15192 607000))
31033 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/mode.el
31035 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/mode" '("srecode-")))
31037 ;;;***
31038 \f
31039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/semantic" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31040 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31041 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/semantic.el
31043 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/semantic" '("srecode-semantic-")))
31045 ;;;***
31046 \f
31047 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/srt"
31048 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt.el" (22164 57534 19192 607000))
31049 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt.el
31051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/srt" '("srecode-read-variable-name" "srecode-read-variable-name-history" "srecode-read-major-mode-name" "srecode-read-major-mode-history")))
31053 ;;;***
31054 \f
31055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
31056 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31057 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
31059 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
31060 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
31062 \(fn)" t nil)
31064 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
31066 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/srt-mode" '("srecode-" "semantic-")))
31068 ;;;***
31069 \f
31070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/table" "cedet/srecode/table.el" (0
31071 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
31072 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/table.el
31074 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/table" '("srecode-" "object-sort-list")))
31076 ;;;***
31077 \f
31078 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/template"
31079 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" (22164 57534 19192 607000))
31080 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/template.el
31082 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/template" '("semantic-tag-components")))
31084 ;;;***
31085 \f
31086 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/texi"
31087 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/texi.el" (22164 57534 19192 607000))
31088 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/texi.el
31090 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/texi" '("srecode-texi-texify-" "srecode-texi-add-menu" "srecode-texi-insert-tag-as-doc" "srecode-texi-massage-to-texinfo" "semantic-insert-foreign-tag")))
31092 ;;;***
31093 \f
31094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "net/starttls.el" (0 0 0 0))
31095 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/starttls.el
31097 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
31098 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
31099 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
31100 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
31101 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
31102 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
31103 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
31104 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
31105 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
31106 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
31107 with any buffer
31108 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
31109 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
31110 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
31111 GnuTLS requires a port number.
31113 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
31115 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "starttls" '("starttls-")))
31117 ;;;***
31118 \f
31119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (0 0 0 0))
31120 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
31122 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
31123 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
31124 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
31125 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
31126 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
31127 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
31129 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
31131 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
31133 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
31134 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
31135 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
31136 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
31137 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
31138 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
31139 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
31141 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
31143 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31144 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
31145 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
31146 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
31147 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
31148 then complete the stroke with button 3.
31149 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
31151 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
31153 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
31154 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
31155 This must be bound to a mouse event.
31157 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
31159 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31160 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
31161 This must be bound to a mouse event.
31163 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
31165 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
31166 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
31168 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
31170 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
31171 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
31173 \(fn)" t nil)
31175 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
31176 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
31178 \(fn)" t nil)
31180 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
31181 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
31183 by command name.
31184 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
31186 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
31188 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
31189 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
31190 See the `strokes-mode' command
31191 for a description of this minor mode.
31192 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31193 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31194 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
31196 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
31198 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
31199 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
31200 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
31201 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31202 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31205 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
31210 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
31217 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31219 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
31220 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
31221 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
31222 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
31224 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
31226 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31227 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
31229 \(fn)" t nil)
31231 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "strokes" '("strokes-")))
31233 ;;;***
31234 \f
31235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (0 0 0 0))
31236 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
31238 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
31239 Studlify-case the region.
31241 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
31243 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
31244 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
31246 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
31248 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
31249 Studlify-case the current buffer.
31251 \(fn)" t nil)
31253 ;;;***
31254 \f
31255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subr-x" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
31256 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/subr-x.el
31258 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "subr-x" '("string-" "internal--" "hash-table-" "thread-" "if-let" "when-let")))
31260 ;;;***
31261 \f
31262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (0 0 0 0))
31263 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
31265 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
31267 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
31268 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
31269 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
31270 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31271 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31273 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
31274 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
31275 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
31278 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
31279 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
31280 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
31282 Nomenclature Subwords
31283 ===========================================================
31288 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
31289 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
31293 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31295 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
31296 Non-nil if Global Subword mode is enabled.
31297 See the `global-subword-mode' command
31298 for a description of this minor mode.
31299 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31300 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31301 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
31303 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
31305 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
31306 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
31307 With prefix ARG, enable Global Subword mode if ARG is positive;
31308 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
31309 ARG is omitted or nil.
31311 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
31312 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
31313 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
31315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31317 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
31318 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
31319 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
31320 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31321 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31323 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
31324 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
31325 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
31330 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31332 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
31333 Non-nil if Global Superword mode is enabled.
31334 See the `global-superword-mode' command
31335 for a description of this minor mode.
31336 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31337 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31338 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
31340 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
31342 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
31343 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
31344 With prefix ARG, enable Global Superword mode if ARG is positive;
31345 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
31346 ARG is omitted or nil.
31348 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
31349 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
31350 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
31352 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "subword" '("subword-" "superword-mode-map")))
31356 ;;;***
31357 \f
31358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (0 0 0 0))
31359 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
31361 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
31362 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
31363 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
31364 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
31365 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
31366 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
31367 original message but it does require a few things:
31369 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
31371 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
31372 reply buffer.
31374 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
31375 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
31376 original message.
31378 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
31380 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
31382 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
31383 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
31384 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
31386 \(fn)" nil nil)
31388 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "supercite" '("sc-")))
31390 ;;;***
31391 \f
31392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "svg" "svg.el" (0 0 0 0))
31393 ;;; Generated autoloads from svg.el
31395 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "svg" '("svg-" "svg--append" "svg--arguments" "svg--def")))
31397 ;;;***
31398 \f
31399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
31400 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
31402 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
31404 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
31405 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31406 See the `gpm-mouse-mode' command
31407 for a description of this minor mode.
31408 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31409 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31410 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
31412 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
31414 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
31415 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
31416 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
31417 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31418 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31420 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
31421 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
31422 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
31424 Note that when `gpm-mouse-mode' is enabled, you cannot use the
31425 mouse to transfer text between Emacs and other programs which use
31426 GPM. This is due to limitations in GPM and the Linux kernel.
31428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31430 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "t-mouse" '("gpm-mouse-disable" "gpm-mouse-enable")))
31432 ;;;***
31433 \f
31434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (0 0 0 0))
31435 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
31437 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
31438 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
31439 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
31440 buffer.
31442 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
31443 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
31444 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
31446 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
31448 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
31449 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
31450 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
31451 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
31452 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
31453 buffer.
31455 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
31456 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
31457 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
31459 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
31461 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tabify" '("tabify-regexp")))
31463 ;;;***
31464 \f
31465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (0 0 0 0))
31466 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
31468 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
31469 Insert an editable text table.
31470 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
31471 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
31472 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
31473 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
31474 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
31475 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
31476 delimiting them.
31478 Examples:
31482 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
31483 location of point.
31485 -!-
31488 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
31489 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
31490 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
31491 first cell.
31493 +-----+-----+-----+
31494 |-!- | | |
31495 +-----+-----+-----+
31499 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
31500 width, which results as
31502 +--------------+-----+-----+
31503 |-!- | | |
31504 +--------------+-----+-----+
31506 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
31507 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
31509 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31510 | | |-!- |
31511 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31513 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
31514 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
31515 width information to `table-insert'.
31517 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
31519 instead of
31521 Cell width(s): 5
31523 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
31524 work all together.
31526 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
31529 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31530 |-!- | | |
31531 | | | |
31532 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31536 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31537 |-!- | | |
31538 | | | |
31539 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31540 | | | |
31541 | | | |
31542 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31544 Move the point under the table as shown below.
31546 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31547 | | | |
31548 | | | |
31549 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31550 | | | |
31551 | | | |
31552 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31553 -!-
31555 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
31556 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
31557 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
31559 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31560 | | | |
31561 | | | |
31562 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31563 | | | |
31564 | | | |
31565 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31566 |-!- | | |
31567 | | | |
31568 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31570 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
31571 results.
31573 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31574 | | | |
31575 | | | |
31576 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31577 | | |Text editing inside the table |
31578 | | |cell produces reasonably |
31579 | | |expected results.-!- |
31580 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31581 | | | |
31582 | | | |
31583 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
31585 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
31589 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
31591 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
31592 Insert N table row(s).
31593 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
31594 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
31595 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
31596 are appended at the bottom of the table.
31598 \(fn N)" t nil)
31600 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
31601 Insert N table column(s).
31602 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
31603 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
31604 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
31605 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
31607 \(fn N)" t nil)
31609 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
31610 Insert row(s) or column(s).
31611 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
31613 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
31615 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
31616 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
31617 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
31618 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
31619 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
31620 all the table specific features.
31622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31624 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
31627 \(fn)" t nil)
31629 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
31630 Recognize all tables within region.
31631 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
31632 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
31633 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
31634 specific features.
31636 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
31638 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
31641 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
31643 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
31644 Recognize a table at point.
31645 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
31646 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
31647 the table specific features.
31649 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31651 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
31654 \(fn)" t nil)
31656 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
31657 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
31658 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
31659 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
31660 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
31661 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
31662 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
31664 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
31666 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
31669 \(fn)" t nil)
31671 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
31672 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
31673 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
31674 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
31675 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
31676 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
31677 specified.
31679 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
31681 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
31682 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
31683 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
31684 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
31685 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
31686 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
31687 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
31688 table structure.
31690 \(fn N)" t nil)
31692 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
31693 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
31694 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
31695 table's rectangle structure.
31697 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
31699 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
31700 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
31701 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
31702 table's rectangle structure.
31704 \(fn N)" t nil)
31706 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
31707 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
31708 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
31709 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
31710 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
31712 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
31714 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
31718 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
31719 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
31720 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
31721 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
31722 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
31723 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
31724 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
31726 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
31727 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
31728 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
31729 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
31730 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
31731 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
31732 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
31734 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
31735 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
31736 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
31737 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
31738 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
31739 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
31740 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
31741 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
31743 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
31745 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
31746 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
31747 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
31748 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
31750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31752 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
31753 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
31754 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
31756 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
31758 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
31759 Split current cell vertically.
31760 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
31762 \(fn)" t nil)
31764 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
31765 Split current cell horizontally.
31766 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
31768 \(fn)" t nil)
31770 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
31771 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
31772 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
31774 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
31776 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
31777 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
31778 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
31779 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
31781 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
31783 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
31784 Justify cell contents.
31785 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
31786 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
31787 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
31788 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
31790 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
31792 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
31793 Justify cells of a row.
31794 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
31795 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
31797 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
31799 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
31800 Justify cells of a column.
31801 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
31802 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
31804 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
31806 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
31807 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
31808 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
31809 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
31810 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
31811 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
31812 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
31814 run-time.
31816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31818 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
31819 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
31820 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
31821 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
31822 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
31823 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
31824 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
31825 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
31826 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
31827 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
31828 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
31830 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
31832 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
31833 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
31834 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
31835 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
31836 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
31837 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
31838 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
31839 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
31840 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
31841 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
31842 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
31843 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
31844 untouched.
31846 References used for this implementation:
31848 HTML:
31849 URL `http://www.w3.org'
31851 LaTeX:
31852 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
31854 CALS (DocBook DTD):
31855 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
31856 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
31858 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
31860 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
31861 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
31862 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
31863 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
31864 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
31865 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
31866 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
31867 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
31868 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
31869 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
31870 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
31871 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
31872 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
31873 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
31874 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
31875 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
31876 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
31878 Example:
31880 (progn
31881 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
31882 (table-forward-cell 15)
31884 (table-forward-cell 16)
31886 (table-forward-cell 1)
31889 (progn
31890 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
31892 (table-forward-cell 1)
31895 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
31897 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
31898 Delete N row(s) of cells.
31899 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
31900 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
31901 consists from cells of same height.
31903 \(fn N)" t nil)
31905 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
31906 Delete N column(s) of cells.
31907 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
31908 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
31909 column must consists from cells of same width.
31911 \(fn N)" t nil)
31913 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
31914 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
31915 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
31916 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
31917 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
31918 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
31919 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
31920 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
31921 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
31922 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
31923 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
31924 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
31925 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
31926 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
31927 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
31930 Example 1:
31932 1, 2, 3, 4
31933 5, 6, 7, 8
31934 , 9, 10
31936 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
31938 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
31939 specified as 5.
31941 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
31942 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
31943 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
31944 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
31945 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
31946 | | 9 | 10 | |
31947 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
31949 Note:
31953 of each row is optional.
31956 Example 2:
31958 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
31959 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
31960 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
31961 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
31962 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
31964 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
31965 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
31967 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
31968 expression and raw delimiter regular
31969 expression, it parses the specified text
31970 area and extracts cell items from
31971 non-table text and then forms a table out
31972 of them.
31974 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
31975 creates a single cell table. The text in
31976 the specified region is placed in that
31977 cell.-*-
31979 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
31980 like this.
31982 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
31983 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
31984 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
31985 | |
31986 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
31987 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
31988 | expression, it parses the specified text |
31989 | area and extracts cell items from |
31990 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
31991 | of them. |
31992 | |
31993 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
31994 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
31995 | the specified region is placed in that |
31996 | cell. |
31997 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
31999 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
32000 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
32001 independently.
32003 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32004 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
32005 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
32006 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32007 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
32008 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
32009 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
32010 | |area and extracts cell items from |
32011 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
32012 | |of them. |
32013 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32014 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
32015 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
32016 | |the specified region is placed in that |
32017 | |cell. |
32018 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32020 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
32021 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
32022 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
32024 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
32026 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
32027 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
32028 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
32029 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
32030 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
32032 \(fn)" t nil)
32034 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "table" '("table--" "table-" "*table--cell-" "*table--present-cell-popup-menu")))
32036 ;;;***
32037 \f
32038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (0 0 0 0))
32039 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
32041 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
32042 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
32044 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
32046 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
32047 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
32049 \(fn)" t nil)
32051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "talk" '("talk-")))
32053 ;;;***
32054 \f
32055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
32056 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
32058 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
32059 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
32060 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
32061 Letters no longer insert themselves.
32062 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
32063 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
32064 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
32066 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
32068 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
32069 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
32071 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
32074 \(fn)" t nil)
32076 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tar-mode" '("tar-" "tar--extract" "tar--check-descriptor" "tar--put-at" "tar--pad-to")))
32078 ;;;***
32079 \f
32080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (0 0 0 0))
32081 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
32083 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
32084 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
32085 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
32086 Tab indents for Tcl code.
32087 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
32088 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
32090 Variables controlling indentation style:
32091 `tcl-indent-level'
32092 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
32093 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
32094 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
32096 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
32097 documentation for details):
32098 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
32099 Controls action of TAB key.
32100 `tcl-auto-newline'
32101 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
32102 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
32103 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
32104 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
32105 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
32107 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
32108 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
32109 already exist.
32111 \(fn)" t nil)
32113 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
32114 Run inferior Tcl process.
32115 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
32116 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
32118 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
32120 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
32121 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
32122 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
32124 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
32126 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcl" '("tcl-" "inferior-tcl-" "switch-to-tcl" "run-tcl" "add-log-tcl-defun" "indent-tcl-exp" "calculate-tcl-indent")))
32128 ;;;***
32129 \f
32130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcover-ses" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" (0
32131 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
32132 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el
32134 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcover-ses" '("ses-exercise-macros" "ses-exercise-signals" "ses-exercise-invalid-spreadsheets" "ses-exercise-startup" "ses-exercise")))
32136 ;;;***
32137 \f
32138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcover-unsafep" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32139 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
32140 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el
32142 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcover-unsafep" '("testcover-unsafep" "testcover-unsafep-unsafe" "testcover-unsafep-safe")))
32144 ;;;***
32145 \f
32146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
32147 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
32149 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
32150 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
32151 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
32154 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
32155 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
32156 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
32157 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
32158 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
32160 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
32162 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
32163 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
32164 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
32165 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
32167 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
32169 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "telnet" '("telnet-" "send-process-next-char")))
32171 ;;;***
32172 \f
32173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tempo" "tempo.el" (0 0 0 0))
32174 ;;; Generated autoloads from tempo.el
32176 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tempo" '("tempo-")))
32178 ;;;***
32179 \f
32180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (0 0 0 0))
32181 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
32183 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
32184 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
32185 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
32186 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
32187 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
32188 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
32190 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
32192 (autoload 'term "term" "\
32193 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
32194 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
32195 commands to use in that buffer.
32199 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
32201 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
32202 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
32204 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
32206 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
32207 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
32208 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
32211 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
32212 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
32213 `serial-process-configure' for details.
32214 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
32215 use in that buffer.
32218 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
32220 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "term" '("term-" "serial-" "explicit-shell-file-name" "ansi-term-color-vector")))
32222 ;;;***
32223 \f
32224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (0 0
32225 ;;;;;; 0 0))
32226 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
32228 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
32229 Start coverage on function under point.
32231 \(fn)" t nil)
32233 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "testcover" '("testcover-" "testcover--read")))
32235 ;;;***
32236 \f
32237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (0 0 0 0))
32238 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
32239 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
32241 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
32242 Play the Tetris game.
32243 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
32244 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
32245 as to form complete rows.
32247 tetris-mode keybindings:
32258 \(fn)" t nil)
32260 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tetris" '("tetris-")))
32262 ;;;***
32263 \f
32264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
32265 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
32267 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
32268 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
32270 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
32272 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
32273 Directory in which temporary files are written.
32274 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
32278 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
32280 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
32281 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
32282 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
32283 if it matches the first line of the file,
32284 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
32286 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
32288 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
32289 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
32290 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
32291 if the variable is non-nil.")
32293 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
32295 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
32298 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
32300 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
32301 Command used to run TeX subjob.
32302 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32303 See the documentation of that variable.")
32305 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32307 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
32308 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
32309 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32310 See the documentation of that variable.")
32312 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32314 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
32315 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
32316 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32317 See the documentation of that variable.")
32319 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32321 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
32322 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
32323 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
32324 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
32325 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
32327 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
32330 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
32331 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
32332 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
32334 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
32336 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
32337 User defined LaTeX block names.
32338 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
32340 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
32342 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
32343 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
32344 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32345 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
32347 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
32349 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
32351 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32352 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
32354 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
32356 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
32358 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32359 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
32361 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
32362 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
32363 for example,
32365 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32369 use.")
32371 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
32373 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
32375 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
32376 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
32377 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
32379 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
32381 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
32383 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
32387 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
32389 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
32390 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
32391 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
32392 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
32393 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
32395 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
32397 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
32400 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
32402 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
32405 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
32407 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32408 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
32409 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
32410 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
32411 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
32412 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
32413 says which mode to use.
32415 \(fn)" t nil)
32417 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
32419 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
32421 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
32423 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32424 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
32425 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
32430 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
32438 mismatched $'s or braces.
32440 Special commands:
32443 Mode variables:
32444 tex-run-command
32446 tex-directory
32447 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
32449 tex-dvi-print-command
32451 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32453 argument) to print a .dvi file.
32454 tex-dvi-view-command
32456 tex-show-queue-command
32460 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
32461 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
32462 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
32464 \(fn)" t nil)
32466 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32467 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
32468 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
32481 mismatched $'s or braces.
32483 Special commands:
32486 Mode variables:
32487 latex-run-command
32489 tex-directory
32490 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
32492 tex-dvi-print-command
32494 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32496 argument) to print a .dvi file.
32497 tex-dvi-view-command
32499 tex-show-queue-command
32503 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
32504 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
32505 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
32507 \(fn)" t nil)
32509 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32510 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
32511 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
32524 mismatched $'s or braces.
32526 Special commands:
32529 Mode variables:
32530 slitex-run-command
32532 tex-directory
32533 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
32535 tex-dvi-print-command
32537 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
32539 argument) to print a .dvi file.
32540 tex-dvi-view-command
32542 tex-show-queue-command
32546 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
32547 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
32548 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
32549 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
32551 \(fn)" t nil)
32553 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
32556 \(fn)" nil nil)
32558 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
32559 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
32561 \(fn)" t nil)
32563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tex-mode" '("tex-" "latex-" "doctex-font-lock-" "tex--prettify-symbols-" "plain-tex-mode-map")))
32565 ;;;***
32566 \f
32567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
32568 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
32570 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
32571 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
32572 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
32573 name specified in the @setfilename command.
32575 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
32576 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
32577 `Info-split' to do these manually.
32579 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
32581 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
32582 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
32583 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
32585 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
32587 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
32589 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
32590 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
32591 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
32592 names specified in the @setfilename command.
32594 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
32595 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
32596 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
32597 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
32599 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
32600 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
32602 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
32604 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texinfmt" '("texinfo-" "batch-texinfo-format" "texinfmt-version")))
32606 ;;;***
32607 \f
32608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (0 0 0 0))
32609 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
32611 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
32614 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
32616 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
32619 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
32621 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
32622 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
32624 It has these extra commands:
32627 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
32629 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
32630 modified version of TeX input format.
32632 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
32633 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
32634 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
32638 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
32639 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
32640 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
32641 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
32643 in the Texinfo file.
32645 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
32646 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
32647 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
32649 move forward past the closing brace.
32651 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
32652 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
32654 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
32655 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
32656 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
32658 Here are the functions:
32662 texinfo-sequential-node-update
32666 texinfo-master-menu
32668 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
32670 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
32671 which menu descriptions are indented.
32673 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
32674 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
32675 in the region.
32677 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
32678 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
32679 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
32680 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
32682 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
32683 be the first node in the file.
32685 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
32686 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
32688 \(fn)" t nil)
32690 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texinfo" '("texinfo-")))
32692 ;;;***
32693 \f
32694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" (0 0
32695 ;;;;;; 0 0))
32696 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
32698 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texnfo-upd" '("texinfo-")))
32700 ;;;***
32701 \f
32702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (0 0 0
32703 ;;;;;; 0))
32704 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
32706 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
32707 Compose Thai characters in the region.
32708 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
32709 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
32711 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
32713 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
32714 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
32716 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
32718 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
32719 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
32721 \(fn)" t nil)
32723 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
32726 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
32728 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thai-util" '("thai-" "exit-thai-language-environment-internal" "setup-thai-language-environment-internal")))
32730 ;;;***
32731 \f
32732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-word" "language/thai-word.el" (0 0 0
32733 ;;;;;; 0))
32734 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-word.el
32736 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thai-word" '("thai-")))
32738 ;;;***
32739 \f
32740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (0 0 0 0))
32741 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
32743 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
32744 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
32745 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
32746 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
32747 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
32748 `line', and `page'.
32750 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
32752 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32753 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
32754 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
32755 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
32756 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
32757 `line', and `page'.
32759 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
32760 valid THING.
32762 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
32763 positions of the thing found.
32765 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
32767 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32768 Return the THING at point.
32769 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
32770 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
32771 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
32772 `line', `number', and `page'.
32774 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
32775 strip text properties from the return value.
32777 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
32778 a symbol as a valid THING.
32780 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
32782 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32783 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
32785 \(fn)" nil nil)
32787 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32788 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
32790 \(fn)" nil nil)
32792 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32793 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
32795 \(fn)" nil nil)
32797 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
32798 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
32800 \(fn)" nil nil)
32802 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thingatpt" '("thing-at-" "form-at-point" "sentence-at-point" "word-at-point" "in-string-p" "end-of-thing" "beginning-of-thing")))
32804 ;;;***
32805 \f
32806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (0 0 0 0))
32807 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
32809 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
32810 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
32812 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
32814 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
32815 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
32816 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
32817 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
32819 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
32821 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
32822 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
32824 \(fn)" t nil)
32826 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
32827 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
32829 \(fn)" t nil)
32831 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
32833 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
32834 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
32836 \(fn)" t nil)
32838 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thumbs" '("thumbs-")))
32840 ;;;***
32841 \f
32842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (0 0 0 0))
32843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
32844 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
32846 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thunk" '("thunk-evaluated-p" "thunk-force" "thunk-delay")))
32848 ;;;***
32849 \f
32850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (0 0
32851 ;;;;;; 0 0))
32852 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
32854 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
32855 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
32856 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
32858 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
32860 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
32861 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
32863 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
32865 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
32866 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
32867 The returned string has no composition information.
32869 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
32871 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
32872 Compose Tibetan string STR.
32874 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
32876 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
32877 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
32879 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
32881 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
32882 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
32883 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
32884 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
32886 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
32888 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
32889 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
32890 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
32891 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
32893 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
32895 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
32896 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
32897 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
32899 \(fn)" t nil)
32901 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
32902 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
32903 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
32905 \(fn)" t nil)
32907 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
32910 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
32912 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
32915 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
32917 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
32920 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
32922 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tibet-util" '("tibetan-canonicalize-for-unicode-" "tibetan-obsolete-glyphs" "tibetan-add-components" "tibetan-decompose-precomposition-alist" "tibetan-strict-unicode")))
32924 ;;;***
32925 \f
32926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (0 0 0 0))
32927 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
32928 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
32930 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
32931 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
32932 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
32933 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
32934 parameters.
32935 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
32936 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
32937 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
32939 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
32941 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
32942 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
32943 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
32944 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
32945 parameters.
32946 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
32947 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
32948 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
32950 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
32952 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
32953 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
32955 If
32956 * character before point is a space character,
32958 constituent),
32959 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
32960 characters) from before the space character, and
32961 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
32962 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
32963 return t.
32965 Otherwise, if
32966 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
32967 * character before point is a space character, and
32968 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
32969 `tildify-space-string' variable,
32970 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
32972 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
32974 \(fn)" t nil)
32976 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
32977 Adds electric behavior to space character.
32979 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
32980 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
32981 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
32982 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
32984 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
32985 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
32986 variable will be set to the representation.
32988 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32990 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tildify" '("tildify-" "tildify--pick-alist-entry" "tildify--deprecated-ignore-evironments" "tildify--foreach-region" "tildify--find-env")))
32992 ;;;***
32993 \f
32994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (0 0 0 0))
32995 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
32997 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
33000 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
33001 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
33003 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
33004 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
33005 This display updates automatically every minute.
33006 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
33007 are displayed as well.
33008 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
33010 \(fn)" t nil)
33012 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
33013 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
33014 See the `display-time-mode' command
33015 for a description of this minor mode.
33016 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33017 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33018 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
33020 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
33022 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
33023 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
33024 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
33025 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
33026 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
33028 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
33029 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
33030 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
33031 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
33032 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
33034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33036 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
33037 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
33038 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
33039 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
33041 \(fn)" t nil)
33043 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
33044 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
33045 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
33048 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
33050 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
33051 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
33053 \(fn)" t nil)
33055 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time" '("display-time-" "zoneinfo-style-world-list" "legacy-style-world-list")))
33057 ;;;***
33058 \f
33059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (0 0 0
33060 ;;;;;; 0))
33061 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
33063 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
33064 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
33065 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
33067 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33069 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
33071 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
33072 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
33074 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
33076 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
33077 Convert DAYS into a time value.
33079 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
33081 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
33082 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
33083 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
33085 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33087 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract "26.1")
33089 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
33090 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
33091 DATE should be a date-time string.
33093 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33095 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
33096 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
33097 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
33099 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
33101 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
33102 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
33104 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
33106 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
33107 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
33109 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33111 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
33112 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
33113 TIME should be a time value.
33114 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
33116 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33118 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
33119 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
33120 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
33122 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33124 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
33125 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
33126 The valid format specifiers are:
33127 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
33128 %d is the number of days.
33129 %h is the number of hours.
33130 %m is the number of minutes.
33131 %s is the number of seconds.
33132 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
33136 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
33144 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
33146 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
33148 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
33150 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
33151 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
33153 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
33155 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time-date" '("time-to-number-of-days" "time-date--day-in-year" "seconds-to-string" "encode-time-value" "with-decoded-time-value")))
33157 ;;;***
33158 \f
33159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (0 0 0 0))
33160 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
33161 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33162 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
33163 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
33164 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33165 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33166 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
33167 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
33168 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33170 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
33171 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
33172 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
33173 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
33175 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
33176 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
33177 look like one of the following:
33178 Time-stamp: <>
33180 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
33181 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
33182 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
33183 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
33184 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
33185 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
33186 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
33187 the template.
33189 \(fn)" t nil)
33191 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
33193 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
33195 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33197 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time-stamp" '("time-stamp-" "time-stamp--format")))
33199 ;;;***
33200 \f
33201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (0 0 0
33202 ;;;;;; 0))
33203 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
33204 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
33206 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
33207 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
33208 See the `timeclock-mode-line-display' command
33209 for a description of this minor mode.
33210 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33211 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33212 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
33214 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
33216 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
33217 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
33218 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
33219 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
33220 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
33221 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
33222 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
33223 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
33224 display (non-nil means on).
33226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33228 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
33229 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
33230 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
33231 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
33232 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
33233 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
33234 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
33235 this function is called within a day.
33237 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
33238 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
33239 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
33240 discover the name of the project.
33242 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
33244 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
33245 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
33246 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
33247 begun during the last time segment.
33249 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
33250 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
33251 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
33252 discover the reason.
33254 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
33256 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
33257 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
33258 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
33259 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
33260 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
33262 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33264 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
33265 Change to working on a different project.
33266 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
33267 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
33268 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
33269 working on.
33271 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
33273 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
33274 Ask the user whether to clock out.
33275 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
33277 \(fn)" nil nil)
33279 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
33280 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
33281 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
33283 \(fn)" t nil)
33285 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
33286 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
33287 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
33288 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
33289 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
33292 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33294 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
33295 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
33296 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
33297 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
33299 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
33301 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
33302 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
33303 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
33304 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
33305 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
33306 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
33308 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timeclock" '("timeclock-")))
33312 ;;;***
33313 \f
33314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timer-list" "emacs-lisp/timer-list.el" (0
33315 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
33316 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer-list.el
33318 (autoload 'timer-list "timer-list" "\
33319 List all timers in a buffer.
33321 \(fn &optional IGNORE-AUTO NONCONFIRM)" t nil)
33322 (put 'timer-list 'disabled "Beware: manually canceling timers can ruin your Emacs session.")
33324 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timer-list" '("timer-list-mode-map" "timer-list-mode" "timer-list-cancel")))
33326 ;;;***
33327 \f
33328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timezone" "timezone.el" (0 0 0 0))
33329 ;;; Generated autoloads from timezone.el
33331 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timezone" '("timezone-")))
33333 ;;;***
33334 \f
33335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
33336 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
33337 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
33339 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
33340 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
33341 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
33342 the generated Quail package is saved.
33344 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
33346 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
33347 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
33348 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
33349 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
33354 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
33356 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "titdic-cnv" '("tit-" "ctlau-" "tsang-" "quick-" "quail-" "batch-miscdic-convert" "miscdic-convert" "ziranma-converter" "py-converter")))
33358 ;;;***
33359 \f
33360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tls" "net/tls.el" (0 0 0 0))
33361 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tls.el
33363 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tls" '("tls-" "open-tls-stream")))
33365 ;;;***
33366 \f
33367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (0 0 0 0))
33368 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
33369 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
33370 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
33372 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
33373 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
33374 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
33375 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
33376 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
33379 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
33380 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
33382 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
33384 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
33385 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
33386 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
33387 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
33388 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
33390 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
33392 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
33393 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
33394 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
33395 in the menu in two ways:
33396 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
33397 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
33398 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
33400 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
33401 keymap or an alist of alists.
33402 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
33403 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
33405 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
33407 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tmm" '("tmm-" "tmm--history" "tmm--completion-table")))
33409 ;;;***
33410 \f
33411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (0 0 0
33412 ;;;;;; 0))
33413 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
33415 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
33416 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
33418 When invoked in Todo mode, Todo Archive mode or Todo Filtered
33419 Items mode, or when invoked anywhere else with a prefix argument,
33420 prompt for which todo file to visit. When invoked outside of a
33421 Todo mode buffer without a prefix argument, visit
33422 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside of
33423 Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
33424 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
33425 file was last visited.
33427 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
33428 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
33429 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
33430 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
33431 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
33432 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
33433 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
33434 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
33435 for the first item.
33437 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
33438 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
33439 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
33440 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
33441 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
33442 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
33443 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
33444 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
33446 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
33447 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
33449 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
33450 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
33452 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
33454 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
33455 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
33459 \(fn)" t nil)
33461 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
33462 Major mode for archived todo categories.
33466 \(fn)" t nil)
33468 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
33469 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
33473 \(fn)" t nil)
33475 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "todo-mode" '("todo-" "todo--user-error-if-marked-done-item")))
33477 ;;;***
33478 \f
33479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (0 0 0 0))
33480 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
33482 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
33483 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
33484 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
33486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33488 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
33489 Add an item to the tool bar.
33490 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
33491 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
33492 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
33493 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
33495 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
33496 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
33497 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
33498 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
33500 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
33501 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
33503 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33505 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
33506 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
33507 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
33508 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
33509 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
33510 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
33512 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
33513 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
33514 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
33515 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
33517 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33519 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
33520 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
33521 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
33522 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
33523 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
33524 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
33525 properties to add to the binding.
33527 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
33529 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
33530 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
33532 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33534 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
33535 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
33536 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
33537 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
33538 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
33539 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
33540 properties to add to the binding.
33542 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
33543 holds a keymap.
33545 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
33547 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tool-bar" '("tool-bar-" "tool-bar--image-expression")))
33549 ;;;***
33550 \f
33551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tooltip" "tooltip.el" (0 0 0 0))
33552 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
33554 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tooltip" '("tooltip-")))
33556 ;;;***
33557 \f
33558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (0 0 0 0))
33559 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
33561 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
33562 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
33563 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
33564 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
33565 to a tcp server on another machine.
33567 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
33569 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tq" '("tq-")))
33571 ;;;***
33572 \f
33573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (0 0 0 0))
33574 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
33576 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
33577 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
33579 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
33581 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
33582 Helper function to get internal values.
33583 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
33585 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
33587 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
33588 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
33589 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
33590 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
33592 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
33593 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
33594 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
33595 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
33596 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
33598 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
33599 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
33600 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
33601 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
33603 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
33605 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
33607 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
33608 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
33609 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
33610 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
33612 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
33614 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
33616 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "trace" '("trace-" "trace--" "inhibit-trace" "untrace-function" "untrace-all")))
33618 ;;;***
33619 \f
33620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (0 0 0 0))
33621 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
33623 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
33624 Whether Tramp is enabled.
33625 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
33627 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
33629 (defvar tramp-syntax 'ftp "\
33630 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
33632 It can have the following values:
33634 `ftp' -- Ange-FTP like syntax
33635 `sep' -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs originally.")
33637 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
33639 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
33640 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
33641 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
33643 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
33646 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
33647 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
33649 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
33650 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
33651 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
33652 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
33653 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
33654 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
33655 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
33656 files which are not really Tramp files.
33658 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
33659 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
33660 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
33661 updated after changing this variable.
33663 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
33665 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
33666 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
33667 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
33669 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
33672 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
33673 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
33675 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
33676 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
33677 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
33679 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
33680 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
33681 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
33682 updated after changing this variable.
33684 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
33686 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
33687 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
33688 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
33689 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
33690 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args)
33691 (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))
33693 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
33694 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
33696 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
33697 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
33699 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
33701 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
33704 \(fn)" nil nil)
33706 (defvar tramp-completion-mode nil "\
33707 If non-nil, external packages signal that they are in file name completion.
33709 This is necessary, because Tramp uses a heuristic depending on last
33710 input event. This fails when external packages use other characters
33712 should never be set globally, the intention is to let-bind it.")
33714 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
33715 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
33717 \(fn)" t nil)
33719 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp" '("with-" "tramp-")))
33721 ;;;***
33722 \f
33723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-adb" "net/tramp-adb.el" (0 0 0 0))
33724 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-adb.el
33726 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-adb" '("tramp-do-parse-file-attributes-with-ls" "tramp-adb-")))
33728 ;;;***
33729 \f
33730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-cache" "net/tramp-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
33731 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-cache.el
33733 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-cache" '("tramp-")))
33735 ;;;***
33736 \f
33737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-cmds" "net/tramp-cmds.el" (0 0 0 0))
33738 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-cmds.el
33740 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-cmds" '("tramp-")))
33742 ;;;***
33743 \f
33744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-compat" "net/tramp-compat.el" (0 0 0
33745 ;;;;;; 0))
33746 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-compat.el
33748 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-compat" '("tramp-compat-")))
33750 ;;;***
33751 \f
33752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
33753 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
33755 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
33758 \(fn)" nil nil)
33760 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-ftp" '("tramp-disable-ange-ftp" "tramp-ftp-method" "tramp-ftp-file-name-p" "tramp-ftp-file-name-handler")))
33762 ;;;***
33763 \f
33764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-gvfs" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" (0 0 0 0))
33765 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-gvfs.el
33767 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-gvfs" '("with-tramp-dbus-call-method" "tramp-")))
33769 ;;;***
33770 \f
33771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-gw" "net/tramp-gw.el" (0 0 0 0))
33772 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-gw.el
33774 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-gw" '("tramp-gw-" "socks-username" "socks-server")))
33776 ;;;***
33777 \f
33778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-sh" "net/tramp-sh.el" (0 0 0 0))
33779 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-sh.el
33781 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-sh" '("tramp-")))
33783 ;;;***
33784 \f
33785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-smb" "net/tramp-smb.el" (0 0 0 0))
33786 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-smb.el
33788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-smb" '("tramp-smb-")))
33790 ;;;***
33791 \f
33792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-uu" "net/tramp-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
33793 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-uu.el
33795 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-uu" '("tramp-uu-byte-to-uu-char" "tramp-uuencode-region" "tramp-uu-b64-alphabet" "tramp-uu-b64-char-to-byte")))
33797 ;;;***
33798 \f
33799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trampver" "net/trampver.el" (0 0 0 0))
33800 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/trampver.el
33801 (push (purecopy '(tramp 2 3 0 -1)) package--builtin-versions)
33803 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "trampver" '("tramp-version" "tramp-bug-report-address" "tramp-repository-get-version")))
33805 ;;;***
33806 \f
33807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tree-widget" "tree-widget.el" (0 0 0 0))
33808 ;;; Generated autoloads from tree-widget.el
33810 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tree-widget" '("tree-widget-" "tree-widget--cursors" "tree-widget--locate-sub-directory" "tree-widget--theme")))
33812 ;;;***
33813 \f
33814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (0 0 0 0))
33815 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
33817 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
33818 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
33819 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
33820 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
33821 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
33822 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
33823 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
33824 any question when restarting the tutorial.
33826 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
33827 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
33828 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
33830 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
33831 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
33832 resumed later.
33834 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
33836 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tutorial" '("tutorial--" "get-lang-string" "lang-strings")))
33838 ;;;***
33839 \f
33840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
33841 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
33843 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
33846 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
33848 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tv-util" '("tai-viet-re" "tai-viet-glyph-info" "tai-viet-compose-string" "tai-viet-compose-region")))
33850 ;;;***
33851 \f
33852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (0 0
33853 ;;;;;; 0 0))
33854 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
33855 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
33856 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
33857 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
33859 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
33860 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
33863 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
33864 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
33865 first and the associated buffer to its right.
33867 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
33869 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
33870 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
33871 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
33872 accepting the proposed default buffer.
33876 \(fn)" t nil)
33878 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
33879 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
33880 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
33881 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
33882 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
33883 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
33884 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
33886 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
33887 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
33889 First column's text sSs Second column's text
33896 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
33898 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "two-column" '("2C-")))
33900 ;;;***
33901 \f
33902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (0 0 0 0))
33903 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
33905 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
33906 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
33907 See the `type-break-mode' command
33908 for a description of this minor mode.
33909 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33910 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33911 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
33913 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
33915 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
33916 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
33917 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
33919 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
33920 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
33921 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
33922 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
33923 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
33924 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
33925 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
33927 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
33928 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
33930 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
33931 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
33932 reset the keystroke counter.
33934 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
33935 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
33936 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
33937 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
33939 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
33940 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
33941 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
33942 `type-break-schedule' command.
33944 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
33945 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
33946 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
33947 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
33948 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
33949 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
33950 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
33951 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
33952 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
33954 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
33955 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
33956 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
33957 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
33958 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
33960 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
33961 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
33962 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
33963 approximate good values for this.
33965 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
33966 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
33968 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
33969 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
33970 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
33971 `type-break-warning-repeat'
33972 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
33973 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
33975 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
33976 a typing break occur. They include:
33978 `type-break-query-mode'
33979 `type-break-query-function'
33980 `type-break-query-interval'
33982 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
33984 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
33985 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
33986 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
33987 problems.
33989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33991 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
33992 Take a typing break.
33994 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
33995 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
33997 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
33998 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
34000 \(fn)" t nil)
34002 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
34003 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
34004 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
34005 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
34007 \(fn)" t nil)
34009 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
34010 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
34012 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
34013 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
34014 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
34015 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
34016 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
34017 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
34018 average typing speed.)
34020 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
34021 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
34022 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
34023 the computed maximum threshold.
34025 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
34026 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
34027 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
34028 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
34029 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
34031 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
34033 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "type-break" '("type-break-" "timep")))
34035 ;;;***
34036 \f
34037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (0 0 0 0))
34038 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
34040 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
34041 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
34042 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
34043 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
34044 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
34046 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
34048 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "uce" '("uce-")))
34050 ;;;***
34051 \f
34052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
34053 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
34054 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
34056 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34057 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
34059 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34061 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34062 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
34064 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34066 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34067 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
34069 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34071 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34072 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
34074 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34076 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34077 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
34079 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34081 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34082 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
34084 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34086 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34087 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
34089 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34091 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34092 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
34094 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34096 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34097 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34099 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34101 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34102 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34104 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34106 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34107 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34109 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34111 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34112 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34114 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34116 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ucs-normalize" '("ucs-normalize-" "utf-8-hfs")))
34118 ;;;***
34119 \f
34120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (0 0 0
34121 ;;;;;; 0))
34122 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
34124 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
34125 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
34126 Works by overstriking underscores.
34127 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
34128 which specify the range to operate on.
34130 \(fn START END)" t nil)
34132 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
34133 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
34134 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
34135 which specify the range to operate on.
34137 \(fn START END)" t nil)
34139 ;;;***
34140 \f
34141 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "undigest" "mail/undigest.el"
34142 ;;;;;; (22164 57534 843192 607000))
34143 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
34145 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "undigest" '("rmail-digest-parse-" "rmail-digest-methods" "rmail-digest-rfc1153" "rmail-forward-separator-regex")))
34147 ;;;***
34148 \f
34149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
34150 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
34152 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
34153 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
34154 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
34155 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
34156 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
34157 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
34159 \(fn)" nil nil)
34161 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
34162 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
34163 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
34165 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
34167 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "unrmail" '("unrmail-mbox-format")))
34169 ;;;***
34170 \f
34171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (0 0 0 0))
34172 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
34174 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
34175 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
34176 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
34177 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
34179 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
34181 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "unsafep" '("unsafep-" "safe-functions")))
34183 ;;;***
34184 \f
34185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (0 0 0 0))
34186 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
34188 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
34189 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
34190 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
34191 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
34192 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
34194 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
34195 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
34196 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
34197 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
34198 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
34199 occurred. Each pair is one of:
34201 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
34202 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
34203 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
34205 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
34206 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
34207 the callback is not called).
34209 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
34210 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
34211 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
34212 take effect.
34214 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
34215 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
34216 the server.
34217 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
34218 URL-encoded before it's used.
34220 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
34222 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
34223 Retrieve URL synchronously.
34224 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
34225 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
34226 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
34228 If SILENT is non-nil, don't do any messaging while retrieving.
34229 If INHIBIT-COOKIES is non-nil, refuse to store cookies. If
34230 TIMEOUT is passed, it should be a number that says (in seconds)
34231 how long to wait for a response before giving up.
34233 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES TIMEOUT)" nil nil)
34235 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url" '("url-")))
34237 ;;;***
34238 \f
34239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-about" "url/url-about.el" (0 0 0 0))
34240 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-about.el
34242 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-about" '("url-about" "url-about-protocols" "url-probe-protocols")))
34244 ;;;***
34245 \f
34246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (0 0 0 0))
34247 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
34249 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
34250 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
34251 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
34253 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
34254 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
34255 `url-generic-parse-url'
34256 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
34257 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
34258 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
34259 realm
34260 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
34261 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
34262 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
34263 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
34264 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
34265 what type of auth to use
34266 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
34267 if one cannot be found in the cache
34269 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
34271 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
34272 Register an HTTP authentication method.
34274 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
34275 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
34276 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
34277 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
34278 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
34279 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
34280 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
34281 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
34283 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
34285 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-auth" '("url-digest-" "url-basic-" "url-auth-" "url-do-auth-source-search" "url-registered-auth-schemes")))
34287 ;;;***
34288 \f
34289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
34290 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
34292 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
34293 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
34295 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
34297 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
34298 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
34299 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
34301 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34303 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
34304 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
34306 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
34308 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cache" '("url-cache-" "url-fetch-from-cache")))
34310 ;;;***
34311 \f
34312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (0 0 0 0))
34313 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
34315 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
34318 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34320 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cid" '("url-cid-gnus")))
34322 ;;;***
34323 \f
34324 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cookie" "url/url-cookie.el" (0 0 0 0))
34325 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cookie.el
34327 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cookie" '("url-cookie-" "url-cookies-changed-since-last-save")))
34329 ;;;***
34330 \f
34331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (0 0 0 0))
34332 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
34334 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
34335 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
34336 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
34338 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34340 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
34341 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
34342 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
34343 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
34345 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
34346 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
34347 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
34348 though.
34350 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
34352 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
34353 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
34354 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
34356 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
34358 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
34361 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34363 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-dav" '("url-dav-" "url-intersection")))
34365 ;;;***
34366 \f
34367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dired" "url/url-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
34368 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dired.el
34370 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-dired" '("url-dired-minor-mode" "url-dired-minor-mode-map" "url-dired-find-file-mouse" "url-dired-find-file" "url-find-file-dired")))
34372 ;;;***
34373 \f
34374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-domsuf" "url/url-domsuf.el" (0 0 0 0))
34375 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-domsuf.el
34377 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-domsuf" '("url-domsuf-cookie-allowed-p" "url-domsuf-parse-file" "url-domsuf-domains")))
34379 ;;;***
34380 \f
34381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-expand" "url/url-expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
34382 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-expand.el
34384 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-expand" '("url-default-expander" "url-identity-expander" "url-expand-file-name" "url-expander-remove-relative-links")))
34386 ;;;***
34387 \f
34388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
34389 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
34391 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
34392 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
34394 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
34396 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-file" '("url-file-")))
34398 ;;;***
34399 \f
34400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ftp" "url/url-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
34401 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ftp.el
34403 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ftp" '("url-ftp" "url-ftp-expand-file-name" "url-ftp-asynchronous-p" "url-ftp-default-port")))
34405 ;;;***
34406 \f
34407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-future" "url/url-future.el" (0 0 0 0))
34408 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-future.el
34410 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-future" '("url-future-")))
34412 ;;;***
34413 \f
34414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (0 0 0 0))
34415 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
34417 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
34418 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
34420 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
34422 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
34423 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
34424 Args per `open-network-stream'.
34425 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
34426 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
34428 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
34429 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
34431 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
34433 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-gw" '("url-gateway-" "url-open-rlogin" "url-open-telnet" "url-wait-for-string")))
34435 ;;;***
34436 \f
34437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (0 0 0
34438 ;;;;;; 0))
34439 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
34441 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
34442 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
34443 See the `url-handler-mode' command
34444 for a description of this minor mode.
34445 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
34446 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
34447 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
34449 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
34451 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
34452 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
34453 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
34454 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
34455 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
34457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
34459 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
34460 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
34461 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
34462 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
34464 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34466 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
34467 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
34468 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
34469 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
34470 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
34471 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
34472 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
34473 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
34474 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
34475 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
34477 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
34479 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
34480 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
34481 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
34482 accessible.
34484 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
34486 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
34487 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
34488 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
34489 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
34491 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
34493 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
34496 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
34498 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-handlers" '("url-handler-" "url-file-" "url-handlers-" "url-run-real-handler" "url-insert")))
34500 ;;;***
34501 \f
34502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-history" "url/url-history.el" (0 0 0 0))
34503 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-history.el
34505 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-history" '("url-history-" "url-have-visited-url" "url-completion-function")))
34507 ;;;***
34508 \f
34509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (0 0 0 0))
34510 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
34511 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
34513 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
34514 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
34515 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
34516 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
34517 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
34519 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-http" '("url-http-" "url-https-" "url-http--user-agent-default-string" "url-handle-content-transfer-encoding" "url-http")))
34521 ;;;***
34522 \f
34523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-imap" "url/url-imap.el" (0 0 0 0))
34524 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-imap.el
34526 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-imap" '("url-imap-default-port" "url-imap-open-host" "url-imap")))
34528 ;;;***
34529 \f
34530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (0 0 0 0))
34531 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
34533 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
34536 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34538 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-irc" '("url-irc-default-port" "url-irc-function" "url-irc-zenirc" "url-irc-rcirc" "url-irc-erc")))
34540 ;;;***
34541 \f
34542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
34543 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
34545 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
34546 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
34547 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
34548 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
34549 `url-generic-parse-url'.
34551 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34553 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ldap" '("url-ldap-")))
34555 ;;;***
34556 \f
34557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (0 0 0 0))
34558 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
34560 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
34563 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
34565 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
34566 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
34568 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34570 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-mailto" '("url-mail-goto-field")))
34572 ;;;***
34573 \f
34574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-methods" "url/url-methods.el" (0 0 0 0))
34575 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-methods.el
34577 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-methods" '("url-scheme-" "url-scheme--registering-proxy")))
34579 ;;;***
34580 \f
34581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (0 0 0 0))
34582 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
34584 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
34585 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
34587 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34589 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
34590 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
34592 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34594 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
34597 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34599 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
34601 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
34603 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
34605 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
34606 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
34608 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34610 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-misc" '("url-do-terminal-emulator")))
34612 ;;;***
34613 \f
34614 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (0 0 0 0))
34615 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
34617 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
34620 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34622 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
34625 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34627 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-news" '("url-news-fetch-newsgroup" "url-news-fetch-message-id" "url-news-open-host")))
34629 ;;;***
34630 \f
34631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-nfs" "url/url-nfs.el" (0 0 0 0))
34632 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-nfs.el
34634 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-nfs" '("url-nfs" "url-nfs-create-wrapper" "url-nfs-build-filename" "url-nfs-unescape" "url-nfs-automounter-directory-spec")))
34636 ;;;***
34637 \f
34638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (0 0 0 0))
34639 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
34641 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
34644 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
34646 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
34649 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
34651 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
34654 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
34656 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
34659 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
34661 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
34664 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
34666 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
34669 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
34671 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
34674 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
34676 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ns" '("url-ns-set-user-pref" "url-ns-user-prefs")))
34678 ;;;***
34679 \f
34680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
34681 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
34683 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
34684 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
34686 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
34688 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
34689 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
34690 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
34692 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
34693 USER is the user name (string or nil).
34694 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
34695 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
34696 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
34697 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
34698 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
34699 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
34700 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
34701 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
34702 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
34703 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
34704 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
34707 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
34708 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
34709 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
34711 Here is an example. The URL
34713 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
34715 parses to
34721 PORTSPEC = 42
34724 ATTRIBUTES = nil
34725 FULLNESS = t
34727 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34729 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-parse" '("url-")))
34731 ;;;***
34732 \f
34733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (0 0 0 0))
34734 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
34736 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
34737 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
34739 \(fn)" t nil)
34741 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-privacy" '("url-device-type")))
34743 ;;;***
34744 \f
34745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-proxy" "url/url-proxy.el" (0 0 0 0))
34746 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-proxy.el
34748 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-proxy" '("url-default-find-proxy-for-url" "url-proxy-locator" "url-find-proxy-for-url" "url-proxy")))
34750 ;;;***
34751 \f
34752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (0 0 0 0))
34753 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
34755 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
34756 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
34757 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
34758 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
34759 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
34760 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
34762 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
34764 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-queue" '("url-queue-" "url-queue")))
34766 ;;;***
34767 \f
34768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (0 0 0 0))
34769 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
34771 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
34772 List of URL protocols for which the work is handled by Tramp.
34773 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
34775 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
34777 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
34778 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
34779 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
34780 would have been passed to OPERATION.
34782 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34784 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-tramp" '("url-tramp-convert-url-to-tramp" "url-tramp-convert-tramp-to-url")))
34786 ;;;***
34787 \f
34788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
34789 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
34791 (defvar url-debug nil "\
34792 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
34793 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
34795 If t, all messages will be logged.
34796 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
34797 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
34799 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
34801 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
34804 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34806 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
34809 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
34811 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
34812 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
34814 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
34815 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
34816 & ==> &
34817 < ==> <
34818 > ==> >
34821 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
34823 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
34825 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
34827 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34829 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
34830 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
34831 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
34833 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34835 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
34836 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
34838 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
34840 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
34841 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
34843 \(fn X)" nil nil)
34845 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
34846 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
34848 \(fn X)" nil nil)
34850 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
34853 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
34855 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
34858 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
34860 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
34862 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
34863 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
34865 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
34867 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
34868 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
34870 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
34872 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
34875 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
34877 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
34878 Build a query-string.
34880 Given a QUERY in the form:
34881 ((key1 val1)
34882 (key2 val2)
34883 (key3 val1 val2)
34884 (key4)
34887 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
34889 This will return a string
34891 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
34892 be used.
34899 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
34901 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
34902 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
34903 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
34904 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
34905 forbidden in URL encoding.
34907 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
34909 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
34910 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
34911 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
34912 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
34913 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
34916 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
34917 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
34918 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
34919 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
34921 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
34923 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
34924 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
34925 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
34926 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
34927 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
34928 should return it unchanged.
34930 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34932 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
34933 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
34934 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
34935 of the file with the extension stripped off.
34937 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
34939 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
34940 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
34941 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
34943 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
34945 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
34946 View the current document's URL.
34947 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
34948 the minibuffer.
34950 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
34952 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
34954 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-util" '("url-" "url--allowed-chars")))
34956 ;;;***
34957 \f
34958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-vars" "url/url-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
34959 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-vars.el
34961 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-vars" '("url-")))
34963 ;;;***
34964 \f
34965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
34966 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
34968 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
34969 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
34970 This function has a choice of three things to do:
34972 to refrain from editing the file
34973 return t (grab the lock on the file)
34974 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
34975 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
34976 in any way you like.
34978 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
34980 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
34981 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
34982 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
34984 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
34986 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
34987 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
34989 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
34991 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "userlock" '("ask-user-about-supersession-help" "ask-user-about-lock-help" "file-supersession" "file-locked")))
34993 ;;;***
34994 \f
34995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (0 0 0 0))
34996 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
34998 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
35001 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
35003 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
35006 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
35008 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
35011 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
35013 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
35016 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
35018 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "utf-7" '("utf-7-encode" "utf-7-decode")))
35020 ;;;***
35021 \f
35022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "international/utf7.el" (0 0 0 0))
35023 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf7.el
35025 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
35026 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
35028 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
35030 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "utf7" '("utf7-")))
35032 ;;;***
35033 \f
35034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (0 0 0 0))
35035 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
35037 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
35038 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
35039 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
35040 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
35042 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
35044 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
35045 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
35046 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
35048 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
35050 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
35051 Uudecode region between START and END.
35052 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
35054 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
35056 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "uudecode" '("uudecode-")))
35058 ;;;***
35059 \f
35060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (0 0 0 0))
35061 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
35063 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
35064 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
35065 See `run-hooks'.")
35067 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
35069 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
35070 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
35071 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
35073 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
35075 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
35076 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
35077 See `run-hooks'.")
35079 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
35081 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
35082 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
35084 If FILE is already registered, return the
35085 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
35086 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
35087 responsible for FILE is returned.
35089 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
35091 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
35092 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
35093 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
35094 same state. If not, signal an error.
35096 For merging-based version control systems:
35097 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
35098 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
35099 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
35100 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
35101 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
35102 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
35104 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
35105 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
35106 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
35107 the file(s) for editing.
35108 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
35109 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
35110 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
35111 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
35112 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
35114 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
35116 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
35117 Register into a version control system.
35118 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
35119 Otherwise register the current file.
35120 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
35122 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
35123 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
35124 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
35125 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
35126 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
35127 first backend that could register the file is used.
35129 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
35131 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
35132 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
35134 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
35136 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
35137 Display diffs between file revisions.
35138 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
35139 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
35140 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35142 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35143 saving the buffer.
35145 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35147 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
35148 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
35149 repository history using ediff.
35151 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
35153 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
35154 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
35155 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
35156 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
35157 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35159 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35160 saving the buffer.
35162 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35164 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
35165 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
35166 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
35167 fileset with the working revision.
35168 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
35169 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35171 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35172 saving the buffer.
35174 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35176 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
35177 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
35178 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
35180 \(fn)" nil nil)
35182 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
35183 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
35184 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
35185 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
35187 \(fn REV)" t nil)
35189 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
35190 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
35191 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
35192 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
35194 \(fn)" t nil)
35196 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
35197 Perform a version control merge operation.
35198 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35200 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
35201 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
35203 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
35204 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
35205 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
35206 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
35207 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
35208 changes from the current branch.
35210 \(fn)" t nil)
35212 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
35213 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
35215 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
35217 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
35219 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
35220 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
35221 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
35222 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
35223 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
35224 checked out in that new branch.
35226 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
35228 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
35229 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
35230 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
35231 named branch in the directory DIR.
35232 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
35233 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
35234 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
35235 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
35236 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
35237 allowed and simply skipped).
35239 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
35241 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
35242 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
35243 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
35244 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
35245 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
35247 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
35248 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
35250 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
35252 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
35253 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
35254 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
35255 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
35256 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
35258 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
35260 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
35261 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
35262 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
35264 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
35266 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
35267 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
35268 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
35270 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
35272 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
35273 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
35275 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
35277 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
35278 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
35279 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
35280 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
35282 \(fn)" t nil)
35284 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
35286 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
35287 Update the current fileset or branch.
35288 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35290 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
35291 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt for the VCS
35292 command to run.
35294 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
35295 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
35296 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
35297 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
35298 tip revision are merged into the working file.
35300 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
35302 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
35304 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
35305 Push the current branch.
35306 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35308 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
35309 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt for the
35310 VCS command to run.
35312 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
35313 It also signals an error in a Bazaar bound branch.
35315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
35317 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
35318 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
35319 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
35320 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
35321 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
35322 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
35323 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
35325 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
35327 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
35328 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
35329 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
35330 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
35331 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
35332 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
35333 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
35334 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
35335 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
35337 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
35339 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
35340 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
35341 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
35342 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
35344 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
35346 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
35347 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
35348 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
35349 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
35351 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
35353 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
35354 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
35355 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
35356 directory.
35358 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
35360 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
35361 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
35362 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
35364 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
35365 log entries should be gathered.
35367 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
35369 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
35370 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
35372 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
35374 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc" '("vc-" "vc--remove-regexp" "vc--add-line" "vc--read-lines" "with-vc-properties")))
35376 ;;;***
35377 \f
35378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (0 0 0 0))
35379 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
35381 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
35382 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
35384 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
35385 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
35386 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
35387 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
35388 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
35389 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
35391 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
35392 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
35393 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
35394 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
35395 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
35396 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
35397 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
35398 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
35400 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
35402 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
35404 Customization variables:
35406 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
35407 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
35408 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
35409 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
35410 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
35411 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
35413 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
35415 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-annotate" '("vc-annotate-" "vc-default-annotate-current-time")))
35417 ;;;***
35418 \f
35419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (0 0 0 0))
35420 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
35422 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
35423 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
35425 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
35426 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
35427 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
35428 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
35429 (progn
35430 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
35431 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
35433 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-bzr" '("vc-bzr-" "vc-bzr--pushpull" "vc-bzr--sanitize-header")))
35435 ;;;***
35436 \f
35437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35438 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
35439 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
35440 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
35441 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
35442 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
35443 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
35444 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
35446 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-cvs" '("vc-cvs-")))
35448 ;;;***
35449 \f
35450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dav" "vc/vc-dav.el" (0 0 0 0))
35451 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dav.el
35453 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dav" '("vc-dav-")))
35455 ;;;***
35456 \f
35457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (0 0 0 0))
35458 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
35460 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
35462 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
35463 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
35464 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
35466 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
35467 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
35468 The file lines appear later.
35470 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
35471 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
35473 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
35477 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
35479 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dir" '("vc-dir-" "vc-default-dir-" "vc-ewoc" "vc-default-status-fileinfo-extra" "vc-default-extra-status-menu")))
35481 ;;;***
35482 \f
35483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (0 0
35484 ;;;;;; 0 0))
35485 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
35487 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
35488 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
35489 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
35490 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
35491 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
35492 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
35493 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
35494 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
35495 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
35496 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
35497 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
35498 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
35499 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
35500 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
35501 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
35503 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
35505 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dispatcher" '("vc-" "vc--process-sentinel")))
35507 ;;;***
35508 \f
35509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-filewise" "vc/vc-filewise.el" (0 0 0 0))
35510 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-filewise.el
35512 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-filewise" '("vc-filewise-registered" "vc-rename-master" "vc-master-name")))
35514 ;;;***
35515 \f
35516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (0 0 0 0))
35517 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
35518 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
35519 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
35520 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
35521 (progn
35522 (load "vc-git" nil t)
35523 (vc-git-registered file))))
35525 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-git" '("vc-git-" "vc-git--")))
35527 ;;;***
35528 \f
35529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (0 0 0 0))
35530 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
35531 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
35532 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
35533 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
35534 (progn
35535 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
35536 (vc-hg-registered file))))
35538 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-hg" '("vc-hg-" "vc-hg--")))
35540 ;;;***
35541 \f
35542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (0 0 0 0))
35543 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
35545 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
35546 Name of the monotone directory.")
35548 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
35549 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
35550 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
35551 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
35552 (progn
35553 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
35554 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
35556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-mtn" '("vc-mtn-")))
35558 ;;;***
35559 \f
35560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35561 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
35563 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
35564 Where to look for RCS master files.
35565 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
35567 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
35569 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
35571 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-rcs" '("vc-rcs-" "vc-release-greater-or-equal" "vc-rcsdiff-knows-brief")))
35573 ;;;***
35574 \f
35575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35576 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
35578 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
35579 Where to look for SCCS master files.
35580 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
35582 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
35584 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
35586 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
35587 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
35588 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
35589 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
35591 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-sccs" '("vc-sccs-")))
35593 ;;;***
35594 \f
35595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (0 0 0 0))
35596 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
35598 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
35599 Where to look for SRC master files.
35600 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
35602 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
35604 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
35606 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-src" '("vc-src-")))
35608 ;;;***
35609 \f
35610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (0 0 0 0))
35611 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
35612 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
35613 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
35614 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
35615 "_svn")
35616 (t ".svn"))))
35617 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
35618 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
35619 (vc-svn-registered f))))
35621 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-svn" '("vc-svn-")))
35623 ;;;***
35624 \f
35625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vcursor" "vcursor.el" (0 0 0 0))
35626 ;;; Generated autoloads from vcursor.el
35628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vcursor" '("vcursor-")))
35630 ;;;***
35631 \f
35632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (0 0 0
35633 ;;;;;; 0))
35634 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
35635 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
35638 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
35639 Major mode for editing Vera code.
35641 Usage:
35642 ------
35644 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
35645 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
35647 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
35649 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
35650 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
35651 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
35652 completions.
35654 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
35655 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
35657 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
35658 uncomments a region if already commented out.
35660 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
35661 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
35662 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
35664 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
35667 Maintenance:
35668 ------------
35670 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
35671 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
35673 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
35675 Official distribution is at
35676 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
35679 The Vera Mode Maintainer
35680 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
35682 Key bindings:
35683 -------------
35687 \(fn)" t nil)
35689 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vera-mode" '("vera-")))
35691 ;;;***
35692 \f
35693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
35694 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
35695 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
35697 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
35698 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
35701 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
35705 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
35706 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
35708 Supports highlighting.
35710 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
35711 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
35713 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
35715 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
35716 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
35717 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
35718 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
35719 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
35720 on the left side of your screen.
35721 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
35722 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
35723 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
35724 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
35725 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
35726 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
35727 function keyword.
35728 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
35730 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
35731 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
35732 if (a)
35733 begin
35734 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
35735 Indentation for case statements.
35736 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
35737 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
35738 mark after an end.
35739 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
35740 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
35741 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
35742 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
35743 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
35744 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
35745 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
35746 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
35747 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
35748 if (a)
35749 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
35750 otherwise you get:
35751 if (a)
35752 begin
35753 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
35754 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
35755 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
35756 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
35757 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
35758 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
35759 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
35760 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
35761 comments in tight quarters.
35762 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
35763 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
35765 Variables controlling other actions:
35767 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
35768 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
35773 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
35779 Some other functions are:
35809 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
35810 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
35822 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
35825 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
35829 \(fn)" t nil)
35831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "verilog-mode" '("verilog-" "electric-verilog-" "vl-")))
35833 ;;;***
35834 \f
35835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (0 0 0
35836 ;;;;;; 0))
35837 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
35839 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
35840 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
35842 Usage:
35843 ------
35845 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
35846 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
35847 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
35848 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
35849 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
35850 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
35851 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
35852 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
35853 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
35855 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
35856 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
35857 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
35858 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
35860 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
35861 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
35862 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
35863 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
35864 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
35866 Template styles can be customized in customization group
35867 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
35870 HEADER INSERTION:
35871 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
35872 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
35873 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
35876 STUTTERING:
35877 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
35878 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
35879 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
35880 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
35889 WORD COMPLETION:
35890 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
35891 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
35892 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
35893 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
35895 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
35896 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
35897 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
35901 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
35902 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
35903 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
35904 stop.
35907 COMMENTS:
35908 `--' puts a single comment.
35909 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
35910 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
35911 with a comment in between.
35912 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
35913 out following lines.
35914 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
35915 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
35916 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
35917 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
35919 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
35920 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
35921 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
35922 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
35923 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
35924 non-nil.
35926 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
35927 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
35928 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
35929 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
35930 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
35931 multi-line comments.
35934 INDENTATION:
35935 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
35936 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
35937 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
35938 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
35939 the entire region.
35941 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
35943 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
35944 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
35946 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
35948 tabs and vice versa.
35950 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
35951 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
35953 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
35954 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
35955 line.
35958 ALIGNMENT:
35959 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
35960 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
35961 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
35962 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
35963 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
35964 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
35965 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
35966 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
35968 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
35969 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
35970 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
35971 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
35972 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
35973 is non-nil.
35975 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
35976 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
35977 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
35979 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
35980 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
35983 CODE FILLING:
35984 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
35985 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
35986 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
35987 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
35988 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
35989 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
35992 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
35993 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
35994 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
35995 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
35996 command:
35998 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
36001 PORT TRANSLATION:
36002 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
36003 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
36004 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
36005 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
36006 internal signal initializations (menu).
36008 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
36009 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
36010 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
36012 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
36013 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
36014 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
36015 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
36016 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
36017 in subsequent paste operations.)
36019 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
36020 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
36021 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
36024 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
36025 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
36026 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
36027 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
36028 association list with formals).
36031 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
36032 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
36033 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
36034 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
36035 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
36036 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
36037 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
36038 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
36039 `vhdl-testbench'.
36042 KEY BINDINGS:
36043 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
36046 VHDL MENU:
36047 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
36050 FILE BROWSER:
36051 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
36052 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
36053 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
36055 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
36056 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
36059 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
36060 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
36061 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
36062 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
36064 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
36065 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
36066 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
36068 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
36069 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
36070 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
36073 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
36074 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
36075 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
36076 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
36077 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
36079 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
36080 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
36081 required by secondary units.
36084 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
36085 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
36086 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
36087 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
36088 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
36089 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
36090 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
36091 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
36092 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
36093 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
36094 inputs to this component -> input port created
36095 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
36096 outputs from this component -> output port created
36097 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
36098 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
36100 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
36101 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
36102 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
36103 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
36104 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
36106 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
36107 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
36109 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
36110 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
36111 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
36112 component instantiation is also supported (option
36113 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
36115 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
36116 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
36117 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
36118 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
36119 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
36120 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
36121 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
36122 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
36123 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
36124 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
36125 generating the configuration.
36127 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
36128 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
36129 configurations in speedbar.
36131 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
36134 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
36135 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
36136 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
36137 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
36138 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
36139 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
36140 information. New compilers can be added.
36142 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
36143 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
36146 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
36147 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
36148 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
36149 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
36150 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
36152 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
36153 command:
36155 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
36156 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
36157 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
36161 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
36162 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
36163 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
36164 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
36165 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
36166 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
36167 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
36169 Limitations:
36170 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
36171 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
36172 not (yet) supported.
36173 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
36174 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
36178 PROJECTS:
36179 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
36180 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
36181 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
36182 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
36183 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
36184 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
36185 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
36186 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
36188 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
36189 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
36190 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
36193 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
36194 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
36195 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
36196 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
36197 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
36198 `vhdl-project-alist'.
36201 SPECIAL MENUES:
36202 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
36203 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
36205 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
36206 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
36207 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
36208 current directory for VHDL source files.
36211 VHDL STANDARDS:
36212 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
36213 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
36216 KEYWORD CASE:
36217 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
36218 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
36219 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
36220 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
36221 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
36222 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
36223 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
36224 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
36227 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
36228 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
36229 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
36230 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
36231 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
36232 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
36233 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
36235 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
36236 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
36237 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
36238 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
36239 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
36240 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
36242 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
36243 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
36244 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
36245 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
36246 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
36247 visually.
36249 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
36250 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
36251 highlighted if written in lower case.
36254 highlighted using a different background color if option
36255 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
36257 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
36259 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
36260 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
36261 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
36264 USER MODELS:
36265 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
36266 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
36267 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
36270 HIDE/SHOW:
36271 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
36272 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
36273 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
36274 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
36275 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
36278 CODE UPDATING:
36279 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
36280 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
36281 Limitations:
36282 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
36283 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
36284 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
36285 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
36286 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
36287 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
36288 (used to obtain the port names).
36289 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
36290 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
36291 sensitivity lists.
36294 CODE FIXING:
36295 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
36296 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
36299 PRINTING:
36300 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
36301 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
36302 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
36303 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
36304 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
36305 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
36306 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
36307 printers.
36310 OPTIONS:
36311 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
36313 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
36314 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
36317 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
36320 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
36321 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
36322 INSTALL file).
36324 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
36328 FILE EXTENSIONS:
36330 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
36336 HINTS:
36337 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
36338 a VHDL file first, use the command:
36340 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
36342 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
36344 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
36347 RELEASE NOTES:
36348 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
36351 Maintenance:
36352 ------------
36355 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
36357 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
36359 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
36360 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
36361 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
36362 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
36364 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
36365 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
36366 where the latest version can be found.
36369 Known problems:
36370 ---------------
36372 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
36373 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
36374 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
36375 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
36378 The VHDL Mode Authors
36379 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
36381 Key bindings:
36382 -------------
36386 \(fn)" t nil)
36388 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vhdl-mode" '("vhdl-")))
36390 ;;;***
36391 \f
36392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (0 0 0
36393 ;;;;;; 0))
36394 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
36396 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
36397 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
36399 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
36401 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
36402 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
36403 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
36404 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
36406 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
36408 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
36409 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
36411 \(fn)" t nil)
36413 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
36414 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
36415 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
36416 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
36418 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
36420 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
36421 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
36423 \(fn)" t nil)
36425 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
36428 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
36430 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
36433 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
36435 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viet-util" '("viqr-regexp" "viet-viqr-alist")))
36437 ;;;***
36438 \f
36439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (0 0 0 0))
36440 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
36442 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
36443 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
36444 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
36446 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
36448 (defvar view-mode nil "\
36449 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
36450 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
36451 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
36453 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
36455 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
36456 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
36458 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
36460 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
36461 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
36462 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
36463 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
36464 moving around in the buffer.
36465 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36466 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36468 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36470 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
36472 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
36473 View FILE in View mode in another window.
36474 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
36475 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
36477 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
36478 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
36479 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36480 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36481 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36483 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36485 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
36487 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
36488 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
36489 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
36490 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
36491 buffer.
36493 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
36494 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
36495 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36496 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36497 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36499 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36501 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
36503 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
36504 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
36505 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
36506 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
36507 moving around in the buffer.
36508 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36509 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36511 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36513 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
36514 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
36515 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
36517 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
36518 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
36519 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
36520 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
36522 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
36523 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
36524 own View-like bindings.
36526 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
36528 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
36529 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
36530 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
36531 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
36532 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36533 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36534 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36536 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36538 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
36540 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
36541 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
36542 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
36544 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
36545 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
36546 own View-like bindings.
36548 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
36550 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
36551 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
36552 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
36553 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
36554 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
36555 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
36556 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36558 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36560 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
36562 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
36563 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
36564 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
36566 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
36567 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
36568 own View-like bindings.
36570 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
36572 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
36573 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
36574 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
36575 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
36576 if ARG is omitted or nil.
36578 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
36579 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
36580 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
36581 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
36585 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
36587 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
36590 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
36591 to a repeat count of one.
36593 H, h, ? This message.
36594 Digits provide prefix arguments.
36597 > move to the end of buffer.
36600 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
36602 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
36603 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
36604 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
36607 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
36609 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
36610 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
36612 Use this to view a changing file.
36616 . set the mark.
36617 x exchanges point and mark.
36619 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
36620 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
36622 ' go to position saved in character register.
36623 s do forward incremental search.
36624 r do reverse incremental search.
36625 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
36626 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
36627 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
36628 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
36631 p searches backward for last regular expression.
36635 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
36636 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
36638 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
36643 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
36644 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
36653 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
36657 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
36658 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
36659 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
36660 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
36661 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
36662 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
36663 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
36664 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
36665 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
36667 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
36669 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
36671 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
36672 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
36673 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
36674 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
36675 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
36676 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
36678 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
36679 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
36680 called by `view-mode-exit'.
36682 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
36684 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
36686 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
36688 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
36689 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
36691 \(fn)" t nil)
36693 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "view" '("view-" "View-" "view--enable" "view--disable")))
36695 ;;;***
36696 \f
36697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (0 0 0 0))
36698 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
36699 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
36701 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
36702 Toggle Viper on/off.
36703 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
36705 \(fn)" t nil)
36707 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
36708 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
36710 \(fn)" t nil)
36712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper" '("viper-" "viper--" "this-major-mode-requires-vi-state" "set-viper-state-in-major-mode")))
36714 ;;;***
36715 \f
36716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-cmd" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" (0 0 0
36717 ;;;;;; 0))
36718 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-cmd.el
36720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-cmd" '("viper-")))
36722 ;;;***
36723 \f
36724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-ex" "emulation/viper-ex.el" (0 0 0 0))
36725 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-ex.el
36727 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-ex" '("ex-" "viper-")))
36729 ;;;***
36730 \f
36731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-init" "emulation/viper-init.el" (0 0
36732 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-init.el
36735 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-init" '("viper-")))
36737 ;;;***
36738 \f
36739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-keym" "emulation/viper-keym.el" (0 0
36740 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36741 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-keym.el
36743 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-keym" '("viper-" "ex-read-filename-map")))
36745 ;;;***
36746 \f
36747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-macs" "emulation/viper-macs.el" (0 0
36748 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36749 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-macs.el
36751 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-macs" '("viper-" "ex-map" "ex-unmap" "ex-map-read-args" "ex-unmap-read-args")))
36753 ;;;***
36754 \f
36755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-mous" "emulation/viper-mous.el" (0 0
36756 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36757 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-mous.el
36759 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-mous" '("viper-")))
36761 ;;;***
36762 \f
36763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-util" "emulation/viper-util.el" (0 0
36764 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-util.el
36767 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-util" '("viper-" "viper=")))
36769 ;;;***
36770 \f
36771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vt-control" "vt-control.el" (0 0 0 0))
36772 ;;; Generated autoloads from vt-control.el
36774 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vt-control" '("vt-")))
36776 ;;;***
36777 \f
36778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vt100-led" "vt100-led.el" (0 0 0 0))
36779 ;;; Generated autoloads from vt100-led.el
36781 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vt100-led" '("led-state" "led-flash" "led-off" "led-on" "led-update")))
36783 ;;;***
36784 \f
36785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "w32-fns" "w32-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
36786 ;;; Generated autoloads from w32-fns.el
36788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "w32-fns" '("w32-")))
36790 ;;;***
36791 \f
36792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "w32-vars" "w32-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
36793 ;;; Generated autoloads from w32-vars.el
36795 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "w32-vars" '("w32-fixed-font-alist" "w32-list-proportional-fonts" "w32-use-w32-font-dialog")))
36797 ;;;***
36798 \f
36799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (0 0 0
36800 ;;;;;; 0))
36801 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
36803 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
36804 Function to generate warning prefixes.
36805 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
36806 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
36807 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
36808 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
36809 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
36810 the beginning of the warning.")
36812 (defvar warning-series nil "\
36813 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
36814 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
36815 which is the start of the current series; it means that
36816 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
36817 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
36818 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
36819 also call that function before the next warning.")
36821 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
36822 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
36824 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
36825 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
36826 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
36827 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
36829 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
36830 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
36831 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
36832 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
36833 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
36834 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
36836 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
36837 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
36838 Default is :warning.
36840 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
36841 if you do not attend to it promptly.
36842 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
36843 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
36844 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
36845 :debug -- info for debugging only.
36847 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
36848 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
36849 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
36851 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
36853 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
36854 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
36856 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
36858 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
36859 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
36861 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
36862 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
36864 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
36865 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
36866 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
36867 can be whatever you like.)
36869 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
36870 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
36872 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
36873 if you do not attend to it promptly.
36874 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
36875 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
36876 :debug -- info for debugging only.
36878 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
36880 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
36881 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
36882 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
36883 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
36884 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
36886 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
36888 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "warnings" '("warning-" "display-warning-minimum-level" "log-warning-minimum-level")))
36890 ;;;***
36891 \f
36892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (0 0 0 0))
36893 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
36894 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
36896 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
36897 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
36899 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
36900 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
36902 directories to reflect your edits.
36904 See `wdired-mode'.
36906 \(fn)" t nil)
36908 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wdired" '("wdired-")))
36910 ;;;***
36911 \f
36912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (0 0 0 0))
36913 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
36915 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
36916 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
36918 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
36919 hotlist.
36921 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
36922 <nwv@acm.org>.
36924 \(fn)" t nil)
36926 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "webjump" '("webjump-")))
36928 ;;;***
36929 \f
36930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (0 0
36931 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36932 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
36933 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
36934 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
36936 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
36938 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
36939 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
36940 See the `which-function-mode' command
36941 for a description of this minor mode.
36942 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
36943 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
36944 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
36946 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
36948 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
36949 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
36950 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
36951 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
36952 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
36954 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
36955 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
36956 in certain major modes.
36958 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
36960 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "which-func" '("which-func-" "which-function-imenu-failed" "which-function")))
36962 ;;;***
36963 \f
36964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (0 0 0 0))
36965 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
36966 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
36968 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
36969 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
36970 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
36971 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
36972 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
36974 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
36975 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
36977 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
36979 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
36980 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
36981 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
36982 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
36983 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
36985 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
36986 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
36987 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
36988 use `whitespace-mode'.
36990 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
36992 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
36994 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
36995 Non-nil if Global Whitespace mode is enabled.
36996 See the `global-whitespace-mode' command
36997 for a description of this minor mode.
36998 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
36999 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37000 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
37002 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
37004 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
37005 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
37006 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
37007 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
37008 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
37010 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
37011 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37013 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37015 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
37016 Non-nil if Global Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
37017 See the `global-whitespace-newline-mode' command
37018 for a description of this minor mode.
37019 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37020 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37021 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
37023 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
37025 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
37026 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
37027 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
37028 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
37029 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
37031 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
37032 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
37033 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
37034 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
37036 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37040 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
37041 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
37043 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
37044 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
37046 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
37047 and restart local whitespace-mode.
37049 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
37051 CHAR MEANING
37052 (VIA FACES)
37053 f toggle face visualization
37054 t toggle TAB visualization
37055 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37056 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
37059 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
37060 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37061 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37062 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37063 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
37064 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
37065 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37066 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37067 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37068 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37069 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37070 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37072 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
37073 T toggle TAB visualization
37074 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37075 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
37077 x restore `whitespace-style' value
37078 ? display brief help
37080 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
37081 The valid symbols are:
37083 face toggle face visualization
37084 tabs toggle TAB visualization
37085 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37086 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
37089 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
37090 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37091 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37092 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37093 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
37094 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
37095 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
37096 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37097 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37098 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37099 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37100 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37102 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
37103 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37104 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
37106 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
37108 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
37110 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
37112 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
37113 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
37115 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
37116 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
37118 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
37119 and restart global whitespace-mode.
37121 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
37123 CHAR MEANING
37124 (VIA FACES)
37125 f toggle face visualization
37126 t toggle TAB visualization
37127 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37128 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
37131 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
37132 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37133 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37134 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37135 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
37136 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
37137 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37138 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37139 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37140 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37141 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37142 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37144 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
37145 T toggle TAB visualization
37146 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37147 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
37149 x restore `whitespace-style' value
37150 ? display brief help
37152 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
37153 The valid symbols are:
37155 face toggle face visualization
37156 tabs toggle TAB visualization
37157 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37158 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
37161 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
37162 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37163 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37164 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37165 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
37166 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
37167 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
37168 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37169 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37170 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37171 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37172 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37174 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
37175 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37176 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
37178 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
37180 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
37182 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
37184 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
37185 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
37187 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
37188 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
37189 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
37191 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
37193 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
37195 The problems cleaned up are:
37197 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37198 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37199 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
37200 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
37202 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37203 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
37204 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
37205 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
37206 SPACEs.
37207 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
37208 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
37209 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
37210 replace TABs by SPACEs.
37212 4. SPACEs before TAB.
37213 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
37214 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37215 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37216 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37217 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37218 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37219 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37221 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37222 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
37223 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37225 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
37226 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
37227 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37228 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37229 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37230 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37231 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37232 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37234 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
37235 documentation.
37237 \(fn)" t nil)
37239 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
37240 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
37242 The problems cleaned up are:
37244 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37245 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
37246 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
37247 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
37248 SPACEs.
37249 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
37250 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
37251 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
37252 replace TABs by SPACEs.
37254 2. SPACEs before TAB.
37255 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
37256 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37257 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37258 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37259 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37260 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37261 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37263 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37264 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
37265 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37267 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
37268 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
37269 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37270 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37271 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37272 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37273 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37274 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37276 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
37277 documentation.
37279 \(fn START END)" t nil)
37281 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
37282 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
37284 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
37286 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
37288 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
37289 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
37291 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
37292 non-nil.
37295 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
37296 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
37298 empty
37299 trailing
37300 indentation
37301 space-before-tab
37302 space-after-tab
37304 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
37305 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
37306 report problems.
37308 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
37310 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
37311 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37312 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37313 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37314 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37315 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
37316 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
37318 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
37319 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37320 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37321 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37322 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
37323 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
37324 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
37326 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
37327 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
37328 cleaning up these problems.
37330 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
37332 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "whitespace" '("whitespace-")))
37334 ;;;***
37335 \f
37336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (0 0 0 0))
37337 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
37339 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
37340 Browse the widget under point.
37342 \(fn POS)" t nil)
37344 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
37345 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
37347 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
37349 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
37350 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
37352 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
37354 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
37355 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
37356 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
37357 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
37358 if ARG is omitted or nil.
37360 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37362 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wid-browse" '("widget-browse-" "widget-minor-mode-map")))
37364 ;;;***
37365 \f
37366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
37367 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
37369 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
37370 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
37372 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
37374 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
37375 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
37376 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
37378 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
37380 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
37381 Create widget of TYPE.
37382 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
37384 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37386 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
37387 Delete WIDGET.
37389 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
37391 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
37392 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
37394 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37396 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
37397 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
37398 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
37399 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
37401 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
37402 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
37404 \(fn)" nil nil)
37406 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wid-edit" '("widget-")))
37408 ;;;***
37409 \f
37410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (0 0 0 0))
37411 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
37413 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
37414 Select the window to the left of the current one.
37415 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37417 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
37418 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
37419 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37421 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37423 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
37424 Select the window above the current one.
37426 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
37427 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
37428 negative ARG) of the current window.
37429 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37433 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
37434 Select the window to the right of the current one.
37435 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37437 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
37438 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
37439 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37443 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
37444 Select the window below the current one.
37445 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
37447 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
37448 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
37449 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
37451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37453 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
37454 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
37455 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
37456 Default MODIFIER is `shift'.
37458 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
37460 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "windmove" '("windmove-")))
37462 ;;;***
37463 \f
37464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (0 0 0 0))
37465 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
37467 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
37468 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
37469 See the `winner-mode' command
37470 for a description of this minor mode.
37471 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37472 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37473 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
37475 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
37477 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
37478 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
37479 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
37480 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
37481 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is ‘toggle’.
37483 Winner mode is a global minor mode that records the changes in
37484 the window configuration (i.e. how the frames are partitioned
37486 command `winner-undo'. By default this one is bound to the key
37487 sequence `C-c <left>'. If you change your mind (while undoing),
37488 you can press `C-c <right>' (calling `winner-redo').
37490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37492 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "winner" '("winner-")))
37494 ;;;***
37495 \f
37496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (0 0 0 0))
37497 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
37498 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
37500 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
37501 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
37502 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
37504 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
37506 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
37508 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
37509 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
37510 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
37511 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
37512 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
37513 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
37514 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
37515 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
37517 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
37518 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
37520 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
37522 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
37523 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
37525 \(fn)" t nil)
37527 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
37528 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
37529 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
37530 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
37531 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
37532 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
37533 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
37534 `woman' command for further details.
37536 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
37538 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
37539 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
37541 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
37543 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "woman" '("woman-" "woman2-" "woman1-" "WoMan-" "woman0-" "set-woman-file-regexp" "menu-bar-manuals-menu")))
37545 ;;;***
37546 \f
37547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "x-dnd" "x-dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
37548 ;;; Generated autoloads from x-dnd.el
37550 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "x-dnd" '("x-dnd-")))
37552 ;;;***
37553 \f
37554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (0 0 0 0))
37555 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
37557 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
37558 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
37559 Return the top node with all its children.
37560 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
37562 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
37563 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
37564 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
37568 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
37569 namespace to URIs instead.
37571 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
37572 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
37574 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
37576 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
37578 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
37580 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
37581 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
37582 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
37583 not contain well-formed XML.
37585 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
37586 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
37587 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
37588 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
37589 element of the list.
37590 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
37591 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
37592 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
37596 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
37597 namespace to URIs instead.
37599 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
37600 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
37602 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
37604 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
37606 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
37608 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xml" '("xml-" "xml--parse-buffer" "xml--entity-replacement-text")))
37610 ;;;***
37611 \f
37612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (0 0 0 0))
37613 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
37615 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
37616 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
37617 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
37618 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
37619 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
37620 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
37621 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
37622 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
37623 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
37624 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
37626 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
37628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xmltok" '("xmltok-")))
37630 ;;;***
37631 \f
37632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
37633 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
37635 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
37638 \(fn)" nil nil)
37640 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
37643 \(fn)" t nil)
37645 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
37646 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
37648 \(fn)" nil nil)
37650 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
37651 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
37652 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
37653 prompt for it.
37655 If sufficient information is available to determine a unique
37656 definition for IDENTIFIER, display it in the selected window.
37657 Otherwise, display the list of the possible definitions in a
37658 buffer where the user can select from the list.
37660 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37662 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
37663 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
37665 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37667 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
37668 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
37670 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37672 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
37673 Find references to the identifier at point.
37674 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
37676 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
37678 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
37679 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
37680 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
37682 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
37683 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
37684 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
37685 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
37686 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
37687 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
37688 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
37690 (autoload 'xref-collect-matches "xref" "\
37691 Collect matches for REGEXP inside FILES in DIR.
37692 FILES is a string with glob patterns separated by spaces.
37693 IGNORES is a list of glob patterns.
37695 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR IGNORES)" nil nil)
37697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xref" '("xref--" "xref-")))
37699 ;;;***
37700 \f
37701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xscheme" "progmodes/xscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
37702 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xscheme.el
37704 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xscheme" '("xscheme-" "scheme-" "local-" "exit-scheme-interaction-mode" "verify-xscheme-buffer" "global-set-scheme-interaction-buffer" "start-scheme" "reset-scheme" "run-scheme" "default-xscheme-runlight")))
37706 ;;;***
37707 \f
37708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xsd-regexp" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
37709 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xsd-regexp.el
37711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xsd-regexp" '("xsdre-")))
37713 ;;;***
37714 \f
37715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
37716 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
37718 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
37719 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
37720 See the `xterm-mouse-mode' command
37721 for a description of this minor mode.
37722 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37723 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37724 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
37726 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
37728 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
37729 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
37730 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
37731 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
37732 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
37734 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
37735 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
37736 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
37737 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
37738 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
37739 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
37741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37743 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xt-mouse" '("xterm-mouse-" "xterm-mouse--" "turn-off-xterm-mouse-tracking-on-terminal" "turn-on-xterm-mouse-tracking-on-terminal" "xt-mouse-epoch")))
37745 ;;;***
37746 \f
37747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xwidget" "xwidget.el" (0 0 0 0))
37748 ;;; Generated autoloads from xwidget.el
37750 (autoload 'xwidget-webkit-browse-url "xwidget" "\
37751 Ask xwidget-webkit to browse URL.
37752 NEW-SESSION specifies whether to create a new xwidget-webkit session.
37753 Interactively, URL defaults to the string looking like a url around point.
37755 \(fn URL &optional NEW-SESSION)" t nil)
37757 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xwidget" '("xwidget-")))
37759 ;;;***
37760 \f
37761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "mail/yenc.el" (0 0 0 0))
37762 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/yenc.el
37764 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
37765 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
37767 \(fn START END)" t nil)
37769 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
37770 Extract file name from an yenc header.
37772 \(fn)" nil nil)
37774 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "yenc" '("yenc-begin-line" "yenc-decoding-vector" "yenc-first-part-p" "yenc-last-part-p" "yenc-parse-line")))
37776 ;;;***
37777 \f
37778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zeroconf" "net/zeroconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
37779 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zeroconf.el
37781 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "zeroconf" '("zeroconf-")))
37783 ;;;***
37784 \f
37785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (0 0 0 0))
37786 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
37788 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
37789 Zone out, completely.
37791 \(fn)" t nil)
37793 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "zone" '("zone-")))
37795 ;;;***
37796 \f
37797 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
37798 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
37799 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el"
37800 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
37801 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
37802 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
37803 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
37804 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
37805 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
37806 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
37807 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
37808 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el"
37809 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el"
37810 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
37811 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
37812 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el" "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el"
37813 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
37814 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/edit.el"
37815 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el" "cedet/semantic/html.el"
37816 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el" "cedet/semantic/idle.el"
37817 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el"
37818 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
37819 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el"
37820 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
37821 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
37822 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
37823 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
37824 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
37825 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
37826 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el"
37827 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el" "cedet/srecode/el.el"
37828 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/getset.el"
37829 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el" "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el"
37830 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
37831 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "dired-aux.el"
37832 ;;;;;; "dired-loaddefs.el" "dired-x.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
37833 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
37834 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
37835 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
37836 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
37837 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
37838 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
37839 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
37840 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
37841 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
37842 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "htmlfontify-loaddefs.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "ibuffer-loaddefs.el"
37843 ;;;;;; "international/charprop.el" "international/charscript.el"
37844 ;;;;;; "international/uni-bidi.el" "international/uni-brackets.el"
37845 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
37846 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
37847 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
37848 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
37849 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
37850 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
37851 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el"
37852 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el"
37853 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el"
37854 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el"
37855 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
37856 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
37857 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/programmer-dvorak.el"
37858 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el"
37859 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
37860 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el"
37861 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/rmail-loaddefs.el"
37862 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
37863 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
37864 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
37865 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-keys.el"
37866 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el"
37867 ;;;;;; "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
37868 ;;;;;; "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-element.el"
37869 ;;;;;; "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
37870 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
37871 ;;;;;; "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-table.el"
37872 ;;;;;; "org/org-timer.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
37873 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
37874 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
37875 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-print-loaddefs.el"
37876 ;;;;;; "subdirs.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
37877 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
37878 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-loaddefs.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
37879 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el")
37880 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
37882 ;;;***
37883 \f
37884 (provide 'loaddefs)
37885 ;; Local Variables:
37886 ;; version-control: never
37887 ;; no-byte-compile: t
37888 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
37889 ;; coding: utf-8
37890 ;; End:
37891 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here